]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
7afe21cc | 1 | /* Common subexpression elimination for GNU compiler. |
5e7b4e25 | 2 | Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 |
f474c6f8 | 3 | 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
7afe21cc | 4 | |
1322177d | 5 | This file is part of GCC. |
7afe21cc | 6 | |
1322177d LB |
7 | GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under |
8 | the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free | |
9 | Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later | |
10 | version. | |
7afe21cc | 11 | |
1322177d LB |
12 | GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY |
13 | WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or | |
14 | FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License | |
15 | for more details. | |
7afe21cc RK |
16 | |
17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
1322177d LB |
18 | along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free |
19 | Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA | |
20 | 02111-1307, USA. */ | |
7afe21cc | 21 | |
7afe21cc | 22 | #include "config.h" |
670ee920 KG |
23 | /* stdio.h must precede rtl.h for FFS. */ |
24 | #include "system.h" | |
9c3b4c8b | 25 | |
7afe21cc | 26 | #include "rtl.h" |
6baf1cc8 | 27 | #include "tm_p.h" |
7afe21cc RK |
28 | #include "regs.h" |
29 | #include "hard-reg-set.h" | |
630c79be | 30 | #include "basic-block.h" |
7afe21cc RK |
31 | #include "flags.h" |
32 | #include "real.h" | |
33 | #include "insn-config.h" | |
34 | #include "recog.h" | |
49ad7cfa | 35 | #include "function.h" |
956d6950 | 36 | #include "expr.h" |
50b2596f KG |
37 | #include "toplev.h" |
38 | #include "output.h" | |
1497faf6 | 39 | #include "ggc.h" |
7afe21cc RK |
40 | |
41 | /* The basic idea of common subexpression elimination is to go | |
42 | through the code, keeping a record of expressions that would | |
43 | have the same value at the current scan point, and replacing | |
44 | expressions encountered with the cheapest equivalent expression. | |
45 | ||
46 | It is too complicated to keep track of the different possibilities | |
e48a7fbe JL |
47 | when control paths merge in this code; so, at each label, we forget all |
48 | that is known and start fresh. This can be described as processing each | |
49 | extended basic block separately. We have a separate pass to perform | |
50 | global CSE. | |
51 | ||
52 | Note CSE can turn a conditional or computed jump into a nop or | |
53 | an unconditional jump. When this occurs we arrange to run the jump | |
54 | optimizer after CSE to delete the unreachable code. | |
7afe21cc RK |
55 | |
56 | We use two data structures to record the equivalent expressions: | |
1bb98cec DM |
57 | a hash table for most expressions, and a vector of "quantity |
58 | numbers" to record equivalent (pseudo) registers. | |
7afe21cc RK |
59 | |
60 | The use of the special data structure for registers is desirable | |
61 | because it is faster. It is possible because registers references | |
62 | contain a fairly small number, the register number, taken from | |
63 | a contiguously allocated series, and two register references are | |
64 | identical if they have the same number. General expressions | |
65 | do not have any such thing, so the only way to retrieve the | |
66 | information recorded on an expression other than a register | |
67 | is to keep it in a hash table. | |
68 | ||
69 | Registers and "quantity numbers": | |
278a83b2 | 70 | |
7afe21cc RK |
71 | At the start of each basic block, all of the (hardware and pseudo) |
72 | registers used in the function are given distinct quantity | |
73 | numbers to indicate their contents. During scan, when the code | |
74 | copies one register into another, we copy the quantity number. | |
75 | When a register is loaded in any other way, we allocate a new | |
76 | quantity number to describe the value generated by this operation. | |
77 | `reg_qty' records what quantity a register is currently thought | |
78 | of as containing. | |
79 | ||
80 | All real quantity numbers are greater than or equal to `max_reg'. | |
81 | If register N has not been assigned a quantity, reg_qty[N] will equal N. | |
82 | ||
1bb98cec DM |
83 | Quantity numbers below `max_reg' do not exist and none of the `qty_table' |
84 | entries should be referenced with an index below `max_reg'. | |
7afe21cc RK |
85 | |
86 | We also maintain a bidirectional chain of registers for each | |
1bb98cec DM |
87 | quantity number. The `qty_table` members `first_reg' and `last_reg', |
88 | and `reg_eqv_table' members `next' and `prev' hold these chains. | |
7afe21cc RK |
89 | |
90 | The first register in a chain is the one whose lifespan is least local. | |
91 | Among equals, it is the one that was seen first. | |
92 | We replace any equivalent register with that one. | |
93 | ||
94 | If two registers have the same quantity number, it must be true that | |
1bb98cec | 95 | REG expressions with qty_table `mode' must be in the hash table for both |
7afe21cc RK |
96 | registers and must be in the same class. |
97 | ||
98 | The converse is not true. Since hard registers may be referenced in | |
99 | any mode, two REG expressions might be equivalent in the hash table | |
100 | but not have the same quantity number if the quantity number of one | |
101 | of the registers is not the same mode as those expressions. | |
278a83b2 | 102 | |
7afe21cc RK |
103 | Constants and quantity numbers |
104 | ||
105 | When a quantity has a known constant value, that value is stored | |
1bb98cec | 106 | in the appropriate qty_table `const_rtx'. This is in addition to |
7afe21cc RK |
107 | putting the constant in the hash table as is usual for non-regs. |
108 | ||
d45cf215 | 109 | Whether a reg or a constant is preferred is determined by the configuration |
7afe21cc RK |
110 | macro CONST_COSTS and will often depend on the constant value. In any |
111 | event, expressions containing constants can be simplified, by fold_rtx. | |
112 | ||
113 | When a quantity has a known nearly constant value (such as an address | |
1bb98cec DM |
114 | of a stack slot), that value is stored in the appropriate qty_table |
115 | `const_rtx'. | |
7afe21cc RK |
116 | |
117 | Integer constants don't have a machine mode. However, cse | |
118 | determines the intended machine mode from the destination | |
119 | of the instruction that moves the constant. The machine mode | |
120 | is recorded in the hash table along with the actual RTL | |
121 | constant expression so that different modes are kept separate. | |
122 | ||
123 | Other expressions: | |
124 | ||
125 | To record known equivalences among expressions in general | |
126 | we use a hash table called `table'. It has a fixed number of buckets | |
127 | that contain chains of `struct table_elt' elements for expressions. | |
128 | These chains connect the elements whose expressions have the same | |
129 | hash codes. | |
130 | ||
131 | Other chains through the same elements connect the elements which | |
132 | currently have equivalent values. | |
133 | ||
134 | Register references in an expression are canonicalized before hashing | |
1bb98cec | 135 | the expression. This is done using `reg_qty' and qty_table `first_reg'. |
7afe21cc RK |
136 | The hash code of a register reference is computed using the quantity |
137 | number, not the register number. | |
138 | ||
139 | When the value of an expression changes, it is necessary to remove from the | |
140 | hash table not just that expression but all expressions whose values | |
141 | could be different as a result. | |
142 | ||
143 | 1. If the value changing is in memory, except in special cases | |
144 | ANYTHING referring to memory could be changed. That is because | |
145 | nobody knows where a pointer does not point. | |
146 | The function `invalidate_memory' removes what is necessary. | |
147 | ||
148 | The special cases are when the address is constant or is | |
149 | a constant plus a fixed register such as the frame pointer | |
150 | or a static chain pointer. When such addresses are stored in, | |
151 | we can tell exactly which other such addresses must be invalidated | |
152 | due to overlap. `invalidate' does this. | |
153 | All expressions that refer to non-constant | |
154 | memory addresses are also invalidated. `invalidate_memory' does this. | |
155 | ||
156 | 2. If the value changing is a register, all expressions | |
157 | containing references to that register, and only those, | |
158 | must be removed. | |
159 | ||
160 | Because searching the entire hash table for expressions that contain | |
161 | a register is very slow, we try to figure out when it isn't necessary. | |
162 | Precisely, this is necessary only when expressions have been | |
163 | entered in the hash table using this register, and then the value has | |
164 | changed, and then another expression wants to be added to refer to | |
165 | the register's new value. This sequence of circumstances is rare | |
166 | within any one basic block. | |
167 | ||
168 | The vectors `reg_tick' and `reg_in_table' are used to detect this case. | |
169 | reg_tick[i] is incremented whenever a value is stored in register i. | |
170 | reg_in_table[i] holds -1 if no references to register i have been | |
171 | entered in the table; otherwise, it contains the value reg_tick[i] had | |
172 | when the references were entered. If we want to enter a reference | |
173 | and reg_in_table[i] != reg_tick[i], we must scan and remove old references. | |
174 | Until we want to enter a new entry, the mere fact that the two vectors | |
175 | don't match makes the entries be ignored if anyone tries to match them. | |
176 | ||
177 | Registers themselves are entered in the hash table as well as in | |
178 | the equivalent-register chains. However, the vectors `reg_tick' | |
179 | and `reg_in_table' do not apply to expressions which are simple | |
180 | register references. These expressions are removed from the table | |
181 | immediately when they become invalid, and this can be done even if | |
182 | we do not immediately search for all the expressions that refer to | |
183 | the register. | |
184 | ||
185 | A CLOBBER rtx in an instruction invalidates its operand for further | |
186 | reuse. A CLOBBER or SET rtx whose operand is a MEM:BLK | |
187 | invalidates everything that resides in memory. | |
188 | ||
189 | Related expressions: | |
190 | ||
191 | Constant expressions that differ only by an additive integer | |
192 | are called related. When a constant expression is put in | |
193 | the table, the related expression with no constant term | |
194 | is also entered. These are made to point at each other | |
195 | so that it is possible to find out if there exists any | |
196 | register equivalent to an expression related to a given expression. */ | |
278a83b2 | 197 | |
7afe21cc RK |
198 | /* One plus largest register number used in this function. */ |
199 | ||
200 | static int max_reg; | |
201 | ||
556c714b JW |
202 | /* One plus largest instruction UID used in this function at time of |
203 | cse_main call. */ | |
204 | ||
205 | static int max_insn_uid; | |
206 | ||
1bb98cec DM |
207 | /* Length of qty_table vector. We know in advance we will not need |
208 | a quantity number this big. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
209 | |
210 | static int max_qty; | |
211 | ||
212 | /* Next quantity number to be allocated. | |
213 | This is 1 + the largest number needed so far. */ | |
214 | ||
215 | static int next_qty; | |
216 | ||
1bb98cec | 217 | /* Per-qty information tracking. |
7afe21cc | 218 | |
1bb98cec DM |
219 | `first_reg' and `last_reg' track the head and tail of the |
220 | chain of registers which currently contain this quantity. | |
7afe21cc | 221 | |
1bb98cec | 222 | `mode' contains the machine mode of this quantity. |
7afe21cc | 223 | |
1bb98cec DM |
224 | `const_rtx' holds the rtx of the constant value of this |
225 | quantity, if known. A summations of the frame/arg pointer | |
226 | and a constant can also be entered here. When this holds | |
227 | a known value, `const_insn' is the insn which stored the | |
228 | constant value. | |
7afe21cc | 229 | |
1bb98cec DM |
230 | `comparison_{code,const,qty}' are used to track when a |
231 | comparison between a quantity and some constant or register has | |
232 | been passed. In such a case, we know the results of the comparison | |
233 | in case we see it again. These members record a comparison that | |
234 | is known to be true. `comparison_code' holds the rtx code of such | |
235 | a comparison, else it is set to UNKNOWN and the other two | |
236 | comparison members are undefined. `comparison_const' holds | |
237 | the constant being compared against, or zero if the comparison | |
238 | is not against a constant. `comparison_qty' holds the quantity | |
239 | being compared against when the result is known. If the comparison | |
240 | is not with a register, `comparison_qty' is -1. */ | |
7afe21cc | 241 | |
1bb98cec DM |
242 | struct qty_table_elem |
243 | { | |
244 | rtx const_rtx; | |
245 | rtx const_insn; | |
246 | rtx comparison_const; | |
247 | int comparison_qty; | |
770ae6cc | 248 | unsigned int first_reg, last_reg; |
1bb98cec DM |
249 | enum machine_mode mode; |
250 | enum rtx_code comparison_code; | |
251 | }; | |
7afe21cc | 252 | |
1bb98cec DM |
253 | /* The table of all qtys, indexed by qty number. */ |
254 | static struct qty_table_elem *qty_table; | |
7afe21cc RK |
255 | |
256 | #ifdef HAVE_cc0 | |
257 | /* For machines that have a CC0, we do not record its value in the hash | |
258 | table since its use is guaranteed to be the insn immediately following | |
259 | its definition and any other insn is presumed to invalidate it. | |
260 | ||
261 | Instead, we store below the value last assigned to CC0. If it should | |
262 | happen to be a constant, it is stored in preference to the actual | |
263 | assigned value. In case it is a constant, we store the mode in which | |
264 | the constant should be interpreted. */ | |
265 | ||
266 | static rtx prev_insn_cc0; | |
267 | static enum machine_mode prev_insn_cc0_mode; | |
268 | #endif | |
269 | ||
270 | /* Previous actual insn. 0 if at first insn of basic block. */ | |
271 | ||
272 | static rtx prev_insn; | |
273 | ||
274 | /* Insn being scanned. */ | |
275 | ||
276 | static rtx this_insn; | |
277 | ||
71d306d1 DE |
278 | /* Index by register number, gives the number of the next (or |
279 | previous) register in the chain of registers sharing the same | |
7afe21cc RK |
280 | value. |
281 | ||
282 | Or -1 if this register is at the end of the chain. | |
283 | ||
1bb98cec DM |
284 | If reg_qty[N] == N, reg_eqv_table[N].next is undefined. */ |
285 | ||
286 | /* Per-register equivalence chain. */ | |
287 | struct reg_eqv_elem | |
288 | { | |
289 | int next, prev; | |
290 | }; | |
7afe21cc | 291 | |
1bb98cec DM |
292 | /* The table of all register equivalence chains. */ |
293 | static struct reg_eqv_elem *reg_eqv_table; | |
7afe21cc | 294 | |
14a774a9 RK |
295 | struct cse_reg_info |
296 | { | |
9b1549b8 DM |
297 | /* Next in hash chain. */ |
298 | struct cse_reg_info *hash_next; | |
c1edba58 VM |
299 | |
300 | /* The next cse_reg_info structure in the free or used list. */ | |
14a774a9 | 301 | struct cse_reg_info *next; |
30f72379 | 302 | |
9b1549b8 | 303 | /* Search key */ |
770ae6cc | 304 | unsigned int regno; |
9b1549b8 DM |
305 | |
306 | /* The quantity number of the register's current contents. */ | |
307 | int reg_qty; | |
308 | ||
309 | /* The number of times the register has been altered in the current | |
310 | basic block. */ | |
311 | int reg_tick; | |
312 | ||
30f72379 MM |
313 | /* The REG_TICK value at which rtx's containing this register are |
314 | valid in the hash table. If this does not equal the current | |
315 | reg_tick value, such expressions existing in the hash table are | |
316 | invalid. */ | |
317 | int reg_in_table; | |
30f72379 | 318 | }; |
7afe21cc | 319 | |
30f72379 MM |
320 | /* A free list of cse_reg_info entries. */ |
321 | static struct cse_reg_info *cse_reg_info_free_list; | |
7afe21cc | 322 | |
c1edba58 VM |
323 | /* A used list of cse_reg_info entries. */ |
324 | static struct cse_reg_info *cse_reg_info_used_list; | |
325 | static struct cse_reg_info *cse_reg_info_used_list_end; | |
326 | ||
30f72379 | 327 | /* A mapping from registers to cse_reg_info data structures. */ |
9b1549b8 DM |
328 | #define REGHASH_SHIFT 7 |
329 | #define REGHASH_SIZE (1 << REGHASH_SHIFT) | |
330 | #define REGHASH_MASK (REGHASH_SIZE - 1) | |
331 | static struct cse_reg_info *reg_hash[REGHASH_SIZE]; | |
332 | ||
333 | #define REGHASH_FN(REGNO) \ | |
334 | (((REGNO) ^ ((REGNO) >> REGHASH_SHIFT)) & REGHASH_MASK) | |
7afe21cc | 335 | |
30f72379 MM |
336 | /* The last lookup we did into the cse_reg_info_tree. This allows us |
337 | to cache repeated lookups. */ | |
770ae6cc | 338 | static unsigned int cached_regno; |
30f72379 | 339 | static struct cse_reg_info *cached_cse_reg_info; |
7afe21cc | 340 | |
278a83b2 | 341 | /* A HARD_REG_SET containing all the hard registers for which there is |
7afe21cc RK |
342 | currently a REG expression in the hash table. Note the difference |
343 | from the above variables, which indicate if the REG is mentioned in some | |
344 | expression in the table. */ | |
345 | ||
346 | static HARD_REG_SET hard_regs_in_table; | |
347 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
348 | /* CUID of insn that starts the basic block currently being cse-processed. */ |
349 | ||
350 | static int cse_basic_block_start; | |
351 | ||
352 | /* CUID of insn that ends the basic block currently being cse-processed. */ | |
353 | ||
354 | static int cse_basic_block_end; | |
355 | ||
356 | /* Vector mapping INSN_UIDs to cuids. | |
d45cf215 | 357 | The cuids are like uids but increase monotonically always. |
7afe21cc RK |
358 | We use them to see whether a reg is used outside a given basic block. */ |
359 | ||
906c4e36 | 360 | static int *uid_cuid; |
7afe21cc | 361 | |
164c8956 RK |
362 | /* Highest UID in UID_CUID. */ |
363 | static int max_uid; | |
364 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
365 | /* Get the cuid of an insn. */ |
366 | ||
367 | #define INSN_CUID(INSN) (uid_cuid[INSN_UID (INSN)]) | |
368 | ||
4eadede7 ZW |
369 | /* Nonzero if this pass has made changes, and therefore it's |
370 | worthwhile to run the garbage collector. */ | |
371 | ||
372 | static int cse_altered; | |
373 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
374 | /* Nonzero if cse has altered conditional jump insns |
375 | in such a way that jump optimization should be redone. */ | |
376 | ||
377 | static int cse_jumps_altered; | |
378 | ||
f85cc4cb RK |
379 | /* Nonzero if we put a LABEL_REF into the hash table for an INSN without a |
380 | REG_LABEL, we have to rerun jump after CSE to put in the note. */ | |
a5dfb4ee RK |
381 | static int recorded_label_ref; |
382 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
383 | /* canon_hash stores 1 in do_not_record |
384 | if it notices a reference to CC0, PC, or some other volatile | |
385 | subexpression. */ | |
386 | ||
387 | static int do_not_record; | |
388 | ||
7bac1be0 RK |
389 | #ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP |
390 | ||
391 | /* Scratch rtl used when looking for load-extended copy of a MEM. */ | |
392 | static rtx memory_extend_rtx; | |
393 | #endif | |
394 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
395 | /* canon_hash stores 1 in hash_arg_in_memory |
396 | if it notices a reference to memory within the expression being hashed. */ | |
397 | ||
398 | static int hash_arg_in_memory; | |
399 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
400 | /* The hash table contains buckets which are chains of `struct table_elt's, |
401 | each recording one expression's information. | |
402 | That expression is in the `exp' field. | |
403 | ||
db048faf MM |
404 | The canon_exp field contains a canonical (from the point of view of |
405 | alias analysis) version of the `exp' field. | |
406 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
407 | Those elements with the same hash code are chained in both directions |
408 | through the `next_same_hash' and `prev_same_hash' fields. | |
409 | ||
410 | Each set of expressions with equivalent values | |
411 | are on a two-way chain through the `next_same_value' | |
412 | and `prev_same_value' fields, and all point with | |
413 | the `first_same_value' field at the first element in | |
414 | that chain. The chain is in order of increasing cost. | |
415 | Each element's cost value is in its `cost' field. | |
416 | ||
417 | The `in_memory' field is nonzero for elements that | |
418 | involve any reference to memory. These elements are removed | |
419 | whenever a write is done to an unidentified location in memory. | |
420 | To be safe, we assume that a memory address is unidentified unless | |
421 | the address is either a symbol constant or a constant plus | |
422 | the frame pointer or argument pointer. | |
423 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
424 | The `related_value' field is used to connect related expressions |
425 | (that differ by adding an integer). | |
426 | The related expressions are chained in a circular fashion. | |
427 | `related_value' is zero for expressions for which this | |
428 | chain is not useful. | |
429 | ||
430 | The `cost' field stores the cost of this element's expression. | |
630c79be BS |
431 | The `regcost' field stores the value returned by approx_reg_cost for |
432 | this element's expression. | |
7afe21cc RK |
433 | |
434 | The `is_const' flag is set if the element is a constant (including | |
435 | a fixed address). | |
436 | ||
437 | The `flag' field is used as a temporary during some search routines. | |
438 | ||
439 | The `mode' field is usually the same as GET_MODE (`exp'), but | |
440 | if `exp' is a CONST_INT and has no machine mode then the `mode' | |
441 | field is the mode it was being used as. Each constant is | |
442 | recorded separately for each mode it is used with. */ | |
443 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
444 | struct table_elt |
445 | { | |
446 | rtx exp; | |
db048faf | 447 | rtx canon_exp; |
7afe21cc RK |
448 | struct table_elt *next_same_hash; |
449 | struct table_elt *prev_same_hash; | |
450 | struct table_elt *next_same_value; | |
451 | struct table_elt *prev_same_value; | |
452 | struct table_elt *first_same_value; | |
453 | struct table_elt *related_value; | |
454 | int cost; | |
630c79be | 455 | int regcost; |
7afe21cc RK |
456 | enum machine_mode mode; |
457 | char in_memory; | |
7afe21cc RK |
458 | char is_const; |
459 | char flag; | |
460 | }; | |
461 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
462 | /* We don't want a lot of buckets, because we rarely have very many |
463 | things stored in the hash table, and a lot of buckets slows | |
464 | down a lot of loops that happen frequently. */ | |
9b1549b8 DM |
465 | #define HASH_SHIFT 5 |
466 | #define HASH_SIZE (1 << HASH_SHIFT) | |
467 | #define HASH_MASK (HASH_SIZE - 1) | |
7afe21cc RK |
468 | |
469 | /* Compute hash code of X in mode M. Special-case case where X is a pseudo | |
470 | register (hard registers may require `do_not_record' to be set). */ | |
471 | ||
472 | #define HASH(X, M) \ | |
9b1549b8 DM |
473 | ((GET_CODE (X) == REG && REGNO (X) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER \ |
474 | ? (((unsigned) REG << 7) + (unsigned) REG_QTY (REGNO (X))) \ | |
475 | : canon_hash (X, M)) & HASH_MASK) | |
7afe21cc | 476 | |
630c79be BS |
477 | /* Determine whether register number N is considered a fixed register for the |
478 | purpose of approximating register costs. | |
7afe21cc RK |
479 | It is desirable to replace other regs with fixed regs, to reduce need for |
480 | non-fixed hard regs. | |
553687c9 | 481 | A reg wins if it is either the frame pointer or designated as fixed. */ |
7afe21cc | 482 | #define FIXED_REGNO_P(N) \ |
8bc169f2 | 483 | ((N) == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM || (N) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM \ |
6ab832bc | 484 | || fixed_regs[N] || global_regs[N]) |
7afe21cc RK |
485 | |
486 | /* Compute cost of X, as stored in the `cost' field of a table_elt. Fixed | |
ac07e066 RK |
487 | hard registers and pointers into the frame are the cheapest with a cost |
488 | of 0. Next come pseudos with a cost of one and other hard registers with | |
489 | a cost of 2. Aside from these special cases, call `rtx_cost'. */ | |
490 | ||
6ab832bc | 491 | #define CHEAP_REGNO(N) \ |
8bc169f2 DE |
492 | ((N) == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM || (N) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM \ |
493 | || (N) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM || (N) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM \ | |
494 | || ((N) >= FIRST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER && (N) <= LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER) \ | |
495 | || ((N) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER \ | |
e7bb59fa | 496 | && FIXED_REGNO_P (N) && REGNO_REG_CLASS (N) != NO_REGS)) |
7afe21cc | 497 | |
f2fa288f RH |
498 | #define COST(X) (GET_CODE (X) == REG ? 0 : notreg_cost (X, SET)) |
499 | #define COST_IN(X,OUTER) (GET_CODE (X) == REG ? 0 : notreg_cost (X, OUTER)) | |
7afe21cc | 500 | |
30f72379 MM |
501 | /* Get the info associated with register N. */ |
502 | ||
503 | #define GET_CSE_REG_INFO(N) \ | |
504 | (((N) == cached_regno && cached_cse_reg_info) \ | |
505 | ? cached_cse_reg_info : get_cse_reg_info ((N))) | |
506 | ||
507 | /* Get the number of times this register has been updated in this | |
508 | basic block. */ | |
509 | ||
c1edba58 | 510 | #define REG_TICK(N) ((GET_CSE_REG_INFO (N))->reg_tick) |
30f72379 MM |
511 | |
512 | /* Get the point at which REG was recorded in the table. */ | |
513 | ||
514 | #define REG_IN_TABLE(N) ((GET_CSE_REG_INFO (N))->reg_in_table) | |
515 | ||
516 | /* Get the quantity number for REG. */ | |
517 | ||
518 | #define REG_QTY(N) ((GET_CSE_REG_INFO (N))->reg_qty) | |
519 | ||
7afe21cc | 520 | /* Determine if the quantity number for register X represents a valid index |
1bb98cec | 521 | into the qty_table. */ |
7afe21cc | 522 | |
770ae6cc | 523 | #define REGNO_QTY_VALID_P(N) (REG_QTY (N) != (int) (N)) |
7afe21cc | 524 | |
9b1549b8 | 525 | static struct table_elt *table[HASH_SIZE]; |
7afe21cc RK |
526 | |
527 | /* Chain of `struct table_elt's made so far for this function | |
528 | but currently removed from the table. */ | |
529 | ||
530 | static struct table_elt *free_element_chain; | |
531 | ||
532 | /* Number of `struct table_elt' structures made so far for this function. */ | |
533 | ||
534 | static int n_elements_made; | |
535 | ||
536 | /* Maximum value `n_elements_made' has had so far in this compilation | |
537 | for functions previously processed. */ | |
538 | ||
539 | static int max_elements_made; | |
540 | ||
278a83b2 | 541 | /* Surviving equivalence class when two equivalence classes are merged |
7afe21cc RK |
542 | by recording the effects of a jump in the last insn. Zero if the |
543 | last insn was not a conditional jump. */ | |
544 | ||
545 | static struct table_elt *last_jump_equiv_class; | |
546 | ||
547 | /* Set to the cost of a constant pool reference if one was found for a | |
548 | symbolic constant. If this was found, it means we should try to | |
549 | convert constants into constant pool entries if they don't fit in | |
550 | the insn. */ | |
551 | ||
552 | static int constant_pool_entries_cost; | |
553 | ||
6cd4575e RK |
554 | /* Define maximum length of a branch path. */ |
555 | ||
556 | #define PATHLENGTH 10 | |
557 | ||
558 | /* This data describes a block that will be processed by cse_basic_block. */ | |
559 | ||
14a774a9 RK |
560 | struct cse_basic_block_data |
561 | { | |
6cd4575e RK |
562 | /* Lowest CUID value of insns in block. */ |
563 | int low_cuid; | |
564 | /* Highest CUID value of insns in block. */ | |
565 | int high_cuid; | |
566 | /* Total number of SETs in block. */ | |
567 | int nsets; | |
568 | /* Last insn in the block. */ | |
569 | rtx last; | |
570 | /* Size of current branch path, if any. */ | |
571 | int path_size; | |
572 | /* Current branch path, indicating which branches will be taken. */ | |
14a774a9 RK |
573 | struct branch_path |
574 | { | |
575 | /* The branch insn. */ | |
576 | rtx branch; | |
577 | /* Whether it should be taken or not. AROUND is the same as taken | |
578 | except that it is used when the destination label is not preceded | |
6cd4575e | 579 | by a BARRIER. */ |
14a774a9 RK |
580 | enum taken {TAKEN, NOT_TAKEN, AROUND} status; |
581 | } path[PATHLENGTH]; | |
6cd4575e RK |
582 | }; |
583 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
584 | /* Nonzero if X has the form (PLUS frame-pointer integer). We check for |
585 | virtual regs here because the simplify_*_operation routines are called | |
278a83b2 | 586 | by integrate.c, which is called before virtual register instantiation. |
0cedb36c JL |
587 | |
588 | ?!? FIXED_BASE_PLUS_P and NONZERO_BASE_PLUS_P need to move into | |
589 | a header file so that their definitions can be shared with the | |
590 | simplification routines in simplify-rtx.c. Until then, do not | |
591 | change these macros without also changing the copy in simplify-rtx.c. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
592 | |
593 | #define FIXED_BASE_PLUS_P(X) \ | |
8bc169f2 | 594 | ((X) == frame_pointer_rtx || (X) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx \ |
41babf2e | 595 | || ((X) == arg_pointer_rtx && fixed_regs[ARG_POINTER_REGNUM])\ |
7afe21cc RK |
596 | || (X) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx \ |
597 | || (X) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx \ | |
598 | || (GET_CODE (X) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (X, 1)) == CONST_INT \ | |
599 | && (XEXP (X, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx \ | |
8bc169f2 | 600 | || XEXP (X, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx \ |
41babf2e JL |
601 | || ((X) == arg_pointer_rtx \ |
602 | && fixed_regs[ARG_POINTER_REGNUM]) \ | |
7afe21cc | 603 | || XEXP (X, 0) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx \ |
e9a25f70 JL |
604 | || XEXP (X, 0) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx)) \ |
605 | || GET_CODE (X) == ADDRESSOF) | |
7afe21cc | 606 | |
6f90e075 JW |
607 | /* Similar, but also allows reference to the stack pointer. |
608 | ||
609 | This used to include FIXED_BASE_PLUS_P, however, we can't assume that | |
610 | arg_pointer_rtx by itself is nonzero, because on at least one machine, | |
611 | the i960, the arg pointer is zero when it is unused. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
612 | |
613 | #define NONZERO_BASE_PLUS_P(X) \ | |
8bc169f2 | 614 | ((X) == frame_pointer_rtx || (X) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx \ |
6f90e075 JW |
615 | || (X) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx \ |
616 | || (X) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx \ | |
617 | || (GET_CODE (X) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (X, 1)) == CONST_INT \ | |
618 | && (XEXP (X, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx \ | |
8bc169f2 | 619 | || XEXP (X, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx \ |
41babf2e JL |
620 | || ((X) == arg_pointer_rtx \ |
621 | && fixed_regs[ARG_POINTER_REGNUM]) \ | |
6f90e075 JW |
622 | || XEXP (X, 0) == virtual_stack_vars_rtx \ |
623 | || XEXP (X, 0) == virtual_incoming_args_rtx)) \ | |
7afe21cc RK |
624 | || (X) == stack_pointer_rtx \ |
625 | || (X) == virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx \ | |
626 | || (X) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx \ | |
627 | || (GET_CODE (X) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (X, 1)) == CONST_INT \ | |
628 | && (XEXP (X, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx \ | |
629 | || XEXP (X, 0) == virtual_stack_dynamic_rtx \ | |
e9a25f70 JL |
630 | || XEXP (X, 0) == virtual_outgoing_args_rtx)) \ |
631 | || GET_CODE (X) == ADDRESSOF) | |
7afe21cc | 632 | |
f2fa288f | 633 | static int notreg_cost PARAMS ((rtx, enum rtx_code)); |
630c79be BS |
634 | static int approx_reg_cost_1 PARAMS ((rtx *, void *)); |
635 | static int approx_reg_cost PARAMS ((rtx)); | |
636 | static int preferrable PARAMS ((int, int, int, int)); | |
83d2b3b9 | 637 | static void new_basic_block PARAMS ((void)); |
770ae6cc RK |
638 | static void make_new_qty PARAMS ((unsigned int, enum machine_mode)); |
639 | static void make_regs_eqv PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int)); | |
640 | static void delete_reg_equiv PARAMS ((unsigned int)); | |
83d2b3b9 KG |
641 | static int mention_regs PARAMS ((rtx)); |
642 | static int insert_regs PARAMS ((rtx, struct table_elt *, int)); | |
643 | static void remove_from_table PARAMS ((struct table_elt *, unsigned)); | |
644 | static struct table_elt *lookup PARAMS ((rtx, unsigned, enum machine_mode)), | |
645 | *lookup_for_remove PARAMS ((rtx, unsigned, enum machine_mode)); | |
646 | static rtx lookup_as_function PARAMS ((rtx, enum rtx_code)); | |
647 | static struct table_elt *insert PARAMS ((rtx, struct table_elt *, unsigned, | |
648 | enum machine_mode)); | |
649 | static void merge_equiv_classes PARAMS ((struct table_elt *, | |
650 | struct table_elt *)); | |
651 | static void invalidate PARAMS ((rtx, enum machine_mode)); | |
2be28ee2 | 652 | static int cse_rtx_varies_p PARAMS ((rtx, int)); |
770ae6cc RK |
653 | static void remove_invalid_refs PARAMS ((unsigned int)); |
654 | static void remove_invalid_subreg_refs PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int, | |
655 | enum machine_mode)); | |
83d2b3b9 KG |
656 | static void rehash_using_reg PARAMS ((rtx)); |
657 | static void invalidate_memory PARAMS ((void)); | |
658 | static void invalidate_for_call PARAMS ((void)); | |
659 | static rtx use_related_value PARAMS ((rtx, struct table_elt *)); | |
660 | static unsigned canon_hash PARAMS ((rtx, enum machine_mode)); | |
c0712acb | 661 | static unsigned canon_hash_string PARAMS ((const char *)); |
83d2b3b9 KG |
662 | static unsigned safe_hash PARAMS ((rtx, enum machine_mode)); |
663 | static int exp_equiv_p PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, int, int)); | |
664 | static rtx canon_reg PARAMS ((rtx, rtx)); | |
01329426 | 665 | static void find_best_addr PARAMS ((rtx, rtx *, enum machine_mode)); |
83d2b3b9 KG |
666 | static enum rtx_code find_comparison_args PARAMS ((enum rtx_code, rtx *, rtx *, |
667 | enum machine_mode *, | |
668 | enum machine_mode *)); | |
669 | static rtx fold_rtx PARAMS ((rtx, rtx)); | |
670 | static rtx equiv_constant PARAMS ((rtx)); | |
671 | static void record_jump_equiv PARAMS ((rtx, int)); | |
672 | static void record_jump_cond PARAMS ((enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode, | |
673 | rtx, rtx, int)); | |
674 | static void cse_insn PARAMS ((rtx, rtx)); | |
675 | static int addr_affects_sp_p PARAMS ((rtx)); | |
676 | static void invalidate_from_clobbers PARAMS ((rtx)); | |
677 | static rtx cse_process_notes PARAMS ((rtx, rtx)); | |
678 | static void cse_around_loop PARAMS ((rtx)); | |
679 | static void invalidate_skipped_set PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, void *)); | |
680 | static void invalidate_skipped_block PARAMS ((rtx)); | |
681 | static void cse_check_loop_start PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, void *)); | |
682 | static void cse_set_around_loop PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, rtx)); | |
683 | static rtx cse_basic_block PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, struct branch_path *, int)); | |
684 | static void count_reg_usage PARAMS ((rtx, int *, rtx, int)); | |
be8ac49a | 685 | static int check_for_label_ref PARAMS ((rtx *, void *)); |
83d2b3b9 | 686 | extern void dump_class PARAMS ((struct table_elt*)); |
770ae6cc | 687 | static struct cse_reg_info * get_cse_reg_info PARAMS ((unsigned int)); |
2ce6dc2f | 688 | static int check_dependence PARAMS ((rtx *, void *)); |
83d2b3b9 KG |
689 | |
690 | static void flush_hash_table PARAMS ((void)); | |
4793dca1 | 691 | static bool insn_live_p PARAMS ((rtx, int *)); |
0021de69 DB |
692 | static bool set_live_p PARAMS ((rtx, rtx, int *)); |
693 | static bool dead_libcall_p PARAMS ((rtx)); | |
7afe21cc | 694 | \f |
a4c6502a MM |
695 | /* Dump the expressions in the equivalence class indicated by CLASSP. |
696 | This function is used only for debugging. */ | |
a0153051 | 697 | void |
a4c6502a MM |
698 | dump_class (classp) |
699 | struct table_elt *classp; | |
700 | { | |
701 | struct table_elt *elt; | |
702 | ||
703 | fprintf (stderr, "Equivalence chain for "); | |
704 | print_rtl (stderr, classp->exp); | |
705 | fprintf (stderr, ": \n"); | |
278a83b2 | 706 | |
a4c6502a MM |
707 | for (elt = classp->first_same_value; elt; elt = elt->next_same_value) |
708 | { | |
709 | print_rtl (stderr, elt->exp); | |
710 | fprintf (stderr, "\n"); | |
711 | } | |
712 | } | |
713 | ||
630c79be | 714 | /* Subroutine of approx_reg_cost; called through for_each_rtx. */ |
be8ac49a | 715 | |
630c79be BS |
716 | static int |
717 | approx_reg_cost_1 (xp, data) | |
718 | rtx *xp; | |
719 | void *data; | |
720 | { | |
721 | rtx x = *xp; | |
722 | regset set = (regset) data; | |
723 | ||
724 | if (x && GET_CODE (x) == REG) | |
725 | SET_REGNO_REG_SET (set, REGNO (x)); | |
726 | return 0; | |
727 | } | |
728 | ||
729 | /* Return an estimate of the cost of the registers used in an rtx. | |
730 | This is mostly the number of different REG expressions in the rtx; | |
731 | however for some excecptions like fixed registers we use a cost of | |
f1c1dfc3 | 732 | 0. If any other hard register reference occurs, return MAX_COST. */ |
630c79be BS |
733 | |
734 | static int | |
735 | approx_reg_cost (x) | |
736 | rtx x; | |
737 | { | |
738 | regset_head set; | |
739 | int i; | |
740 | int cost = 0; | |
f1c1dfc3 | 741 | int hardregs = 0; |
630c79be BS |
742 | |
743 | INIT_REG_SET (&set); | |
744 | for_each_rtx (&x, approx_reg_cost_1, (void *)&set); | |
745 | ||
746 | EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_REG_SET | |
747 | (&set, 0, i, | |
748 | { | |
749 | if (! CHEAP_REGNO (i)) | |
f1c1dfc3 BS |
750 | { |
751 | if (i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
752 | hardregs++; | |
753 | ||
754 | cost += i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER ? 2 : 1; | |
755 | } | |
630c79be BS |
756 | }); |
757 | ||
758 | CLEAR_REG_SET (&set); | |
f1c1dfc3 | 759 | return hardregs && SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES ? MAX_COST : cost; |
630c79be BS |
760 | } |
761 | ||
762 | /* Return a negative value if an rtx A, whose costs are given by COST_A | |
763 | and REGCOST_A, is more desirable than an rtx B. | |
764 | Return a positive value if A is less desirable, or 0 if the two are | |
765 | equally good. */ | |
766 | static int | |
767 | preferrable (cost_a, regcost_a, cost_b, regcost_b) | |
768 | int cost_a, regcost_a, cost_b, regcost_b; | |
769 | { | |
f1c1dfc3 BS |
770 | /* First, get rid of a cases involving expressions that are entirely |
771 | unwanted. */ | |
772 | if (cost_a != cost_b) | |
773 | { | |
774 | if (cost_a == MAX_COST) | |
775 | return 1; | |
776 | if (cost_b == MAX_COST) | |
777 | return -1; | |
778 | } | |
779 | ||
780 | /* Avoid extending lifetimes of hardregs. */ | |
781 | if (regcost_a != regcost_b) | |
782 | { | |
783 | if (regcost_a == MAX_COST) | |
784 | return 1; | |
785 | if (regcost_b == MAX_COST) | |
786 | return -1; | |
787 | } | |
788 | ||
789 | /* Normal operation costs take precedence. */ | |
630c79be BS |
790 | if (cost_a != cost_b) |
791 | return cost_a - cost_b; | |
f1c1dfc3 | 792 | /* Only if these are identical consider effects on register pressure. */ |
630c79be BS |
793 | if (regcost_a != regcost_b) |
794 | return regcost_a - regcost_b; | |
795 | return 0; | |
796 | } | |
797 | ||
954a5693 RK |
798 | /* Internal function, to compute cost when X is not a register; called |
799 | from COST macro to keep it simple. */ | |
800 | ||
801 | static int | |
f2fa288f | 802 | notreg_cost (x, outer) |
954a5693 | 803 | rtx x; |
f2fa288f | 804 | enum rtx_code outer; |
954a5693 RK |
805 | { |
806 | return ((GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG | |
807 | && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG | |
808 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_INT | |
809 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))) == MODE_INT | |
810 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) | |
811 | < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))) | |
812 | && subreg_lowpart_p (x) | |
813 | && TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)), | |
814 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))) | |
630c79be | 815 | ? 0 |
f2fa288f | 816 | : rtx_cost (x, outer) * 2); |
954a5693 RK |
817 | } |
818 | ||
d4b60170 RK |
819 | /* Return an estimate of the cost of computing rtx X. |
820 | One use is in cse, to decide which expression to keep in the hash table. | |
821 | Another is in rtl generation, to pick the cheapest way to multiply. | |
822 | Other uses like the latter are expected in the future. */ | |
823 | ||
7afe21cc | 824 | int |
e5f6a288 | 825 | rtx_cost (x, outer_code) |
7afe21cc | 826 | rtx x; |
79c9824e | 827 | enum rtx_code outer_code ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
7afe21cc RK |
828 | { |
829 | register int i, j; | |
830 | register enum rtx_code code; | |
6f7d635c | 831 | register const char *fmt; |
7afe21cc RK |
832 | register int total; |
833 | ||
834 | if (x == 0) | |
835 | return 0; | |
836 | ||
837 | /* Compute the default costs of certain things. | |
838 | Note that RTX_COSTS can override the defaults. */ | |
839 | ||
840 | code = GET_CODE (x); | |
841 | switch (code) | |
842 | { | |
843 | case MULT: | |
844 | /* Count multiplication by 2**n as a shift, | |
845 | because if we are considering it, we would output it as a shift. */ | |
846 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
847 | && exact_log2 (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1))) >= 0) | |
848 | total = 2; | |
849 | else | |
850 | total = COSTS_N_INSNS (5); | |
851 | break; | |
852 | case DIV: | |
853 | case UDIV: | |
854 | case MOD: | |
855 | case UMOD: | |
856 | total = COSTS_N_INSNS (7); | |
857 | break; | |
858 | case USE: | |
859 | /* Used in loop.c and combine.c as a marker. */ | |
860 | total = 0; | |
861 | break; | |
862 | default: | |
b437f1a7 | 863 | total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1); |
7afe21cc RK |
864 | } |
865 | ||
866 | switch (code) | |
867 | { | |
868 | case REG: | |
630c79be | 869 | return 0; |
ac07e066 | 870 | |
7afe21cc | 871 | case SUBREG: |
fc3ffe83 RK |
872 | /* If we can't tie these modes, make this expensive. The larger |
873 | the mode, the more expensive it is. */ | |
874 | if (! MODES_TIEABLE_P (GET_MODE (x), GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))) | |
875 | return COSTS_N_INSNS (2 | |
876 | + GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) / UNITS_PER_WORD); | |
630c79be BS |
877 | break; |
878 | ||
7afe21cc | 879 | #ifdef RTX_COSTS |
e5f6a288 | 880 | RTX_COSTS (x, code, outer_code); |
278a83b2 | 881 | #endif |
47a0b68f | 882 | #ifdef CONST_COSTS |
e5f6a288 | 883 | CONST_COSTS (x, code, outer_code); |
47a0b68f | 884 | #endif |
8625fab5 KG |
885 | |
886 | default: | |
887 | #ifdef DEFAULT_RTX_COSTS | |
278a83b2 | 888 | DEFAULT_RTX_COSTS (x, code, outer_code); |
8625fab5 KG |
889 | #endif |
890 | break; | |
7afe21cc RK |
891 | } |
892 | ||
893 | /* Sum the costs of the sub-rtx's, plus cost of this operation, | |
894 | which is already in total. */ | |
895 | ||
896 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
897 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
898 | if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
e5f6a288 | 899 | total += rtx_cost (XEXP (x, i), code); |
7afe21cc RK |
900 | else if (fmt[i] == 'E') |
901 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++) | |
e5f6a288 | 902 | total += rtx_cost (XVECEXP (x, i, j), code); |
7afe21cc RK |
903 | |
904 | return total; | |
905 | } | |
906 | \f | |
278a83b2 KH |
907 | /* Return cost of address expression X. |
908 | Expect that X is propertly formed address reference. */ | |
909 | ||
01329426 JH |
910 | int |
911 | address_cost (x, mode) | |
912 | rtx x; | |
913 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
914 | { | |
915 | /* The ADDRESS_COST macro does not deal with ADDRESSOF nodes. But, | |
916 | during CSE, such nodes are present. Using an ADDRESSOF node which | |
917 | refers to the address of a REG is a good thing because we can then | |
918 | turn (MEM (ADDRESSSOF (REG))) into just plain REG. */ | |
919 | ||
920 | if (GET_CODE (x) == ADDRESSOF && REG_P (XEXP ((x), 0))) | |
921 | return -1; | |
922 | ||
923 | /* We may be asked for cost of various unusual addresses, such as operands | |
278a83b2 | 924 | of push instruction. It is not worthwhile to complicate writing |
01329426 JH |
925 | of ADDRESS_COST macro by such cases. */ |
926 | ||
927 | if (!memory_address_p (mode, x)) | |
928 | return 1000; | |
929 | #ifdef ADDRESS_COST | |
930 | return ADDRESS_COST (x); | |
931 | #else | |
932 | return rtx_cost (x, MEM); | |
933 | #endif | |
934 | } | |
630c79be | 935 | |
01329426 | 936 | \f |
30f72379 MM |
937 | static struct cse_reg_info * |
938 | get_cse_reg_info (regno) | |
770ae6cc | 939 | unsigned int regno; |
30f72379 | 940 | { |
9b1549b8 DM |
941 | struct cse_reg_info **hash_head = ®_hash[REGHASH_FN (regno)]; |
942 | struct cse_reg_info *p; | |
943 | ||
278a83b2 | 944 | for (p = *hash_head; p != NULL; p = p->hash_next) |
9b1549b8 DM |
945 | if (p->regno == regno) |
946 | break; | |
947 | ||
948 | if (p == NULL) | |
30f72379 MM |
949 | { |
950 | /* Get a new cse_reg_info structure. */ | |
9b1549b8 | 951 | if (cse_reg_info_free_list) |
30f72379 | 952 | { |
9b1549b8 DM |
953 | p = cse_reg_info_free_list; |
954 | cse_reg_info_free_list = p->next; | |
30f72379 MM |
955 | } |
956 | else | |
9b1549b8 DM |
957 | p = (struct cse_reg_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct cse_reg_info)); |
958 | ||
959 | /* Insert into hash table. */ | |
960 | p->hash_next = *hash_head; | |
961 | *hash_head = p; | |
30f72379 MM |
962 | |
963 | /* Initialize it. */ | |
9b1549b8 DM |
964 | p->reg_tick = 1; |
965 | p->reg_in_table = -1; | |
966 | p->reg_qty = regno; | |
967 | p->regno = regno; | |
968 | p->next = cse_reg_info_used_list; | |
969 | cse_reg_info_used_list = p; | |
c1edba58 | 970 | if (!cse_reg_info_used_list_end) |
9b1549b8 | 971 | cse_reg_info_used_list_end = p; |
30f72379 MM |
972 | } |
973 | ||
974 | /* Cache this lookup; we tend to be looking up information about the | |
975 | same register several times in a row. */ | |
976 | cached_regno = regno; | |
9b1549b8 | 977 | cached_cse_reg_info = p; |
30f72379 | 978 | |
9b1549b8 | 979 | return p; |
30f72379 MM |
980 | } |
981 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
982 | /* Clear the hash table and initialize each register with its own quantity, |
983 | for a new basic block. */ | |
984 | ||
985 | static void | |
986 | new_basic_block () | |
987 | { | |
988 | register int i; | |
989 | ||
990 | next_qty = max_reg; | |
991 | ||
9b1549b8 DM |
992 | /* Clear out hash table state for this pass. */ |
993 | ||
961192e1 | 994 | memset ((char *) reg_hash, 0, sizeof reg_hash); |
9b1549b8 DM |
995 | |
996 | if (cse_reg_info_used_list) | |
30f72379 | 997 | { |
9b1549b8 DM |
998 | cse_reg_info_used_list_end->next = cse_reg_info_free_list; |
999 | cse_reg_info_free_list = cse_reg_info_used_list; | |
1000 | cse_reg_info_used_list = cse_reg_info_used_list_end = 0; | |
30f72379 | 1001 | } |
9b1549b8 | 1002 | cached_cse_reg_info = 0; |
7afe21cc | 1003 | |
7afe21cc RK |
1004 | CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (hard_regs_in_table); |
1005 | ||
1006 | /* The per-quantity values used to be initialized here, but it is | |
1007 | much faster to initialize each as it is made in `make_new_qty'. */ | |
1008 | ||
9b1549b8 | 1009 | for (i = 0; i < HASH_SIZE; i++) |
7afe21cc | 1010 | { |
9b1549b8 DM |
1011 | struct table_elt *first; |
1012 | ||
1013 | first = table[i]; | |
1014 | if (first != NULL) | |
7afe21cc | 1015 | { |
9b1549b8 DM |
1016 | struct table_elt *last = first; |
1017 | ||
1018 | table[i] = NULL; | |
1019 | ||
1020 | while (last->next_same_hash != NULL) | |
1021 | last = last->next_same_hash; | |
1022 | ||
1023 | /* Now relink this hash entire chain into | |
1024 | the free element list. */ | |
1025 | ||
1026 | last->next_same_hash = free_element_chain; | |
1027 | free_element_chain = first; | |
7afe21cc RK |
1028 | } |
1029 | } | |
1030 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
1031 | prev_insn = 0; |
1032 | ||
1033 | #ifdef HAVE_cc0 | |
1034 | prev_insn_cc0 = 0; | |
1035 | #endif | |
1036 | } | |
1037 | ||
1bb98cec DM |
1038 | /* Say that register REG contains a quantity in mode MODE not in any |
1039 | register before and initialize that quantity. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
1040 | |
1041 | static void | |
1bb98cec | 1042 | make_new_qty (reg, mode) |
770ae6cc RK |
1043 | unsigned int reg; |
1044 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
7afe21cc RK |
1045 | { |
1046 | register int q; | |
1bb98cec DM |
1047 | register struct qty_table_elem *ent; |
1048 | register struct reg_eqv_elem *eqv; | |
7afe21cc RK |
1049 | |
1050 | if (next_qty >= max_qty) | |
1051 | abort (); | |
1052 | ||
30f72379 | 1053 | q = REG_QTY (reg) = next_qty++; |
1bb98cec DM |
1054 | ent = &qty_table[q]; |
1055 | ent->first_reg = reg; | |
1056 | ent->last_reg = reg; | |
1057 | ent->mode = mode; | |
1058 | ent->const_rtx = ent->const_insn = NULL_RTX; | |
1059 | ent->comparison_code = UNKNOWN; | |
1060 | ||
1061 | eqv = ®_eqv_table[reg]; | |
1062 | eqv->next = eqv->prev = -1; | |
7afe21cc RK |
1063 | } |
1064 | ||
1065 | /* Make reg NEW equivalent to reg OLD. | |
1066 | OLD is not changing; NEW is. */ | |
1067 | ||
1068 | static void | |
1069 | make_regs_eqv (new, old) | |
770ae6cc | 1070 | unsigned int new, old; |
7afe21cc | 1071 | { |
770ae6cc RK |
1072 | unsigned int lastr, firstr; |
1073 | int q = REG_QTY (old); | |
1074 | struct qty_table_elem *ent; | |
1bb98cec DM |
1075 | |
1076 | ent = &qty_table[q]; | |
7afe21cc RK |
1077 | |
1078 | /* Nothing should become eqv until it has a "non-invalid" qty number. */ | |
1079 | if (! REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (old)) | |
1080 | abort (); | |
1081 | ||
30f72379 | 1082 | REG_QTY (new) = q; |
1bb98cec DM |
1083 | firstr = ent->first_reg; |
1084 | lastr = ent->last_reg; | |
7afe21cc RK |
1085 | |
1086 | /* Prefer fixed hard registers to anything. Prefer pseudo regs to other | |
1087 | hard regs. Among pseudos, if NEW will live longer than any other reg | |
1088 | of the same qty, and that is beyond the current basic block, | |
1089 | make it the new canonical replacement for this qty. */ | |
1090 | if (! (firstr < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && FIXED_REGNO_P (firstr)) | |
1091 | /* Certain fixed registers might be of the class NO_REGS. This means | |
1092 | that not only can they not be allocated by the compiler, but | |
830a38ee | 1093 | they cannot be used in substitutions or canonicalizations |
7afe21cc RK |
1094 | either. */ |
1095 | && (new >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER || REGNO_REG_CLASS (new) != NO_REGS) | |
1096 | && ((new < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && FIXED_REGNO_P (new)) | |
1097 | || (new >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
1098 | && (firstr < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
b1f21e0a MM |
1099 | || ((uid_cuid[REGNO_LAST_UID (new)] > cse_basic_block_end |
1100 | || (uid_cuid[REGNO_FIRST_UID (new)] | |
7afe21cc | 1101 | < cse_basic_block_start)) |
b1f21e0a MM |
1102 | && (uid_cuid[REGNO_LAST_UID (new)] |
1103 | > uid_cuid[REGNO_LAST_UID (firstr)])))))) | |
7afe21cc | 1104 | { |
1bb98cec DM |
1105 | reg_eqv_table[firstr].prev = new; |
1106 | reg_eqv_table[new].next = firstr; | |
1107 | reg_eqv_table[new].prev = -1; | |
1108 | ent->first_reg = new; | |
7afe21cc RK |
1109 | } |
1110 | else | |
1111 | { | |
1112 | /* If NEW is a hard reg (known to be non-fixed), insert at end. | |
1113 | Otherwise, insert before any non-fixed hard regs that are at the | |
1114 | end. Registers of class NO_REGS cannot be used as an | |
1115 | equivalent for anything. */ | |
1bb98cec | 1116 | while (lastr < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_eqv_table[lastr].prev >= 0 |
7afe21cc RK |
1117 | && (REGNO_REG_CLASS (lastr) == NO_REGS || ! FIXED_REGNO_P (lastr)) |
1118 | && new >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
1bb98cec DM |
1119 | lastr = reg_eqv_table[lastr].prev; |
1120 | reg_eqv_table[new].next = reg_eqv_table[lastr].next; | |
1121 | if (reg_eqv_table[lastr].next >= 0) | |
1122 | reg_eqv_table[reg_eqv_table[lastr].next].prev = new; | |
7afe21cc | 1123 | else |
1bb98cec DM |
1124 | qty_table[q].last_reg = new; |
1125 | reg_eqv_table[lastr].next = new; | |
1126 | reg_eqv_table[new].prev = lastr; | |
7afe21cc RK |
1127 | } |
1128 | } | |
1129 | ||
1130 | /* Remove REG from its equivalence class. */ | |
1131 | ||
1132 | static void | |
1133 | delete_reg_equiv (reg) | |
770ae6cc | 1134 | unsigned int reg; |
7afe21cc | 1135 | { |
1bb98cec | 1136 | register struct qty_table_elem *ent; |
30f72379 | 1137 | register int q = REG_QTY (reg); |
a4e262bc | 1138 | register int p, n; |
7afe21cc | 1139 | |
a4e262bc | 1140 | /* If invalid, do nothing. */ |
770ae6cc | 1141 | if (q == (int) reg) |
7afe21cc RK |
1142 | return; |
1143 | ||
1bb98cec DM |
1144 | ent = &qty_table[q]; |
1145 | ||
1146 | p = reg_eqv_table[reg].prev; | |
1147 | n = reg_eqv_table[reg].next; | |
a4e262bc | 1148 | |
7afe21cc | 1149 | if (n != -1) |
1bb98cec | 1150 | reg_eqv_table[n].prev = p; |
7afe21cc | 1151 | else |
1bb98cec | 1152 | ent->last_reg = p; |
7afe21cc | 1153 | if (p != -1) |
1bb98cec | 1154 | reg_eqv_table[p].next = n; |
7afe21cc | 1155 | else |
1bb98cec | 1156 | ent->first_reg = n; |
7afe21cc | 1157 | |
30f72379 | 1158 | REG_QTY (reg) = reg; |
7afe21cc RK |
1159 | } |
1160 | ||
1161 | /* Remove any invalid expressions from the hash table | |
1162 | that refer to any of the registers contained in expression X. | |
1163 | ||
1164 | Make sure that newly inserted references to those registers | |
1165 | as subexpressions will be considered valid. | |
1166 | ||
1167 | mention_regs is not called when a register itself | |
1168 | is being stored in the table. | |
1169 | ||
1170 | Return 1 if we have done something that may have changed the hash code | |
1171 | of X. */ | |
1172 | ||
1173 | static int | |
1174 | mention_regs (x) | |
1175 | rtx x; | |
1176 | { | |
1177 | register enum rtx_code code; | |
1178 | register int i, j; | |
6f7d635c | 1179 | register const char *fmt; |
7afe21cc RK |
1180 | register int changed = 0; |
1181 | ||
1182 | if (x == 0) | |
e5f6a288 | 1183 | return 0; |
7afe21cc RK |
1184 | |
1185 | code = GET_CODE (x); | |
1186 | if (code == REG) | |
1187 | { | |
770ae6cc RK |
1188 | unsigned int regno = REGNO (x); |
1189 | unsigned int endregno | |
7afe21cc RK |
1190 | = regno + (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER ? 1 |
1191 | : HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x))); | |
770ae6cc | 1192 | unsigned int i; |
7afe21cc RK |
1193 | |
1194 | for (i = regno; i < endregno; i++) | |
1195 | { | |
30f72379 | 1196 | if (REG_IN_TABLE (i) >= 0 && REG_IN_TABLE (i) != REG_TICK (i)) |
7afe21cc RK |
1197 | remove_invalid_refs (i); |
1198 | ||
30f72379 | 1199 | REG_IN_TABLE (i) = REG_TICK (i); |
7afe21cc RK |
1200 | } |
1201 | ||
1202 | return 0; | |
1203 | } | |
1204 | ||
34c73909 R |
1205 | /* If this is a SUBREG, we don't want to discard other SUBREGs of the same |
1206 | pseudo if they don't use overlapping words. We handle only pseudos | |
1207 | here for simplicity. */ | |
1208 | if (code == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG | |
1209 | && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
1210 | { | |
770ae6cc | 1211 | unsigned int i = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)); |
34c73909 | 1212 | |
30f72379 | 1213 | if (REG_IN_TABLE (i) >= 0 && REG_IN_TABLE (i) != REG_TICK (i)) |
34c73909 R |
1214 | { |
1215 | /* If reg_tick has been incremented more than once since | |
1216 | reg_in_table was last set, that means that the entire | |
1217 | register has been set before, so discard anything memorized | |
ddef6bc7 | 1218 | for the entire register, including all SUBREG expressions. */ |
30f72379 | 1219 | if (REG_IN_TABLE (i) != REG_TICK (i) - 1) |
34c73909 R |
1220 | remove_invalid_refs (i); |
1221 | else | |
ddef6bc7 | 1222 | remove_invalid_subreg_refs (i, SUBREG_BYTE (x), GET_MODE (x)); |
34c73909 R |
1223 | } |
1224 | ||
30f72379 | 1225 | REG_IN_TABLE (i) = REG_TICK (i); |
34c73909 R |
1226 | return 0; |
1227 | } | |
1228 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
1229 | /* If X is a comparison or a COMPARE and either operand is a register |
1230 | that does not have a quantity, give it one. This is so that a later | |
1231 | call to record_jump_equiv won't cause X to be assigned a different | |
1232 | hash code and not found in the table after that call. | |
1233 | ||
1234 | It is not necessary to do this here, since rehash_using_reg can | |
1235 | fix up the table later, but doing this here eliminates the need to | |
1236 | call that expensive function in the most common case where the only | |
1237 | use of the register is in the comparison. */ | |
1238 | ||
1239 | if (code == COMPARE || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '<') | |
1240 | { | |
1241 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG | |
1242 | && ! REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)))) | |
9714cf43 | 1243 | if (insert_regs (XEXP (x, 0), NULL, 0)) |
7afe21cc RK |
1244 | { |
1245 | rehash_using_reg (XEXP (x, 0)); | |
1246 | changed = 1; | |
1247 | } | |
1248 | ||
1249 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == REG | |
1250 | && ! REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (XEXP (x, 1)))) | |
9714cf43 | 1251 | if (insert_regs (XEXP (x, 1), NULL, 0)) |
7afe21cc RK |
1252 | { |
1253 | rehash_using_reg (XEXP (x, 1)); | |
1254 | changed = 1; | |
1255 | } | |
1256 | } | |
1257 | ||
1258 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
1259 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
1260 | if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
1261 | changed |= mention_regs (XEXP (x, i)); | |
1262 | else if (fmt[i] == 'E') | |
1263 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++) | |
1264 | changed |= mention_regs (XVECEXP (x, i, j)); | |
1265 | ||
1266 | return changed; | |
1267 | } | |
1268 | ||
1269 | /* Update the register quantities for inserting X into the hash table | |
1270 | with a value equivalent to CLASSP. | |
1271 | (If the class does not contain a REG, it is irrelevant.) | |
1272 | If MODIFIED is nonzero, X is a destination; it is being modified. | |
1273 | Note that delete_reg_equiv should be called on a register | |
1274 | before insert_regs is done on that register with MODIFIED != 0. | |
1275 | ||
1276 | Nonzero value means that elements of reg_qty have changed | |
1277 | so X's hash code may be different. */ | |
1278 | ||
1279 | static int | |
1280 | insert_regs (x, classp, modified) | |
1281 | rtx x; | |
1282 | struct table_elt *classp; | |
1283 | int modified; | |
1284 | { | |
1285 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG) | |
1286 | { | |
770ae6cc RK |
1287 | unsigned int regno = REGNO (x); |
1288 | int qty_valid; | |
7afe21cc | 1289 | |
1ff0c00d RK |
1290 | /* If REGNO is in the equivalence table already but is of the |
1291 | wrong mode for that equivalence, don't do anything here. */ | |
1292 | ||
1bb98cec DM |
1293 | qty_valid = REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (regno); |
1294 | if (qty_valid) | |
1295 | { | |
1296 | struct qty_table_elem *ent = &qty_table[REG_QTY (regno)]; | |
1ff0c00d | 1297 | |
1bb98cec DM |
1298 | if (ent->mode != GET_MODE (x)) |
1299 | return 0; | |
1300 | } | |
1301 | ||
1302 | if (modified || ! qty_valid) | |
7afe21cc RK |
1303 | { |
1304 | if (classp) | |
1305 | for (classp = classp->first_same_value; | |
1306 | classp != 0; | |
1307 | classp = classp->next_same_value) | |
1308 | if (GET_CODE (classp->exp) == REG | |
1309 | && GET_MODE (classp->exp) == GET_MODE (x)) | |
1310 | { | |
1311 | make_regs_eqv (regno, REGNO (classp->exp)); | |
1312 | return 1; | |
1313 | } | |
1314 | ||
d9f20424 R |
1315 | /* Mention_regs for a SUBREG checks if REG_TICK is exactly one larger |
1316 | than REG_IN_TABLE to find out if there was only a single preceding | |
1317 | invalidation - for the SUBREG - or another one, which would be | |
1318 | for the full register. However, if we find here that REG_TICK | |
1319 | indicates that the register is invalid, it means that it has | |
1320 | been invalidated in a separate operation. The SUBREG might be used | |
1321 | now (then this is a recursive call), or we might use the full REG | |
1322 | now and a SUBREG of it later. So bump up REG_TICK so that | |
1323 | mention_regs will do the right thing. */ | |
1324 | if (! modified | |
1325 | && REG_IN_TABLE (regno) >= 0 | |
1326 | && REG_TICK (regno) == REG_IN_TABLE (regno) + 1) | |
1327 | REG_TICK (regno)++; | |
1bb98cec | 1328 | make_new_qty (regno, GET_MODE (x)); |
7afe21cc RK |
1329 | return 1; |
1330 | } | |
cdf4112f TG |
1331 | |
1332 | return 0; | |
7afe21cc | 1333 | } |
c610adec RK |
1334 | |
1335 | /* If X is a SUBREG, we will likely be inserting the inner register in the | |
1336 | table. If that register doesn't have an assigned quantity number at | |
1337 | this point but does later, the insertion that we will be doing now will | |
1338 | not be accessible because its hash code will have changed. So assign | |
1339 | a quantity number now. */ | |
1340 | ||
1341 | else if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG | |
1342 | && ! REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)))) | |
1343 | { | |
9714cf43 | 1344 | insert_regs (SUBREG_REG (x), NULL, 0); |
34c73909 | 1345 | mention_regs (x); |
c610adec RK |
1346 | return 1; |
1347 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
1348 | else |
1349 | return mention_regs (x); | |
1350 | } | |
1351 | \f | |
1352 | /* Look in or update the hash table. */ | |
1353 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
1354 | /* Remove table element ELT from use in the table. |
1355 | HASH is its hash code, made using the HASH macro. | |
1356 | It's an argument because often that is known in advance | |
1357 | and we save much time not recomputing it. */ | |
1358 | ||
1359 | static void | |
1360 | remove_from_table (elt, hash) | |
1361 | register struct table_elt *elt; | |
2197a88a | 1362 | unsigned hash; |
7afe21cc RK |
1363 | { |
1364 | if (elt == 0) | |
1365 | return; | |
1366 | ||
1367 | /* Mark this element as removed. See cse_insn. */ | |
1368 | elt->first_same_value = 0; | |
1369 | ||
1370 | /* Remove the table element from its equivalence class. */ | |
278a83b2 | 1371 | |
7afe21cc RK |
1372 | { |
1373 | register struct table_elt *prev = elt->prev_same_value; | |
1374 | register struct table_elt *next = elt->next_same_value; | |
1375 | ||
278a83b2 KH |
1376 | if (next) |
1377 | next->prev_same_value = prev; | |
7afe21cc RK |
1378 | |
1379 | if (prev) | |
1380 | prev->next_same_value = next; | |
1381 | else | |
1382 | { | |
1383 | register struct table_elt *newfirst = next; | |
1384 | while (next) | |
1385 | { | |
1386 | next->first_same_value = newfirst; | |
1387 | next = next->next_same_value; | |
1388 | } | |
1389 | } | |
1390 | } | |
1391 | ||
1392 | /* Remove the table element from its hash bucket. */ | |
1393 | ||
1394 | { | |
1395 | register struct table_elt *prev = elt->prev_same_hash; | |
1396 | register struct table_elt *next = elt->next_same_hash; | |
1397 | ||
278a83b2 KH |
1398 | if (next) |
1399 | next->prev_same_hash = prev; | |
7afe21cc RK |
1400 | |
1401 | if (prev) | |
1402 | prev->next_same_hash = next; | |
1403 | else if (table[hash] == elt) | |
1404 | table[hash] = next; | |
1405 | else | |
1406 | { | |
1407 | /* This entry is not in the proper hash bucket. This can happen | |
1408 | when two classes were merged by `merge_equiv_classes'. Search | |
1409 | for the hash bucket that it heads. This happens only very | |
1410 | rarely, so the cost is acceptable. */ | |
9b1549b8 | 1411 | for (hash = 0; hash < HASH_SIZE; hash++) |
7afe21cc RK |
1412 | if (table[hash] == elt) |
1413 | table[hash] = next; | |
1414 | } | |
1415 | } | |
1416 | ||
1417 | /* Remove the table element from its related-value circular chain. */ | |
1418 | ||
1419 | if (elt->related_value != 0 && elt->related_value != elt) | |
1420 | { | |
1421 | register struct table_elt *p = elt->related_value; | |
770ae6cc | 1422 | |
7afe21cc RK |
1423 | while (p->related_value != elt) |
1424 | p = p->related_value; | |
1425 | p->related_value = elt->related_value; | |
1426 | if (p->related_value == p) | |
1427 | p->related_value = 0; | |
1428 | } | |
1429 | ||
9b1549b8 DM |
1430 | /* Now add it to the free element chain. */ |
1431 | elt->next_same_hash = free_element_chain; | |
1432 | free_element_chain = elt; | |
7afe21cc RK |
1433 | } |
1434 | ||
1435 | /* Look up X in the hash table and return its table element, | |
1436 | or 0 if X is not in the table. | |
1437 | ||
1438 | MODE is the machine-mode of X, or if X is an integer constant | |
1439 | with VOIDmode then MODE is the mode with which X will be used. | |
1440 | ||
1441 | Here we are satisfied to find an expression whose tree structure | |
1442 | looks like X. */ | |
1443 | ||
1444 | static struct table_elt * | |
1445 | lookup (x, hash, mode) | |
1446 | rtx x; | |
2197a88a | 1447 | unsigned hash; |
7afe21cc RK |
1448 | enum machine_mode mode; |
1449 | { | |
1450 | register struct table_elt *p; | |
1451 | ||
1452 | for (p = table[hash]; p; p = p->next_same_hash) | |
1453 | if (mode == p->mode && ((x == p->exp && GET_CODE (x) == REG) | |
1454 | || exp_equiv_p (x, p->exp, GET_CODE (x) != REG, 0))) | |
1455 | return p; | |
1456 | ||
1457 | return 0; | |
1458 | } | |
1459 | ||
1460 | /* Like `lookup' but don't care whether the table element uses invalid regs. | |
1461 | Also ignore discrepancies in the machine mode of a register. */ | |
1462 | ||
1463 | static struct table_elt * | |
1464 | lookup_for_remove (x, hash, mode) | |
1465 | rtx x; | |
2197a88a | 1466 | unsigned hash; |
7afe21cc RK |
1467 | enum machine_mode mode; |
1468 | { | |
1469 | register struct table_elt *p; | |
1470 | ||
1471 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG) | |
1472 | { | |
770ae6cc RK |
1473 | unsigned int regno = REGNO (x); |
1474 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
1475 | /* Don't check the machine mode when comparing registers; |
1476 | invalidating (REG:SI 0) also invalidates (REG:DF 0). */ | |
1477 | for (p = table[hash]; p; p = p->next_same_hash) | |
1478 | if (GET_CODE (p->exp) == REG | |
1479 | && REGNO (p->exp) == regno) | |
1480 | return p; | |
1481 | } | |
1482 | else | |
1483 | { | |
1484 | for (p = table[hash]; p; p = p->next_same_hash) | |
1485 | if (mode == p->mode && (x == p->exp || exp_equiv_p (x, p->exp, 0, 0))) | |
1486 | return p; | |
1487 | } | |
1488 | ||
1489 | return 0; | |
1490 | } | |
1491 | ||
1492 | /* Look for an expression equivalent to X and with code CODE. | |
1493 | If one is found, return that expression. */ | |
1494 | ||
1495 | static rtx | |
1496 | lookup_as_function (x, code) | |
1497 | rtx x; | |
1498 | enum rtx_code code; | |
1499 | { | |
770ae6cc RK |
1500 | register struct table_elt *p |
1501 | = lookup (x, safe_hash (x, VOIDmode) & HASH_MASK, GET_MODE (x)); | |
1502 | ||
34c73909 R |
1503 | /* If we are looking for a CONST_INT, the mode doesn't really matter, as |
1504 | long as we are narrowing. So if we looked in vain for a mode narrower | |
1505 | than word_mode before, look for word_mode now. */ | |
1506 | if (p == 0 && code == CONST_INT | |
1507 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) < GET_MODE_SIZE (word_mode)) | |
1508 | { | |
1509 | x = copy_rtx (x); | |
1510 | PUT_MODE (x, word_mode); | |
9b1549b8 | 1511 | p = lookup (x, safe_hash (x, VOIDmode) & HASH_MASK, word_mode); |
34c73909 R |
1512 | } |
1513 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
1514 | if (p == 0) |
1515 | return 0; | |
1516 | ||
1517 | for (p = p->first_same_value; p; p = p->next_same_value) | |
770ae6cc RK |
1518 | if (GET_CODE (p->exp) == code |
1519 | /* Make sure this is a valid entry in the table. */ | |
1520 | && exp_equiv_p (p->exp, p->exp, 1, 0)) | |
1521 | return p->exp; | |
278a83b2 | 1522 | |
7afe21cc RK |
1523 | return 0; |
1524 | } | |
1525 | ||
1526 | /* Insert X in the hash table, assuming HASH is its hash code | |
1527 | and CLASSP is an element of the class it should go in | |
1528 | (or 0 if a new class should be made). | |
1529 | It is inserted at the proper position to keep the class in | |
1530 | the order cheapest first. | |
1531 | ||
1532 | MODE is the machine-mode of X, or if X is an integer constant | |
1533 | with VOIDmode then MODE is the mode with which X will be used. | |
1534 | ||
1535 | For elements of equal cheapness, the most recent one | |
1536 | goes in front, except that the first element in the list | |
1537 | remains first unless a cheaper element is added. The order of | |
1538 | pseudo-registers does not matter, as canon_reg will be called to | |
830a38ee | 1539 | find the cheapest when a register is retrieved from the table. |
7afe21cc RK |
1540 | |
1541 | The in_memory field in the hash table element is set to 0. | |
1542 | The caller must set it nonzero if appropriate. | |
1543 | ||
1544 | You should call insert_regs (X, CLASSP, MODIFY) before calling here, | |
1545 | and if insert_regs returns a nonzero value | |
1546 | you must then recompute its hash code before calling here. | |
1547 | ||
1548 | If necessary, update table showing constant values of quantities. */ | |
1549 | ||
630c79be BS |
1550 | #define CHEAPER(X, Y) \ |
1551 | (preferrable ((X)->cost, (X)->regcost, (Y)->cost, (Y)->regcost) < 0) | |
7afe21cc RK |
1552 | |
1553 | static struct table_elt * | |
1554 | insert (x, classp, hash, mode) | |
1555 | register rtx x; | |
1556 | register struct table_elt *classp; | |
2197a88a | 1557 | unsigned hash; |
7afe21cc RK |
1558 | enum machine_mode mode; |
1559 | { | |
1560 | register struct table_elt *elt; | |
1561 | ||
1562 | /* If X is a register and we haven't made a quantity for it, | |
1563 | something is wrong. */ | |
1564 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && ! REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (x))) | |
1565 | abort (); | |
1566 | ||
1567 | /* If X is a hard register, show it is being put in the table. */ | |
1568 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
1569 | { | |
770ae6cc RK |
1570 | unsigned int regno = REGNO (x); |
1571 | unsigned int endregno = regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x)); | |
1572 | unsigned int i; | |
7afe21cc RK |
1573 | |
1574 | for (i = regno; i < endregno; i++) | |
770ae6cc | 1575 | SET_HARD_REG_BIT (hard_regs_in_table, i); |
7afe21cc RK |
1576 | } |
1577 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
1578 | /* Put an element for X into the right hash bucket. */ |
1579 | ||
9b1549b8 DM |
1580 | elt = free_element_chain; |
1581 | if (elt) | |
770ae6cc | 1582 | free_element_chain = elt->next_same_hash; |
9b1549b8 DM |
1583 | else |
1584 | { | |
1585 | n_elements_made++; | |
1f8f4a0b | 1586 | elt = (struct table_elt *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct table_elt)); |
9b1549b8 DM |
1587 | } |
1588 | ||
7afe21cc | 1589 | elt->exp = x; |
db048faf | 1590 | elt->canon_exp = NULL_RTX; |
7afe21cc | 1591 | elt->cost = COST (x); |
630c79be | 1592 | elt->regcost = approx_reg_cost (x); |
7afe21cc RK |
1593 | elt->next_same_value = 0; |
1594 | elt->prev_same_value = 0; | |
1595 | elt->next_same_hash = table[hash]; | |
1596 | elt->prev_same_hash = 0; | |
1597 | elt->related_value = 0; | |
1598 | elt->in_memory = 0; | |
1599 | elt->mode = mode; | |
1600 | elt->is_const = (CONSTANT_P (x) | |
1601 | /* GNU C++ takes advantage of this for `this' | |
1602 | (and other const values). */ | |
1603 | || (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) | |
1604 | && GET_CODE (x) == REG | |
1605 | && REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
1606 | || FIXED_BASE_PLUS_P (x)); | |
1607 | ||
1608 | if (table[hash]) | |
1609 | table[hash]->prev_same_hash = elt; | |
1610 | table[hash] = elt; | |
1611 | ||
1612 | /* Put it into the proper value-class. */ | |
1613 | if (classp) | |
1614 | { | |
1615 | classp = classp->first_same_value; | |
1616 | if (CHEAPER (elt, classp)) | |
1617 | /* Insert at the head of the class */ | |
1618 | { | |
1619 | register struct table_elt *p; | |
1620 | elt->next_same_value = classp; | |
1621 | classp->prev_same_value = elt; | |
1622 | elt->first_same_value = elt; | |
1623 | ||
1624 | for (p = classp; p; p = p->next_same_value) | |
1625 | p->first_same_value = elt; | |
1626 | } | |
1627 | else | |
1628 | { | |
1629 | /* Insert not at head of the class. */ | |
1630 | /* Put it after the last element cheaper than X. */ | |
1631 | register struct table_elt *p, *next; | |
770ae6cc | 1632 | |
7afe21cc RK |
1633 | for (p = classp; (next = p->next_same_value) && CHEAPER (next, elt); |
1634 | p = next); | |
770ae6cc | 1635 | |
7afe21cc RK |
1636 | /* Put it after P and before NEXT. */ |
1637 | elt->next_same_value = next; | |
1638 | if (next) | |
1639 | next->prev_same_value = elt; | |
770ae6cc | 1640 | |
7afe21cc RK |
1641 | elt->prev_same_value = p; |
1642 | p->next_same_value = elt; | |
1643 | elt->first_same_value = classp; | |
1644 | } | |
1645 | } | |
1646 | else | |
1647 | elt->first_same_value = elt; | |
1648 | ||
1649 | /* If this is a constant being set equivalent to a register or a register | |
1650 | being set equivalent to a constant, note the constant equivalence. | |
1651 | ||
1652 | If this is a constant, it cannot be equivalent to a different constant, | |
1653 | and a constant is the only thing that can be cheaper than a register. So | |
1654 | we know the register is the head of the class (before the constant was | |
1655 | inserted). | |
1656 | ||
1657 | If this is a register that is not already known equivalent to a | |
1658 | constant, we must check the entire class. | |
1659 | ||
1660 | If this is a register that is already known equivalent to an insn, | |
1bb98cec | 1661 | update the qtys `const_insn' to show that `this_insn' is the latest |
7afe21cc RK |
1662 | insn making that quantity equivalent to the constant. */ |
1663 | ||
f353588a RK |
1664 | if (elt->is_const && classp && GET_CODE (classp->exp) == REG |
1665 | && GET_CODE (x) != REG) | |
7afe21cc | 1666 | { |
1bb98cec DM |
1667 | int exp_q = REG_QTY (REGNO (classp->exp)); |
1668 | struct qty_table_elem *exp_ent = &qty_table[exp_q]; | |
1669 | ||
1670 | exp_ent->const_rtx = gen_lowpart_if_possible (exp_ent->mode, x); | |
1671 | exp_ent->const_insn = this_insn; | |
7afe21cc RK |
1672 | } |
1673 | ||
1bb98cec DM |
1674 | else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG |
1675 | && classp | |
1676 | && ! qty_table[REG_QTY (REGNO (x))].const_rtx | |
f353588a | 1677 | && ! elt->is_const) |
7afe21cc RK |
1678 | { |
1679 | register struct table_elt *p; | |
1680 | ||
1681 | for (p = classp; p != 0; p = p->next_same_value) | |
1682 | { | |
f353588a | 1683 | if (p->is_const && GET_CODE (p->exp) != REG) |
7afe21cc | 1684 | { |
1bb98cec DM |
1685 | int x_q = REG_QTY (REGNO (x)); |
1686 | struct qty_table_elem *x_ent = &qty_table[x_q]; | |
1687 | ||
770ae6cc RK |
1688 | x_ent->const_rtx |
1689 | = gen_lowpart_if_possible (GET_MODE (x), p->exp); | |
1bb98cec | 1690 | x_ent->const_insn = this_insn; |
7afe21cc RK |
1691 | break; |
1692 | } | |
1693 | } | |
1694 | } | |
1695 | ||
1bb98cec DM |
1696 | else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG |
1697 | && qty_table[REG_QTY (REGNO (x))].const_rtx | |
1698 | && GET_MODE (x) == qty_table[REG_QTY (REGNO (x))].mode) | |
1699 | qty_table[REG_QTY (REGNO (x))].const_insn = this_insn; | |
7afe21cc RK |
1700 | |
1701 | /* If this is a constant with symbolic value, | |
1702 | and it has a term with an explicit integer value, | |
1703 | link it up with related expressions. */ | |
1704 | if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST) | |
1705 | { | |
1706 | rtx subexp = get_related_value (x); | |
2197a88a | 1707 | unsigned subhash; |
7afe21cc RK |
1708 | struct table_elt *subelt, *subelt_prev; |
1709 | ||
1710 | if (subexp != 0) | |
1711 | { | |
1712 | /* Get the integer-free subexpression in the hash table. */ | |
9b1549b8 | 1713 | subhash = safe_hash (subexp, mode) & HASH_MASK; |
7afe21cc RK |
1714 | subelt = lookup (subexp, subhash, mode); |
1715 | if (subelt == 0) | |
9714cf43 | 1716 | subelt = insert (subexp, NULL, subhash, mode); |
7afe21cc RK |
1717 | /* Initialize SUBELT's circular chain if it has none. */ |
1718 | if (subelt->related_value == 0) | |
1719 | subelt->related_value = subelt; | |
1720 | /* Find the element in the circular chain that precedes SUBELT. */ | |
1721 | subelt_prev = subelt; | |
1722 | while (subelt_prev->related_value != subelt) | |
1723 | subelt_prev = subelt_prev->related_value; | |
1724 | /* Put new ELT into SUBELT's circular chain just before SUBELT. | |
1725 | This way the element that follows SUBELT is the oldest one. */ | |
1726 | elt->related_value = subelt_prev->related_value; | |
1727 | subelt_prev->related_value = elt; | |
1728 | } | |
1729 | } | |
1730 | ||
1731 | return elt; | |
1732 | } | |
1733 | \f | |
1734 | /* Given two equivalence classes, CLASS1 and CLASS2, put all the entries from | |
1735 | CLASS2 into CLASS1. This is done when we have reached an insn which makes | |
1736 | the two classes equivalent. | |
1737 | ||
1738 | CLASS1 will be the surviving class; CLASS2 should not be used after this | |
1739 | call. | |
1740 | ||
1741 | Any invalid entries in CLASS2 will not be copied. */ | |
1742 | ||
1743 | static void | |
1744 | merge_equiv_classes (class1, class2) | |
1745 | struct table_elt *class1, *class2; | |
1746 | { | |
1747 | struct table_elt *elt, *next, *new; | |
1748 | ||
1749 | /* Ensure we start with the head of the classes. */ | |
1750 | class1 = class1->first_same_value; | |
1751 | class2 = class2->first_same_value; | |
1752 | ||
1753 | /* If they were already equal, forget it. */ | |
1754 | if (class1 == class2) | |
1755 | return; | |
1756 | ||
1757 | for (elt = class2; elt; elt = next) | |
1758 | { | |
770ae6cc | 1759 | unsigned int hash; |
7afe21cc RK |
1760 | rtx exp = elt->exp; |
1761 | enum machine_mode mode = elt->mode; | |
1762 | ||
1763 | next = elt->next_same_value; | |
1764 | ||
1765 | /* Remove old entry, make a new one in CLASS1's class. | |
1766 | Don't do this for invalid entries as we cannot find their | |
0f41302f | 1767 | hash code (it also isn't necessary). */ |
7afe21cc RK |
1768 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == REG || exp_equiv_p (exp, exp, 1, 0)) |
1769 | { | |
1770 | hash_arg_in_memory = 0; | |
7afe21cc | 1771 | hash = HASH (exp, mode); |
278a83b2 | 1772 | |
7afe21cc RK |
1773 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == REG) |
1774 | delete_reg_equiv (REGNO (exp)); | |
278a83b2 | 1775 | |
7afe21cc RK |
1776 | remove_from_table (elt, hash); |
1777 | ||
1778 | if (insert_regs (exp, class1, 0)) | |
8ae2b8f6 JW |
1779 | { |
1780 | rehash_using_reg (exp); | |
1781 | hash = HASH (exp, mode); | |
1782 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
1783 | new = insert (exp, class1, hash, mode); |
1784 | new->in_memory = hash_arg_in_memory; | |
7afe21cc RK |
1785 | } |
1786 | } | |
1787 | } | |
1788 | \f | |
01e752d3 JL |
1789 | /* Flush the entire hash table. */ |
1790 | ||
1791 | static void | |
1792 | flush_hash_table () | |
1793 | { | |
1794 | int i; | |
1795 | struct table_elt *p; | |
1796 | ||
9b1549b8 | 1797 | for (i = 0; i < HASH_SIZE; i++) |
01e752d3 JL |
1798 | for (p = table[i]; p; p = table[i]) |
1799 | { | |
1800 | /* Note that invalidate can remove elements | |
1801 | after P in the current hash chain. */ | |
1802 | if (GET_CODE (p->exp) == REG) | |
1803 | invalidate (p->exp, p->mode); | |
1804 | else | |
1805 | remove_from_table (p, i); | |
1806 | } | |
1807 | } | |
14a774a9 | 1808 | \f |
2ce6dc2f JH |
1809 | /* Function called for each rtx to check whether true dependence exist. */ |
1810 | struct check_dependence_data | |
1811 | { | |
1812 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
1813 | rtx exp; | |
1814 | }; | |
be8ac49a | 1815 | |
2ce6dc2f JH |
1816 | static int |
1817 | check_dependence (x, data) | |
1818 | rtx *x; | |
1819 | void *data; | |
1820 | { | |
1821 | struct check_dependence_data *d = (struct check_dependence_data *) data; | |
1822 | if (*x && GET_CODE (*x) == MEM) | |
1823 | return true_dependence (d->exp, d->mode, *x, cse_rtx_varies_p); | |
1824 | else | |
1825 | return 0; | |
1826 | } | |
1827 | \f | |
14a774a9 RK |
1828 | /* Remove from the hash table, or mark as invalid, all expressions whose |
1829 | values could be altered by storing in X. X is a register, a subreg, or | |
1830 | a memory reference with nonvarying address (because, when a memory | |
1831 | reference with a varying address is stored in, all memory references are | |
1832 | removed by invalidate_memory so specific invalidation is superfluous). | |
1833 | FULL_MODE, if not VOIDmode, indicates that this much should be | |
1834 | invalidated instead of just the amount indicated by the mode of X. This | |
1835 | is only used for bitfield stores into memory. | |
1836 | ||
1837 | A nonvarying address may be just a register or just a symbol reference, | |
1838 | or it may be either of those plus a numeric offset. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
1839 | |
1840 | static void | |
bb4034b3 | 1841 | invalidate (x, full_mode) |
7afe21cc | 1842 | rtx x; |
bb4034b3 | 1843 | enum machine_mode full_mode; |
7afe21cc RK |
1844 | { |
1845 | register int i; | |
1846 | register struct table_elt *p; | |
7afe21cc | 1847 | |
14a774a9 | 1848 | switch (GET_CODE (x)) |
7afe21cc | 1849 | { |
14a774a9 RK |
1850 | case REG: |
1851 | { | |
1852 | /* If X is a register, dependencies on its contents are recorded | |
1853 | through the qty number mechanism. Just change the qty number of | |
1854 | the register, mark it as invalid for expressions that refer to it, | |
1855 | and remove it itself. */ | |
770ae6cc RK |
1856 | unsigned int regno = REGNO (x); |
1857 | unsigned int hash = HASH (x, GET_MODE (x)); | |
7afe21cc | 1858 | |
14a774a9 RK |
1859 | /* Remove REGNO from any quantity list it might be on and indicate |
1860 | that its value might have changed. If it is a pseudo, remove its | |
1861 | entry from the hash table. | |
7afe21cc | 1862 | |
14a774a9 RK |
1863 | For a hard register, we do the first two actions above for any |
1864 | additional hard registers corresponding to X. Then, if any of these | |
1865 | registers are in the table, we must remove any REG entries that | |
1866 | overlap these registers. */ | |
7afe21cc | 1867 | |
14a774a9 RK |
1868 | delete_reg_equiv (regno); |
1869 | REG_TICK (regno)++; | |
85e4d983 | 1870 | |
14a774a9 RK |
1871 | if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) |
1872 | { | |
1873 | /* Because a register can be referenced in more than one mode, | |
1874 | we might have to remove more than one table entry. */ | |
1875 | struct table_elt *elt; | |
85e4d983 | 1876 | |
14a774a9 RK |
1877 | while ((elt = lookup_for_remove (x, hash, GET_MODE (x)))) |
1878 | remove_from_table (elt, hash); | |
1879 | } | |
1880 | else | |
1881 | { | |
1882 | HOST_WIDE_INT in_table | |
1883 | = TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (hard_regs_in_table, regno); | |
770ae6cc RK |
1884 | unsigned int endregno |
1885 | = regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x)); | |
1886 | unsigned int tregno, tendregno, rn; | |
14a774a9 | 1887 | register struct table_elt *p, *next; |
7afe21cc | 1888 | |
14a774a9 | 1889 | CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (hard_regs_in_table, regno); |
7afe21cc | 1890 | |
770ae6cc | 1891 | for (rn = regno + 1; rn < endregno; rn++) |
14a774a9 | 1892 | { |
770ae6cc RK |
1893 | in_table |= TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (hard_regs_in_table, rn); |
1894 | CLEAR_HARD_REG_BIT (hard_regs_in_table, rn); | |
1895 | delete_reg_equiv (rn); | |
1896 | REG_TICK (rn)++; | |
14a774a9 | 1897 | } |
7afe21cc | 1898 | |
14a774a9 | 1899 | if (in_table) |
9b1549b8 | 1900 | for (hash = 0; hash < HASH_SIZE; hash++) |
14a774a9 RK |
1901 | for (p = table[hash]; p; p = next) |
1902 | { | |
1903 | next = p->next_same_hash; | |
7afe21cc | 1904 | |
278a83b2 KH |
1905 | if (GET_CODE (p->exp) != REG |
1906 | || REGNO (p->exp) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
1907 | continue; | |
1908 | ||
14a774a9 RK |
1909 | tregno = REGNO (p->exp); |
1910 | tendregno | |
1911 | = tregno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (tregno, GET_MODE (p->exp)); | |
1912 | if (tendregno > regno && tregno < endregno) | |
1913 | remove_from_table (p, hash); | |
1914 | } | |
1915 | } | |
1916 | } | |
7afe21cc | 1917 | return; |
7afe21cc | 1918 | |
14a774a9 | 1919 | case SUBREG: |
bb4034b3 | 1920 | invalidate (SUBREG_REG (x), VOIDmode); |
7afe21cc | 1921 | return; |
aac5cc16 | 1922 | |
14a774a9 | 1923 | case PARALLEL: |
278a83b2 | 1924 | for (i = XVECLEN (x, 0) - 1; i >= 0; --i) |
aac5cc16 RH |
1925 | invalidate (XVECEXP (x, 0, i), VOIDmode); |
1926 | return; | |
aac5cc16 | 1927 | |
14a774a9 RK |
1928 | case EXPR_LIST: |
1929 | /* This is part of a disjoint return value; extract the location in | |
1930 | question ignoring the offset. */ | |
aac5cc16 RH |
1931 | invalidate (XEXP (x, 0), VOIDmode); |
1932 | return; | |
7afe21cc | 1933 | |
14a774a9 | 1934 | case MEM: |
db048faf MM |
1935 | /* Calculate the canonical version of X here so that |
1936 | true_dependence doesn't generate new RTL for X on each call. */ | |
1937 | x = canon_rtx (x); | |
1938 | ||
14a774a9 RK |
1939 | /* Remove all hash table elements that refer to overlapping pieces of |
1940 | memory. */ | |
1941 | if (full_mode == VOIDmode) | |
1942 | full_mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
bb4034b3 | 1943 | |
9b1549b8 | 1944 | for (i = 0; i < HASH_SIZE; i++) |
7afe21cc | 1945 | { |
14a774a9 RK |
1946 | register struct table_elt *next; |
1947 | ||
1948 | for (p = table[i]; p; p = next) | |
1949 | { | |
1950 | next = p->next_same_hash; | |
db048faf MM |
1951 | if (p->in_memory) |
1952 | { | |
2ce6dc2f JH |
1953 | struct check_dependence_data d; |
1954 | ||
1955 | /* Just canonicalize the expression once; | |
1956 | otherwise each time we call invalidate | |
1957 | true_dependence will canonicalize the | |
1958 | expression again. */ | |
1959 | if (!p->canon_exp) | |
1960 | p->canon_exp = canon_rtx (p->exp); | |
1961 | d.exp = x; | |
1962 | d.mode = full_mode; | |
1963 | if (for_each_rtx (&p->canon_exp, check_dependence, &d)) | |
db048faf | 1964 | remove_from_table (p, i); |
db048faf | 1965 | } |
14a774a9 | 1966 | } |
7afe21cc | 1967 | } |
14a774a9 RK |
1968 | return; |
1969 | ||
1970 | default: | |
1971 | abort (); | |
7afe21cc RK |
1972 | } |
1973 | } | |
14a774a9 | 1974 | \f |
7afe21cc RK |
1975 | /* Remove all expressions that refer to register REGNO, |
1976 | since they are already invalid, and we are about to | |
1977 | mark that register valid again and don't want the old | |
1978 | expressions to reappear as valid. */ | |
1979 | ||
1980 | static void | |
1981 | remove_invalid_refs (regno) | |
770ae6cc | 1982 | unsigned int regno; |
7afe21cc | 1983 | { |
770ae6cc RK |
1984 | unsigned int i; |
1985 | struct table_elt *p, *next; | |
7afe21cc | 1986 | |
9b1549b8 | 1987 | for (i = 0; i < HASH_SIZE; i++) |
7afe21cc RK |
1988 | for (p = table[i]; p; p = next) |
1989 | { | |
1990 | next = p->next_same_hash; | |
1991 | if (GET_CODE (p->exp) != REG | |
9714cf43 | 1992 | && refers_to_regno_p (regno, regno + 1, p->exp, (rtx*)0)) |
7afe21cc RK |
1993 | remove_from_table (p, i); |
1994 | } | |
1995 | } | |
34c73909 | 1996 | |
ddef6bc7 JJ |
1997 | /* Likewise for a subreg with subreg_reg REGNO, subreg_byte OFFSET, |
1998 | and mode MODE. */ | |
34c73909 | 1999 | static void |
ddef6bc7 | 2000 | remove_invalid_subreg_refs (regno, offset, mode) |
770ae6cc | 2001 | unsigned int regno; |
ddef6bc7 | 2002 | unsigned int offset; |
34c73909 R |
2003 | enum machine_mode mode; |
2004 | { | |
770ae6cc RK |
2005 | unsigned int i; |
2006 | struct table_elt *p, *next; | |
ddef6bc7 | 2007 | unsigned int end = offset + (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) - 1); |
34c73909 | 2008 | |
9b1549b8 | 2009 | for (i = 0; i < HASH_SIZE; i++) |
34c73909 R |
2010 | for (p = table[i]; p; p = next) |
2011 | { | |
ddef6bc7 | 2012 | rtx exp = p->exp; |
34c73909 | 2013 | next = p->next_same_hash; |
278a83b2 | 2014 | |
ddef6bc7 | 2015 | if (GET_CODE (exp) != REG |
34c73909 R |
2016 | && (GET_CODE (exp) != SUBREG |
2017 | || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (exp)) != REG | |
2018 | || REGNO (SUBREG_REG (exp)) != regno | |
ddef6bc7 JJ |
2019 | || (((SUBREG_BYTE (exp) |
2020 | + (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (exp)) - 1)) >= offset) | |
2021 | && SUBREG_BYTE (exp) <= end)) | |
9714cf43 | 2022 | && refers_to_regno_p (regno, regno + 1, p->exp, (rtx*)0)) |
34c73909 R |
2023 | remove_from_table (p, i); |
2024 | } | |
2025 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
2026 | \f |
2027 | /* Recompute the hash codes of any valid entries in the hash table that | |
2028 | reference X, if X is a register, or SUBREG_REG (X) if X is a SUBREG. | |
2029 | ||
2030 | This is called when we make a jump equivalence. */ | |
2031 | ||
2032 | static void | |
2033 | rehash_using_reg (x) | |
2034 | rtx x; | |
2035 | { | |
973838fd | 2036 | unsigned int i; |
7afe21cc | 2037 | struct table_elt *p, *next; |
2197a88a | 2038 | unsigned hash; |
7afe21cc RK |
2039 | |
2040 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG) | |
2041 | x = SUBREG_REG (x); | |
2042 | ||
2043 | /* If X is not a register or if the register is known not to be in any | |
2044 | valid entries in the table, we have no work to do. */ | |
2045 | ||
2046 | if (GET_CODE (x) != REG | |
30f72379 MM |
2047 | || REG_IN_TABLE (REGNO (x)) < 0 |
2048 | || REG_IN_TABLE (REGNO (x)) != REG_TICK (REGNO (x))) | |
7afe21cc RK |
2049 | return; |
2050 | ||
2051 | /* Scan all hash chains looking for valid entries that mention X. | |
2052 | If we find one and it is in the wrong hash chain, move it. We can skip | |
2053 | objects that are registers, since they are handled specially. */ | |
2054 | ||
9b1549b8 | 2055 | for (i = 0; i < HASH_SIZE; i++) |
7afe21cc RK |
2056 | for (p = table[i]; p; p = next) |
2057 | { | |
2058 | next = p->next_same_hash; | |
2059 | if (GET_CODE (p->exp) != REG && reg_mentioned_p (x, p->exp) | |
538b78e7 | 2060 | && exp_equiv_p (p->exp, p->exp, 1, 0) |
9b1549b8 | 2061 | && i != (hash = safe_hash (p->exp, p->mode) & HASH_MASK)) |
7afe21cc RK |
2062 | { |
2063 | if (p->next_same_hash) | |
2064 | p->next_same_hash->prev_same_hash = p->prev_same_hash; | |
2065 | ||
2066 | if (p->prev_same_hash) | |
2067 | p->prev_same_hash->next_same_hash = p->next_same_hash; | |
2068 | else | |
2069 | table[i] = p->next_same_hash; | |
2070 | ||
2071 | p->next_same_hash = table[hash]; | |
2072 | p->prev_same_hash = 0; | |
2073 | if (table[hash]) | |
2074 | table[hash]->prev_same_hash = p; | |
2075 | table[hash] = p; | |
2076 | } | |
2077 | } | |
2078 | } | |
2079 | \f | |
7afe21cc RK |
2080 | /* Remove from the hash table any expression that is a call-clobbered |
2081 | register. Also update their TICK values. */ | |
2082 | ||
2083 | static void | |
2084 | invalidate_for_call () | |
2085 | { | |
770ae6cc RK |
2086 | unsigned int regno, endregno; |
2087 | unsigned int i; | |
2197a88a | 2088 | unsigned hash; |
7afe21cc RK |
2089 | struct table_elt *p, *next; |
2090 | int in_table = 0; | |
2091 | ||
2092 | /* Go through all the hard registers. For each that is clobbered in | |
2093 | a CALL_INSN, remove the register from quantity chains and update | |
2094 | reg_tick if defined. Also see if any of these registers is currently | |
2095 | in the table. */ | |
2096 | ||
2097 | for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++) | |
2098 | if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (regs_invalidated_by_call, regno)) | |
2099 | { | |
2100 | delete_reg_equiv (regno); | |
30f72379 MM |
2101 | if (REG_TICK (regno) >= 0) |
2102 | REG_TICK (regno)++; | |
7afe21cc | 2103 | |
0e227018 | 2104 | in_table |= (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (hard_regs_in_table, regno) != 0); |
7afe21cc RK |
2105 | } |
2106 | ||
2107 | /* In the case where we have no call-clobbered hard registers in the | |
2108 | table, we are done. Otherwise, scan the table and remove any | |
2109 | entry that overlaps a call-clobbered register. */ | |
2110 | ||
2111 | if (in_table) | |
9b1549b8 | 2112 | for (hash = 0; hash < HASH_SIZE; hash++) |
7afe21cc RK |
2113 | for (p = table[hash]; p; p = next) |
2114 | { | |
2115 | next = p->next_same_hash; | |
2116 | ||
2117 | if (GET_CODE (p->exp) != REG | |
2118 | || REGNO (p->exp) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
2119 | continue; | |
2120 | ||
2121 | regno = REGNO (p->exp); | |
2122 | endregno = regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (p->exp)); | |
2123 | ||
2124 | for (i = regno; i < endregno; i++) | |
2125 | if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (regs_invalidated_by_call, i)) | |
2126 | { | |
2127 | remove_from_table (p, hash); | |
2128 | break; | |
2129 | } | |
2130 | } | |
2131 | } | |
2132 | \f | |
2133 | /* Given an expression X of type CONST, | |
2134 | and ELT which is its table entry (or 0 if it | |
2135 | is not in the hash table), | |
2136 | return an alternate expression for X as a register plus integer. | |
2137 | If none can be found, return 0. */ | |
2138 | ||
2139 | static rtx | |
2140 | use_related_value (x, elt) | |
2141 | rtx x; | |
2142 | struct table_elt *elt; | |
2143 | { | |
2144 | register struct table_elt *relt = 0; | |
2145 | register struct table_elt *p, *q; | |
906c4e36 | 2146 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset; |
7afe21cc RK |
2147 | |
2148 | /* First, is there anything related known? | |
2149 | If we have a table element, we can tell from that. | |
2150 | Otherwise, must look it up. */ | |
2151 | ||
2152 | if (elt != 0 && elt->related_value != 0) | |
2153 | relt = elt; | |
2154 | else if (elt == 0 && GET_CODE (x) == CONST) | |
2155 | { | |
2156 | rtx subexp = get_related_value (x); | |
2157 | if (subexp != 0) | |
2158 | relt = lookup (subexp, | |
9b1549b8 | 2159 | safe_hash (subexp, GET_MODE (subexp)) & HASH_MASK, |
7afe21cc RK |
2160 | GET_MODE (subexp)); |
2161 | } | |
2162 | ||
2163 | if (relt == 0) | |
2164 | return 0; | |
2165 | ||
2166 | /* Search all related table entries for one that has an | |
2167 | equivalent register. */ | |
2168 | ||
2169 | p = relt; | |
2170 | while (1) | |
2171 | { | |
2172 | /* This loop is strange in that it is executed in two different cases. | |
2173 | The first is when X is already in the table. Then it is searching | |
2174 | the RELATED_VALUE list of X's class (RELT). The second case is when | |
2175 | X is not in the table. Then RELT points to a class for the related | |
2176 | value. | |
2177 | ||
2178 | Ensure that, whatever case we are in, that we ignore classes that have | |
2179 | the same value as X. */ | |
2180 | ||
2181 | if (rtx_equal_p (x, p->exp)) | |
2182 | q = 0; | |
2183 | else | |
2184 | for (q = p->first_same_value; q; q = q->next_same_value) | |
2185 | if (GET_CODE (q->exp) == REG) | |
2186 | break; | |
2187 | ||
2188 | if (q) | |
2189 | break; | |
2190 | ||
2191 | p = p->related_value; | |
2192 | ||
2193 | /* We went all the way around, so there is nothing to be found. | |
2194 | Alternatively, perhaps RELT was in the table for some other reason | |
2195 | and it has no related values recorded. */ | |
2196 | if (p == relt || p == 0) | |
2197 | break; | |
2198 | } | |
2199 | ||
2200 | if (q == 0) | |
2201 | return 0; | |
2202 | ||
2203 | offset = (get_integer_term (x) - get_integer_term (p->exp)); | |
2204 | /* Note: OFFSET may be 0 if P->xexp and X are related by commutativity. */ | |
2205 | return plus_constant (q->exp, offset); | |
2206 | } | |
2207 | \f | |
6462bb43 AO |
2208 | /* Hash a string. Just add its bytes up. */ |
2209 | static inline unsigned | |
2210 | canon_hash_string (ps) | |
2211 | const char *ps; | |
2212 | { | |
2213 | unsigned hash = 0; | |
2214 | const unsigned char *p = (const unsigned char *)ps; | |
2215 | ||
2216 | if (p) | |
2217 | while (*p) | |
2218 | hash += *p++; | |
2219 | ||
2220 | return hash; | |
2221 | } | |
2222 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
2223 | /* Hash an rtx. We are careful to make sure the value is never negative. |
2224 | Equivalent registers hash identically. | |
2225 | MODE is used in hashing for CONST_INTs only; | |
2226 | otherwise the mode of X is used. | |
2227 | ||
2228 | Store 1 in do_not_record if any subexpression is volatile. | |
2229 | ||
2230 | Store 1 in hash_arg_in_memory if X contains a MEM rtx | |
2231 | which does not have the RTX_UNCHANGING_P bit set. | |
7afe21cc RK |
2232 | |
2233 | Note that cse_insn knows that the hash code of a MEM expression | |
2234 | is just (int) MEM plus the hash code of the address. */ | |
2235 | ||
2197a88a | 2236 | static unsigned |
7afe21cc RK |
2237 | canon_hash (x, mode) |
2238 | rtx x; | |
2239 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
2240 | { | |
2241 | register int i, j; | |
2197a88a | 2242 | register unsigned hash = 0; |
7afe21cc | 2243 | register enum rtx_code code; |
6f7d635c | 2244 | register const char *fmt; |
7afe21cc RK |
2245 | |
2246 | /* repeat is used to turn tail-recursion into iteration. */ | |
2247 | repeat: | |
2248 | if (x == 0) | |
2249 | return hash; | |
2250 | ||
2251 | code = GET_CODE (x); | |
2252 | switch (code) | |
2253 | { | |
2254 | case REG: | |
2255 | { | |
770ae6cc | 2256 | unsigned int regno = REGNO (x); |
7afe21cc RK |
2257 | |
2258 | /* On some machines, we can't record any non-fixed hard register, | |
2259 | because extending its life will cause reload problems. We | |
278a83b2 | 2260 | consider ap, fp, and sp to be fixed for this purpose. |
9a794e50 RH |
2261 | |
2262 | We also consider CCmode registers to be fixed for this purpose; | |
2263 | failure to do so leads to failure to simplify 0<100 type of | |
2264 | conditionals. | |
2265 | ||
8bf4dfc2 GK |
2266 | On all machines, we can't record any global registers. |
2267 | Nor should we record any register that is in a small | |
2268 | class, as defined by CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
2269 | |
2270 | if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
2271 | && (global_regs[regno] | |
8bf4dfc2 | 2272 | || CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P (REGNO_REG_CLASS (regno)) |
f95182a4 ILT |
2273 | || (SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES |
2274 | && ! fixed_regs[regno] | |
7afe21cc | 2275 | && regno != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM |
8bc169f2 | 2276 | && regno != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM |
7afe21cc | 2277 | && regno != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM |
9a794e50 RH |
2278 | && regno != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM |
2279 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) != MODE_CC))) | |
7afe21cc RK |
2280 | { |
2281 | do_not_record = 1; | |
2282 | return 0; | |
2283 | } | |
770ae6cc | 2284 | |
30f72379 | 2285 | hash += ((unsigned) REG << 7) + (unsigned) REG_QTY (regno); |
2197a88a | 2286 | return hash; |
7afe21cc RK |
2287 | } |
2288 | ||
34c73909 R |
2289 | /* We handle SUBREG of a REG specially because the underlying |
2290 | reg changes its hash value with every value change; we don't | |
2291 | want to have to forget unrelated subregs when one subreg changes. */ | |
2292 | case SUBREG: | |
2293 | { | |
2294 | if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG) | |
2295 | { | |
2296 | hash += (((unsigned) SUBREG << 7) | |
ddef6bc7 JJ |
2297 | + REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) |
2298 | + (SUBREG_BYTE (x) / UNITS_PER_WORD)); | |
34c73909 R |
2299 | return hash; |
2300 | } | |
2301 | break; | |
2302 | } | |
2303 | ||
7afe21cc | 2304 | case CONST_INT: |
2197a88a RK |
2305 | { |
2306 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT tem = INTVAL (x); | |
2307 | hash += ((unsigned) CONST_INT << 7) + (unsigned) mode + tem; | |
2308 | return hash; | |
2309 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
2310 | |
2311 | case CONST_DOUBLE: | |
2312 | /* This is like the general case, except that it only counts | |
2313 | the integers representing the constant. */ | |
2197a88a | 2314 | hash += (unsigned) code + (unsigned) GET_MODE (x); |
969c8517 RK |
2315 | if (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode) |
2316 | for (i = 2; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (CONST_DOUBLE); i++) | |
2317 | { | |
ef178af3 | 2318 | unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT tem = XWINT (x, i); |
969c8517 RK |
2319 | hash += tem; |
2320 | } | |
2321 | else | |
2322 | hash += ((unsigned) CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) | |
2323 | + (unsigned) CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x)); | |
7afe21cc RK |
2324 | return hash; |
2325 | ||
2326 | /* Assume there is only one rtx object for any given label. */ | |
2327 | case LABEL_REF: | |
ddc356e8 | 2328 | hash += ((unsigned) LABEL_REF << 7) + (unsigned long) XEXP (x, 0); |
2197a88a | 2329 | return hash; |
7afe21cc RK |
2330 | |
2331 | case SYMBOL_REF: | |
ddc356e8 | 2332 | hash += ((unsigned) SYMBOL_REF << 7) + (unsigned long) XSTR (x, 0); |
2197a88a | 2333 | return hash; |
7afe21cc RK |
2334 | |
2335 | case MEM: | |
14a774a9 RK |
2336 | /* We don't record if marked volatile or if BLKmode since we don't |
2337 | know the size of the move. */ | |
2338 | if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) || GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode) | |
7afe21cc RK |
2339 | { |
2340 | do_not_record = 1; | |
2341 | return 0; | |
2342 | } | |
9ad91d71 | 2343 | if (! RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) || FIXED_BASE_PLUS_P (XEXP (x, 0))) |
7afe21cc RK |
2344 | { |
2345 | hash_arg_in_memory = 1; | |
7afe21cc RK |
2346 | } |
2347 | /* Now that we have already found this special case, | |
2348 | might as well speed it up as much as possible. */ | |
2197a88a | 2349 | hash += (unsigned) MEM; |
7afe21cc RK |
2350 | x = XEXP (x, 0); |
2351 | goto repeat; | |
2352 | ||
bb07060a JW |
2353 | case USE: |
2354 | /* A USE that mentions non-volatile memory needs special | |
2355 | handling since the MEM may be BLKmode which normally | |
2356 | prevents an entry from being made. Pure calls are | |
2357 | marked by a USE which mentions BLKmode memory. */ | |
2358 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM | |
2359 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (XEXP (x, 0))) | |
2360 | { | |
2361 | hash += (unsigned)USE; | |
2362 | x = XEXP (x, 0); | |
2363 | ||
2364 | if (! RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) || FIXED_BASE_PLUS_P (XEXP (x, 0))) | |
2365 | hash_arg_in_memory = 1; | |
2366 | ||
2367 | /* Now that we have already found this special case, | |
2368 | might as well speed it up as much as possible. */ | |
2369 | hash += (unsigned) MEM; | |
2370 | x = XEXP (x, 0); | |
2371 | goto repeat; | |
2372 | } | |
2373 | break; | |
2374 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
2375 | case PRE_DEC: |
2376 | case PRE_INC: | |
2377 | case POST_DEC: | |
2378 | case POST_INC: | |
4b983fdc RH |
2379 | case PRE_MODIFY: |
2380 | case POST_MODIFY: | |
7afe21cc RK |
2381 | case PC: |
2382 | case CC0: | |
2383 | case CALL: | |
2384 | case UNSPEC_VOLATILE: | |
2385 | do_not_record = 1; | |
2386 | return 0; | |
2387 | ||
2388 | case ASM_OPERANDS: | |
2389 | if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x)) | |
2390 | { | |
2391 | do_not_record = 1; | |
2392 | return 0; | |
2393 | } | |
6462bb43 AO |
2394 | else |
2395 | { | |
2396 | /* We don't want to take the filename and line into account. */ | |
2397 | hash += (unsigned) code + (unsigned) GET_MODE (x) | |
2398 | + canon_hash_string (ASM_OPERANDS_TEMPLATE (x)) | |
2399 | + canon_hash_string (ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_CONSTRAINT (x)) | |
2400 | + (unsigned) ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_IDX (x); | |
2401 | ||
2402 | if (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x)) | |
2403 | { | |
2404 | for (i = 1; i < ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x); i++) | |
2405 | { | |
2406 | hash += (canon_hash (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (x, i), | |
2407 | GET_MODE (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (x, i))) | |
2408 | + canon_hash_string (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT | |
2409 | (x, i))); | |
2410 | } | |
2411 | ||
2412 | hash += canon_hash_string (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT (x, 0)); | |
2413 | x = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (x, 0); | |
2414 | mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
2415 | goto repeat; | |
2416 | } | |
2417 | ||
2418 | return hash; | |
2419 | } | |
e9a25f70 | 2420 | break; |
278a83b2 | 2421 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
2422 | default: |
2423 | break; | |
7afe21cc RK |
2424 | } |
2425 | ||
2426 | i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; | |
2197a88a | 2427 | hash += (unsigned) code + (unsigned) GET_MODE (x); |
7afe21cc RK |
2428 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); |
2429 | for (; i >= 0; i--) | |
2430 | { | |
2431 | if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
2432 | { | |
2433 | rtx tem = XEXP (x, i); | |
7afe21cc RK |
2434 | |
2435 | /* If we are about to do the last recursive call | |
2436 | needed at this level, change it into iteration. | |
2437 | This function is called enough to be worth it. */ | |
2438 | if (i == 0) | |
2439 | { | |
2440 | x = tem; | |
2441 | goto repeat; | |
2442 | } | |
2443 | hash += canon_hash (tem, 0); | |
2444 | } | |
2445 | else if (fmt[i] == 'E') | |
2446 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++) | |
2447 | hash += canon_hash (XVECEXP (x, i, j), 0); | |
2448 | else if (fmt[i] == 's') | |
6462bb43 | 2449 | hash += canon_hash_string (XSTR (x, i)); |
7afe21cc RK |
2450 | else if (fmt[i] == 'i') |
2451 | { | |
2197a88a RK |
2452 | register unsigned tem = XINT (x, i); |
2453 | hash += tem; | |
7afe21cc | 2454 | } |
8f985ec4 | 2455 | else if (fmt[i] == '0' || fmt[i] == 't') |
ddc356e8 KH |
2456 | /* Unused. */ |
2457 | ; | |
7afe21cc RK |
2458 | else |
2459 | abort (); | |
2460 | } | |
2461 | return hash; | |
2462 | } | |
2463 | ||
2464 | /* Like canon_hash but with no side effects. */ | |
2465 | ||
2197a88a | 2466 | static unsigned |
7afe21cc RK |
2467 | safe_hash (x, mode) |
2468 | rtx x; | |
2469 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
2470 | { | |
2471 | int save_do_not_record = do_not_record; | |
2472 | int save_hash_arg_in_memory = hash_arg_in_memory; | |
2197a88a | 2473 | unsigned hash = canon_hash (x, mode); |
7afe21cc | 2474 | hash_arg_in_memory = save_hash_arg_in_memory; |
7afe21cc RK |
2475 | do_not_record = save_do_not_record; |
2476 | return hash; | |
2477 | } | |
2478 | \f | |
2479 | /* Return 1 iff X and Y would canonicalize into the same thing, | |
2480 | without actually constructing the canonicalization of either one. | |
2481 | If VALIDATE is nonzero, | |
2482 | we assume X is an expression being processed from the rtl | |
2483 | and Y was found in the hash table. We check register refs | |
2484 | in Y for being marked as valid. | |
2485 | ||
2486 | If EQUAL_VALUES is nonzero, we allow a register to match a constant value | |
2487 | that is known to be in the register. Ordinarily, we don't allow them | |
2488 | to match, because letting them match would cause unpredictable results | |
2489 | in all the places that search a hash table chain for an equivalent | |
2490 | for a given value. A possible equivalent that has different structure | |
2491 | has its hash code computed from different data. Whether the hash code | |
38e01259 | 2492 | is the same as that of the given value is pure luck. */ |
7afe21cc RK |
2493 | |
2494 | static int | |
2495 | exp_equiv_p (x, y, validate, equal_values) | |
2496 | rtx x, y; | |
2497 | int validate; | |
2498 | int equal_values; | |
2499 | { | |
906c4e36 | 2500 | register int i, j; |
7afe21cc | 2501 | register enum rtx_code code; |
6f7d635c | 2502 | register const char *fmt; |
7afe21cc RK |
2503 | |
2504 | /* Note: it is incorrect to assume an expression is equivalent to itself | |
2505 | if VALIDATE is nonzero. */ | |
2506 | if (x == y && !validate) | |
2507 | return 1; | |
2508 | if (x == 0 || y == 0) | |
2509 | return x == y; | |
2510 | ||
2511 | code = GET_CODE (x); | |
2512 | if (code != GET_CODE (y)) | |
2513 | { | |
2514 | if (!equal_values) | |
2515 | return 0; | |
2516 | ||
2517 | /* If X is a constant and Y is a register or vice versa, they may be | |
2518 | equivalent. We only have to validate if Y is a register. */ | |
2519 | if (CONSTANT_P (x) && GET_CODE (y) == REG | |
1bb98cec DM |
2520 | && REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (y))) |
2521 | { | |
2522 | int y_q = REG_QTY (REGNO (y)); | |
2523 | struct qty_table_elem *y_ent = &qty_table[y_q]; | |
2524 | ||
2525 | if (GET_MODE (y) == y_ent->mode | |
2526 | && rtx_equal_p (x, y_ent->const_rtx) | |
2527 | && (! validate || REG_IN_TABLE (REGNO (y)) == REG_TICK (REGNO (y)))) | |
2528 | return 1; | |
2529 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
2530 | |
2531 | if (CONSTANT_P (y) && code == REG | |
1bb98cec DM |
2532 | && REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (x))) |
2533 | { | |
2534 | int x_q = REG_QTY (REGNO (x)); | |
2535 | struct qty_table_elem *x_ent = &qty_table[x_q]; | |
2536 | ||
2537 | if (GET_MODE (x) == x_ent->mode | |
2538 | && rtx_equal_p (y, x_ent->const_rtx)) | |
2539 | return 1; | |
2540 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
2541 | |
2542 | return 0; | |
2543 | } | |
2544 | ||
2545 | /* (MULT:SI x y) and (MULT:HI x y) are NOT equivalent. */ | |
2546 | if (GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (y)) | |
2547 | return 0; | |
2548 | ||
2549 | switch (code) | |
2550 | { | |
2551 | case PC: | |
2552 | case CC0: | |
7afe21cc | 2553 | case CONST_INT: |
c13e8210 | 2554 | return x == y; |
7afe21cc RK |
2555 | |
2556 | case LABEL_REF: | |
7afe21cc RK |
2557 | return XEXP (x, 0) == XEXP (y, 0); |
2558 | ||
f54d4924 RK |
2559 | case SYMBOL_REF: |
2560 | return XSTR (x, 0) == XSTR (y, 0); | |
2561 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
2562 | case REG: |
2563 | { | |
770ae6cc RK |
2564 | unsigned int regno = REGNO (y); |
2565 | unsigned int endregno | |
7afe21cc RK |
2566 | = regno + (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER ? 1 |
2567 | : HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (y))); | |
770ae6cc | 2568 | unsigned int i; |
7afe21cc RK |
2569 | |
2570 | /* If the quantities are not the same, the expressions are not | |
2571 | equivalent. If there are and we are not to validate, they | |
2572 | are equivalent. Otherwise, ensure all regs are up-to-date. */ | |
2573 | ||
30f72379 | 2574 | if (REG_QTY (REGNO (x)) != REG_QTY (regno)) |
7afe21cc RK |
2575 | return 0; |
2576 | ||
2577 | if (! validate) | |
2578 | return 1; | |
2579 | ||
2580 | for (i = regno; i < endregno; i++) | |
30f72379 | 2581 | if (REG_IN_TABLE (i) != REG_TICK (i)) |
7afe21cc RK |
2582 | return 0; |
2583 | ||
2584 | return 1; | |
2585 | } | |
2586 | ||
2587 | /* For commutative operations, check both orders. */ | |
2588 | case PLUS: | |
2589 | case MULT: | |
2590 | case AND: | |
2591 | case IOR: | |
2592 | case XOR: | |
2593 | case NE: | |
2594 | case EQ: | |
2595 | return ((exp_equiv_p (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (y, 0), validate, equal_values) | |
2596 | && exp_equiv_p (XEXP (x, 1), XEXP (y, 1), | |
2597 | validate, equal_values)) | |
2598 | || (exp_equiv_p (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (y, 1), | |
2599 | validate, equal_values) | |
2600 | && exp_equiv_p (XEXP (x, 1), XEXP (y, 0), | |
2601 | validate, equal_values))); | |
278a83b2 | 2602 | |
6462bb43 AO |
2603 | case ASM_OPERANDS: |
2604 | /* We don't use the generic code below because we want to | |
2605 | disregard filename and line numbers. */ | |
2606 | ||
2607 | /* A volatile asm isn't equivalent to any other. */ | |
2608 | if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) || MEM_VOLATILE_P (y)) | |
2609 | return 0; | |
2610 | ||
2611 | if (GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (y) | |
2612 | || strcmp (ASM_OPERANDS_TEMPLATE (x), ASM_OPERANDS_TEMPLATE (y)) | |
2613 | || strcmp (ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_CONSTRAINT (x), | |
2614 | ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_CONSTRAINT (y)) | |
2615 | || ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_IDX (x) != ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_IDX (y) | |
2616 | || ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x) != ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (y)) | |
2617 | return 0; | |
2618 | ||
2619 | if (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x)) | |
2620 | { | |
2621 | for (i = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
2622 | if (! exp_equiv_p (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (x, i), | |
2623 | ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (y, i), | |
2624 | validate, equal_values) | |
2625 | || strcmp (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT (x, i), | |
2626 | ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT (y, i))) | |
2627 | return 0; | |
2628 | } | |
2629 | ||
2630 | return 1; | |
2631 | ||
e9a25f70 JL |
2632 | default: |
2633 | break; | |
7afe21cc RK |
2634 | } |
2635 | ||
2636 | /* Compare the elements. If any pair of corresponding elements | |
2637 | fail to match, return 0 for the whole things. */ | |
2638 | ||
2639 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
2640 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
2641 | { | |
906c4e36 | 2642 | switch (fmt[i]) |
7afe21cc | 2643 | { |
906c4e36 | 2644 | case 'e': |
7afe21cc RK |
2645 | if (! exp_equiv_p (XEXP (x, i), XEXP (y, i), validate, equal_values)) |
2646 | return 0; | |
906c4e36 RK |
2647 | break; |
2648 | ||
2649 | case 'E': | |
7afe21cc RK |
2650 | if (XVECLEN (x, i) != XVECLEN (y, i)) |
2651 | return 0; | |
2652 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++) | |
2653 | if (! exp_equiv_p (XVECEXP (x, i, j), XVECEXP (y, i, j), | |
2654 | validate, equal_values)) | |
2655 | return 0; | |
906c4e36 RK |
2656 | break; |
2657 | ||
2658 | case 's': | |
7afe21cc RK |
2659 | if (strcmp (XSTR (x, i), XSTR (y, i))) |
2660 | return 0; | |
906c4e36 RK |
2661 | break; |
2662 | ||
2663 | case 'i': | |
7afe21cc RK |
2664 | if (XINT (x, i) != XINT (y, i)) |
2665 | return 0; | |
906c4e36 RK |
2666 | break; |
2667 | ||
2668 | case 'w': | |
2669 | if (XWINT (x, i) != XWINT (y, i)) | |
2670 | return 0; | |
278a83b2 | 2671 | break; |
906c4e36 RK |
2672 | |
2673 | case '0': | |
8f985ec4 | 2674 | case 't': |
906c4e36 RK |
2675 | break; |
2676 | ||
2677 | default: | |
2678 | abort (); | |
7afe21cc | 2679 | } |
278a83b2 | 2680 | } |
906c4e36 | 2681 | |
7afe21cc RK |
2682 | return 1; |
2683 | } | |
2684 | \f | |
9ae8ffe7 JL |
2685 | /* Return 1 if X has a value that can vary even between two |
2686 | executions of the program. 0 means X can be compared reliably | |
2687 | against certain constants or near-constants. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
2688 | |
2689 | static int | |
2be28ee2 | 2690 | cse_rtx_varies_p (x, from_alias) |
9ae8ffe7 | 2691 | register rtx x; |
fc5769d9 | 2692 | int from_alias; |
7afe21cc RK |
2693 | { |
2694 | /* We need not check for X and the equivalence class being of the same | |
2695 | mode because if X is equivalent to a constant in some mode, it | |
2696 | doesn't vary in any mode. */ | |
2697 | ||
9ae8ffe7 | 2698 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG |
1bb98cec DM |
2699 | && REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (x))) |
2700 | { | |
2701 | int x_q = REG_QTY (REGNO (x)); | |
2702 | struct qty_table_elem *x_ent = &qty_table[x_q]; | |
2703 | ||
2704 | if (GET_MODE (x) == x_ent->mode | |
2705 | && x_ent->const_rtx != NULL_RTX) | |
2706 | return 0; | |
2707 | } | |
7afe21cc | 2708 | |
9ae8ffe7 JL |
2709 | if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS |
2710 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
2711 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG | |
1bb98cec DM |
2712 | && REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)))) |
2713 | { | |
2714 | int x0_q = REG_QTY (REGNO (XEXP (x, 0))); | |
2715 | struct qty_table_elem *x0_ent = &qty_table[x0_q]; | |
2716 | ||
2717 | if ((GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == x0_ent->mode) | |
2718 | && x0_ent->const_rtx != NULL_RTX) | |
2719 | return 0; | |
2720 | } | |
7afe21cc | 2721 | |
9c6b0bae RK |
2722 | /* This can happen as the result of virtual register instantiation, if |
2723 | the initial constant is too large to be a valid address. This gives | |
2724 | us a three instruction sequence, load large offset into a register, | |
2725 | load fp minus a constant into a register, then a MEM which is the | |
2726 | sum of the two `constant' registers. */ | |
9ae8ffe7 JL |
2727 | if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS |
2728 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG | |
2729 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == REG | |
2730 | && REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (XEXP (x, 0))) | |
1bb98cec DM |
2731 | && REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (XEXP (x, 1)))) |
2732 | { | |
2733 | int x0_q = REG_QTY (REGNO (XEXP (x, 0))); | |
2734 | int x1_q = REG_QTY (REGNO (XEXP (x, 1))); | |
2735 | struct qty_table_elem *x0_ent = &qty_table[x0_q]; | |
2736 | struct qty_table_elem *x1_ent = &qty_table[x1_q]; | |
2737 | ||
2738 | if ((GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == x0_ent->mode) | |
2739 | && x0_ent->const_rtx != NULL_RTX | |
2740 | && (GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == x1_ent->mode) | |
2741 | && x1_ent->const_rtx != NULL_RTX) | |
2742 | return 0; | |
2743 | } | |
9c6b0bae | 2744 | |
2be28ee2 | 2745 | return rtx_varies_p (x, from_alias); |
7afe21cc RK |
2746 | } |
2747 | \f | |
2748 | /* Canonicalize an expression: | |
2749 | replace each register reference inside it | |
2750 | with the "oldest" equivalent register. | |
2751 | ||
2752 | If INSN is non-zero and we are replacing a pseudo with a hard register | |
7722328e RK |
2753 | or vice versa, validate_change is used to ensure that INSN remains valid |
2754 | after we make our substitution. The calls are made with IN_GROUP non-zero | |
2755 | so apply_change_group must be called upon the outermost return from this | |
2756 | function (unless INSN is zero). The result of apply_change_group can | |
2757 | generally be discarded since the changes we are making are optional. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
2758 | |
2759 | static rtx | |
2760 | canon_reg (x, insn) | |
2761 | rtx x; | |
2762 | rtx insn; | |
2763 | { | |
2764 | register int i; | |
2765 | register enum rtx_code code; | |
6f7d635c | 2766 | register const char *fmt; |
7afe21cc RK |
2767 | |
2768 | if (x == 0) | |
2769 | return x; | |
2770 | ||
2771 | code = GET_CODE (x); | |
2772 | switch (code) | |
2773 | { | |
2774 | case PC: | |
2775 | case CC0: | |
2776 | case CONST: | |
2777 | case CONST_INT: | |
2778 | case CONST_DOUBLE: | |
2779 | case SYMBOL_REF: | |
2780 | case LABEL_REF: | |
2781 | case ADDR_VEC: | |
2782 | case ADDR_DIFF_VEC: | |
2783 | return x; | |
2784 | ||
2785 | case REG: | |
2786 | { | |
2787 | register int first; | |
1bb98cec DM |
2788 | register int q; |
2789 | register struct qty_table_elem *ent; | |
7afe21cc RK |
2790 | |
2791 | /* Never replace a hard reg, because hard regs can appear | |
2792 | in more than one machine mode, and we must preserve the mode | |
2793 | of each occurrence. Also, some hard regs appear in | |
2794 | MEMs that are shared and mustn't be altered. Don't try to | |
2795 | replace any reg that maps to a reg of class NO_REGS. */ | |
2796 | if (REGNO (x) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
2797 | || ! REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (x))) | |
2798 | return x; | |
2799 | ||
278a83b2 | 2800 | q = REG_QTY (REGNO (x)); |
1bb98cec DM |
2801 | ent = &qty_table[q]; |
2802 | first = ent->first_reg; | |
7afe21cc RK |
2803 | return (first >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER ? regno_reg_rtx[first] |
2804 | : REGNO_REG_CLASS (first) == NO_REGS ? x | |
1bb98cec | 2805 | : gen_rtx_REG (ent->mode, first)); |
7afe21cc | 2806 | } |
278a83b2 | 2807 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
2808 | default: |
2809 | break; | |
7afe21cc RK |
2810 | } |
2811 | ||
2812 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
2813 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
2814 | { | |
2815 | register int j; | |
2816 | ||
2817 | if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
2818 | { | |
2819 | rtx new = canon_reg (XEXP (x, i), insn); | |
58873255 | 2820 | int insn_code; |
7afe21cc RK |
2821 | |
2822 | /* If replacing pseudo with hard reg or vice versa, ensure the | |
178c39f6 | 2823 | insn remains valid. Likewise if the insn has MATCH_DUPs. */ |
aee9dc31 RS |
2824 | if (insn != 0 && new != 0 |
2825 | && GET_CODE (new) == REG && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, i)) == REG | |
178c39f6 RK |
2826 | && (((REGNO (new) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) |
2827 | != (REGNO (XEXP (x, i)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
58873255 | 2828 | || (insn_code = recog_memoized (insn)) < 0 |
a995e389 | 2829 | || insn_data[insn_code].n_dups > 0)) |
77fa0940 | 2830 | validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, i), new, 1); |
7afe21cc RK |
2831 | else |
2832 | XEXP (x, i) = new; | |
2833 | } | |
2834 | else if (fmt[i] == 'E') | |
2835 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++) | |
2836 | XVECEXP (x, i, j) = canon_reg (XVECEXP (x, i, j), insn); | |
2837 | } | |
2838 | ||
2839 | return x; | |
2840 | } | |
2841 | \f | |
a2cabb29 | 2842 | /* LOC is a location within INSN that is an operand address (the contents of |
7afe21cc RK |
2843 | a MEM). Find the best equivalent address to use that is valid for this |
2844 | insn. | |
2845 | ||
2846 | On most CISC machines, complicated address modes are costly, and rtx_cost | |
2847 | is a good approximation for that cost. However, most RISC machines have | |
2848 | only a few (usually only one) memory reference formats. If an address is | |
2849 | valid at all, it is often just as cheap as any other address. Hence, for | |
2850 | RISC machines, we use the configuration macro `ADDRESS_COST' to compare the | |
2851 | costs of various addresses. For two addresses of equal cost, choose the one | |
2852 | with the highest `rtx_cost' value as that has the potential of eliminating | |
2853 | the most insns. For equal costs, we choose the first in the equivalence | |
2854 | class. Note that we ignore the fact that pseudo registers are cheaper | |
2855 | than hard registers here because we would also prefer the pseudo registers. | |
2856 | */ | |
2857 | ||
6cd4575e | 2858 | static void |
01329426 | 2859 | find_best_addr (insn, loc, mode) |
7afe21cc RK |
2860 | rtx insn; |
2861 | rtx *loc; | |
01329426 | 2862 | enum machine_mode mode; |
7afe21cc | 2863 | { |
7a87758d | 2864 | struct table_elt *elt; |
7afe21cc | 2865 | rtx addr = *loc; |
7a87758d AS |
2866 | #ifdef ADDRESS_COST |
2867 | struct table_elt *p; | |
7afe21cc | 2868 | int found_better = 1; |
7a87758d | 2869 | #endif |
7afe21cc RK |
2870 | int save_do_not_record = do_not_record; |
2871 | int save_hash_arg_in_memory = hash_arg_in_memory; | |
7afe21cc RK |
2872 | int addr_volatile; |
2873 | int regno; | |
2197a88a | 2874 | unsigned hash; |
7afe21cc RK |
2875 | |
2876 | /* Do not try to replace constant addresses or addresses of local and | |
2877 | argument slots. These MEM expressions are made only once and inserted | |
2878 | in many instructions, as well as being used to control symbol table | |
2879 | output. It is not safe to clobber them. | |
2880 | ||
2881 | There are some uncommon cases where the address is already in a register | |
2882 | for some reason, but we cannot take advantage of that because we have | |
2883 | no easy way to unshare the MEM. In addition, looking up all stack | |
2884 | addresses is costly. */ | |
2885 | if ((GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS | |
2886 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == REG | |
2887 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
2888 | && (regno = REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)), | |
8bc169f2 DE |
2889 | regno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM || regno == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM |
2890 | || regno == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)) | |
7afe21cc | 2891 | || (GET_CODE (addr) == REG |
8bc169f2 DE |
2892 | && (regno = REGNO (addr), regno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM |
2893 | || regno == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM | |
2894 | || regno == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)) | |
e9a25f70 | 2895 | || GET_CODE (addr) == ADDRESSOF |
7afe21cc RK |
2896 | || CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (addr)) |
2897 | return; | |
2898 | ||
2899 | /* If this address is not simply a register, try to fold it. This will | |
2900 | sometimes simplify the expression. Many simplifications | |
2901 | will not be valid, but some, usually applying the associative rule, will | |
2902 | be valid and produce better code. */ | |
8c87f107 RK |
2903 | if (GET_CODE (addr) != REG) |
2904 | { | |
2905 | rtx folded = fold_rtx (copy_rtx (addr), NULL_RTX); | |
630c79be BS |
2906 | int addr_folded_cost = address_cost (folded, mode); |
2907 | int addr_cost = address_cost (addr, mode); | |
2908 | ||
2909 | if ((addr_folded_cost < addr_cost | |
2910 | || (addr_folded_cost == addr_cost | |
2911 | /* ??? The rtx_cost comparison is left over from an older | |
2912 | version of this code. It is probably no longer helpful. */ | |
2913 | && (rtx_cost (folded, MEM) > rtx_cost (addr, MEM) | |
2914 | || approx_reg_cost (folded) < approx_reg_cost (addr)))) | |
8c87f107 RK |
2915 | && validate_change (insn, loc, folded, 0)) |
2916 | addr = folded; | |
2917 | } | |
278a83b2 | 2918 | |
42495ca0 RK |
2919 | /* If this address is not in the hash table, we can't look for equivalences |
2920 | of the whole address. Also, ignore if volatile. */ | |
2921 | ||
7afe21cc | 2922 | do_not_record = 0; |
2197a88a | 2923 | hash = HASH (addr, Pmode); |
7afe21cc RK |
2924 | addr_volatile = do_not_record; |
2925 | do_not_record = save_do_not_record; | |
2926 | hash_arg_in_memory = save_hash_arg_in_memory; | |
7afe21cc RK |
2927 | |
2928 | if (addr_volatile) | |
2929 | return; | |
2930 | ||
2197a88a | 2931 | elt = lookup (addr, hash, Pmode); |
7afe21cc | 2932 | |
7afe21cc | 2933 | #ifndef ADDRESS_COST |
42495ca0 RK |
2934 | if (elt) |
2935 | { | |
2d8b0f3a | 2936 | int our_cost = elt->cost; |
42495ca0 RK |
2937 | |
2938 | /* Find the lowest cost below ours that works. */ | |
2939 | for (elt = elt->first_same_value; elt; elt = elt->next_same_value) | |
2940 | if (elt->cost < our_cost | |
2941 | && (GET_CODE (elt->exp) == REG | |
2942 | || exp_equiv_p (elt->exp, elt->exp, 1, 0)) | |
2943 | && validate_change (insn, loc, | |
906c4e36 | 2944 | canon_reg (copy_rtx (elt->exp), NULL_RTX), 0)) |
42495ca0 RK |
2945 | return; |
2946 | } | |
2947 | #else | |
7afe21cc | 2948 | |
42495ca0 RK |
2949 | if (elt) |
2950 | { | |
2951 | /* We need to find the best (under the criteria documented above) entry | |
2952 | in the class that is valid. We use the `flag' field to indicate | |
2953 | choices that were invalid and iterate until we can't find a better | |
2954 | one that hasn't already been tried. */ | |
7afe21cc | 2955 | |
42495ca0 RK |
2956 | for (p = elt->first_same_value; p; p = p->next_same_value) |
2957 | p->flag = 0; | |
7afe21cc | 2958 | |
42495ca0 RK |
2959 | while (found_better) |
2960 | { | |
01329426 | 2961 | int best_addr_cost = address_cost (*loc, mode); |
42495ca0 | 2962 | int best_rtx_cost = (elt->cost + 1) >> 1; |
01329426 | 2963 | int exp_cost; |
278a83b2 | 2964 | struct table_elt *best_elt = elt; |
42495ca0 RK |
2965 | |
2966 | found_better = 0; | |
2967 | for (p = elt->first_same_value; p; p = p->next_same_value) | |
2f541799 | 2968 | if (! p->flag) |
42495ca0 | 2969 | { |
2f541799 MM |
2970 | if ((GET_CODE (p->exp) == REG |
2971 | || exp_equiv_p (p->exp, p->exp, 1, 0)) | |
01329426 JH |
2972 | && ((exp_cost = address_cost (p->exp, mode)) < best_addr_cost |
2973 | || (exp_cost == best_addr_cost | |
05bd3d41 | 2974 | && ((p->cost + 1) >> 1) > best_rtx_cost))) |
2f541799 MM |
2975 | { |
2976 | found_better = 1; | |
01329426 | 2977 | best_addr_cost = exp_cost; |
2f541799 MM |
2978 | best_rtx_cost = (p->cost + 1) >> 1; |
2979 | best_elt = p; | |
2980 | } | |
42495ca0 | 2981 | } |
7afe21cc | 2982 | |
42495ca0 RK |
2983 | if (found_better) |
2984 | { | |
2985 | if (validate_change (insn, loc, | |
906c4e36 RK |
2986 | canon_reg (copy_rtx (best_elt->exp), |
2987 | NULL_RTX), 0)) | |
42495ca0 RK |
2988 | return; |
2989 | else | |
2990 | best_elt->flag = 1; | |
2991 | } | |
2992 | } | |
2993 | } | |
7afe21cc | 2994 | |
42495ca0 RK |
2995 | /* If the address is a binary operation with the first operand a register |
2996 | and the second a constant, do the same as above, but looking for | |
2997 | equivalences of the register. Then try to simplify before checking for | |
2998 | the best address to use. This catches a few cases: First is when we | |
2999 | have REG+const and the register is another REG+const. We can often merge | |
3000 | the constants and eliminate one insn and one register. It may also be | |
3001 | that a machine has a cheap REG+REG+const. Finally, this improves the | |
3002 | code on the Alpha for unaligned byte stores. */ | |
3003 | ||
3004 | if (flag_expensive_optimizations | |
3005 | && (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (*loc)) == '2' | |
3006 | || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (*loc)) == 'c') | |
3007 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (*loc, 0)) == REG | |
3008 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (*loc, 1)) == CONST_INT) | |
7afe21cc | 3009 | { |
42495ca0 RK |
3010 | rtx c = XEXP (*loc, 1); |
3011 | ||
3012 | do_not_record = 0; | |
2197a88a | 3013 | hash = HASH (XEXP (*loc, 0), Pmode); |
42495ca0 RK |
3014 | do_not_record = save_do_not_record; |
3015 | hash_arg_in_memory = save_hash_arg_in_memory; | |
42495ca0 | 3016 | |
2197a88a | 3017 | elt = lookup (XEXP (*loc, 0), hash, Pmode); |
42495ca0 RK |
3018 | if (elt == 0) |
3019 | return; | |
3020 | ||
3021 | /* We need to find the best (under the criteria documented above) entry | |
3022 | in the class that is valid. We use the `flag' field to indicate | |
3023 | choices that were invalid and iterate until we can't find a better | |
3024 | one that hasn't already been tried. */ | |
7afe21cc | 3025 | |
7afe21cc | 3026 | for (p = elt->first_same_value; p; p = p->next_same_value) |
42495ca0 | 3027 | p->flag = 0; |
7afe21cc | 3028 | |
42495ca0 | 3029 | while (found_better) |
7afe21cc | 3030 | { |
01329426 | 3031 | int best_addr_cost = address_cost (*loc, mode); |
42495ca0 | 3032 | int best_rtx_cost = (COST (*loc) + 1) >> 1; |
278a83b2 | 3033 | struct table_elt *best_elt = elt; |
42495ca0 | 3034 | rtx best_rtx = *loc; |
f6516aee JW |
3035 | int count; |
3036 | ||
3037 | /* This is at worst case an O(n^2) algorithm, so limit our search | |
3038 | to the first 32 elements on the list. This avoids trouble | |
3039 | compiling code with very long basic blocks that can easily | |
0cedb36c JL |
3040 | call simplify_gen_binary so many times that we run out of |
3041 | memory. */ | |
96b0e481 | 3042 | |
0cedb36c JL |
3043 | found_better = 0; |
3044 | for (p = elt->first_same_value, count = 0; | |
3045 | p && count < 32; | |
3046 | p = p->next_same_value, count++) | |
3047 | if (! p->flag | |
3048 | && (GET_CODE (p->exp) == REG | |
3049 | || exp_equiv_p (p->exp, p->exp, 1, 0))) | |
3050 | { | |
3051 | rtx new = simplify_gen_binary (GET_CODE (*loc), Pmode, | |
3052 | p->exp, c); | |
01329426 JH |
3053 | int new_cost; |
3054 | new_cost = address_cost (new, mode); | |
96b0e481 | 3055 | |
01329426 JH |
3056 | if (new_cost < best_addr_cost |
3057 | || (new_cost == best_addr_cost | |
3058 | && (COST (new) + 1) >> 1 > best_rtx_cost)) | |
0cedb36c JL |
3059 | { |
3060 | found_better = 1; | |
01329426 | 3061 | best_addr_cost = new_cost; |
0cedb36c JL |
3062 | best_rtx_cost = (COST (new) + 1) >> 1; |
3063 | best_elt = p; | |
3064 | best_rtx = new; | |
3065 | } | |
3066 | } | |
96b0e481 | 3067 | |
0cedb36c JL |
3068 | if (found_better) |
3069 | { | |
3070 | if (validate_change (insn, loc, | |
3071 | canon_reg (copy_rtx (best_rtx), | |
3072 | NULL_RTX), 0)) | |
3073 | return; | |
3074 | else | |
3075 | best_elt->flag = 1; | |
3076 | } | |
3077 | } | |
3078 | } | |
3079 | #endif | |
96b0e481 RK |
3080 | } |
3081 | \f | |
bca05d20 RK |
3082 | /* Given an operation (CODE, *PARG1, *PARG2), where code is a comparison |
3083 | operation (EQ, NE, GT, etc.), follow it back through the hash table and | |
3084 | what values are being compared. | |
1a87eea2 | 3085 | |
bca05d20 RK |
3086 | *PARG1 and *PARG2 are updated to contain the rtx representing the values |
3087 | actually being compared. For example, if *PARG1 was (cc0) and *PARG2 | |
3088 | was (const_int 0), *PARG1 and *PARG2 will be set to the objects that were | |
3089 | compared to produce cc0. | |
a432f20d | 3090 | |
bca05d20 RK |
3091 | The return value is the comparison operator and is either the code of |
3092 | A or the code corresponding to the inverse of the comparison. */ | |
7afe21cc | 3093 | |
0cedb36c JL |
3094 | static enum rtx_code |
3095 | find_comparison_args (code, parg1, parg2, pmode1, pmode2) | |
7afe21cc | 3096 | enum rtx_code code; |
0cedb36c JL |
3097 | rtx *parg1, *parg2; |
3098 | enum machine_mode *pmode1, *pmode2; | |
7afe21cc | 3099 | { |
0cedb36c | 3100 | rtx arg1, arg2; |
1a87eea2 | 3101 | |
0cedb36c | 3102 | arg1 = *parg1, arg2 = *parg2; |
7afe21cc | 3103 | |
0cedb36c | 3104 | /* If ARG2 is const0_rtx, see what ARG1 is equivalent to. */ |
7afe21cc | 3105 | |
0cedb36c | 3106 | while (arg2 == CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (arg1))) |
a432f20d | 3107 | { |
0cedb36c JL |
3108 | /* Set non-zero when we find something of interest. */ |
3109 | rtx x = 0; | |
3110 | int reverse_code = 0; | |
3111 | struct table_elt *p = 0; | |
6076248a | 3112 | |
0cedb36c JL |
3113 | /* If arg1 is a COMPARE, extract the comparison arguments from it. |
3114 | On machines with CC0, this is the only case that can occur, since | |
3115 | fold_rtx will return the COMPARE or item being compared with zero | |
3116 | when given CC0. */ | |
6076248a | 3117 | |
0cedb36c JL |
3118 | if (GET_CODE (arg1) == COMPARE && arg2 == const0_rtx) |
3119 | x = arg1; | |
6076248a | 3120 | |
0cedb36c JL |
3121 | /* If ARG1 is a comparison operator and CODE is testing for |
3122 | STORE_FLAG_VALUE, get the inner arguments. */ | |
a432f20d | 3123 | |
0cedb36c | 3124 | else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (arg1)) == '<') |
7afe21cc | 3125 | { |
0cedb36c JL |
3126 | if (code == NE |
3127 | || (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (arg1)) == MODE_INT | |
3128 | && code == LT && STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1) | |
3129 | #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE | |
3130 | || (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (arg1)) == MODE_FLOAT | |
12530dbe RH |
3131 | && (REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE |
3132 | (FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (GET_MODE (arg1))))) | |
7afe21cc | 3133 | #endif |
a432f20d | 3134 | ) |
0cedb36c JL |
3135 | x = arg1; |
3136 | else if (code == EQ | |
3137 | || (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (arg1)) == MODE_INT | |
3138 | && code == GE && STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1) | |
3139 | #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE | |
3140 | || (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (arg1)) == MODE_FLOAT | |
12530dbe RH |
3141 | && (REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE |
3142 | (FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (GET_MODE (arg1))))) | |
0cedb36c JL |
3143 | #endif |
3144 | ) | |
3145 | x = arg1, reverse_code = 1; | |
7afe21cc RK |
3146 | } |
3147 | ||
0cedb36c | 3148 | /* ??? We could also check for |
7afe21cc | 3149 | |
0cedb36c | 3150 | (ne (and (eq (...) (const_int 1))) (const_int 0)) |
7afe21cc | 3151 | |
0cedb36c | 3152 | and related forms, but let's wait until we see them occurring. */ |
7afe21cc | 3153 | |
0cedb36c JL |
3154 | if (x == 0) |
3155 | /* Look up ARG1 in the hash table and see if it has an equivalence | |
3156 | that lets us see what is being compared. */ | |
9b1549b8 | 3157 | p = lookup (arg1, safe_hash (arg1, GET_MODE (arg1)) & HASH_MASK, |
0cedb36c | 3158 | GET_MODE (arg1)); |
278a83b2 | 3159 | if (p) |
8b03b984 R |
3160 | { |
3161 | p = p->first_same_value; | |
3162 | ||
3163 | /* If what we compare is already known to be constant, that is as | |
3164 | good as it gets. | |
3165 | We need to break the loop in this case, because otherwise we | |
3166 | can have an infinite loop when looking at a reg that is known | |
3167 | to be a constant which is the same as a comparison of a reg | |
3168 | against zero which appears later in the insn stream, which in | |
3169 | turn is constant and the same as the comparison of the first reg | |
3170 | against zero... */ | |
3171 | if (p->is_const) | |
3172 | break; | |
3173 | } | |
7afe21cc | 3174 | |
0cedb36c | 3175 | for (; p; p = p->next_same_value) |
7afe21cc | 3176 | { |
0cedb36c | 3177 | enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (p->exp); |
7afe21cc | 3178 | |
0cedb36c JL |
3179 | /* If the entry isn't valid, skip it. */ |
3180 | if (! exp_equiv_p (p->exp, p->exp, 1, 0)) | |
3181 | continue; | |
f76b9db2 | 3182 | |
bca05d20 RK |
3183 | if (GET_CODE (p->exp) == COMPARE |
3184 | /* Another possibility is that this machine has a compare insn | |
3185 | that includes the comparison code. In that case, ARG1 would | |
3186 | be equivalent to a comparison operation that would set ARG1 to | |
3187 | either STORE_FLAG_VALUE or zero. If this is an NE operation, | |
3188 | ORIG_CODE is the actual comparison being done; if it is an EQ, | |
3189 | we must reverse ORIG_CODE. On machine with a negative value | |
3190 | for STORE_FLAG_VALUE, also look at LT and GE operations. */ | |
3191 | || ((code == NE | |
3192 | || (code == LT | |
3193 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_INT | |
3194 | && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode) | |
3195 | <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) | |
3196 | && (STORE_FLAG_VALUE | |
3197 | & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 | |
3198 | << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode) - 1)))) | |
0cedb36c | 3199 | #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE |
bca05d20 RK |
3200 | || (code == LT |
3201 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_FLOAT | |
3202 | && (REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE | |
3203 | (FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (GET_MODE (arg1))))) | |
0cedb36c | 3204 | #endif |
bca05d20 RK |
3205 | ) |
3206 | && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p->exp)) == '<')) | |
7afe21cc | 3207 | { |
0cedb36c JL |
3208 | x = p->exp; |
3209 | break; | |
3210 | } | |
3211 | else if ((code == EQ | |
3212 | || (code == GE | |
3213 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_INT | |
3214 | && (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode) | |
3215 | <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) | |
3216 | && (STORE_FLAG_VALUE | |
3217 | & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 | |
3218 | << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner_mode) - 1)))) | |
3219 | #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE | |
3220 | || (code == GE | |
3221 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (inner_mode) == MODE_FLOAT | |
12530dbe RH |
3222 | && (REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE |
3223 | (FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (GET_MODE (arg1))))) | |
0cedb36c JL |
3224 | #endif |
3225 | ) | |
3226 | && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p->exp)) == '<') | |
3227 | { | |
3228 | reverse_code = 1; | |
3229 | x = p->exp; | |
3230 | break; | |
7afe21cc RK |
3231 | } |
3232 | ||
0cedb36c JL |
3233 | /* If this is fp + constant, the equivalent is a better operand since |
3234 | it may let us predict the value of the comparison. */ | |
3235 | else if (NONZERO_BASE_PLUS_P (p->exp)) | |
3236 | { | |
3237 | arg1 = p->exp; | |
3238 | continue; | |
3239 | } | |
7afe21cc | 3240 | } |
7afe21cc | 3241 | |
0cedb36c JL |
3242 | /* If we didn't find a useful equivalence for ARG1, we are done. |
3243 | Otherwise, set up for the next iteration. */ | |
3244 | if (x == 0) | |
3245 | break; | |
7afe21cc | 3246 | |
78192b09 RH |
3247 | /* If we need to reverse the comparison, make sure that that is |
3248 | possible -- we can't necessarily infer the value of GE from LT | |
3249 | with floating-point operands. */ | |
0cedb36c | 3250 | if (reverse_code) |
261efdef JH |
3251 | { |
3252 | enum rtx_code reversed = reversed_comparison_code (x, NULL_RTX); | |
3253 | if (reversed == UNKNOWN) | |
3254 | break; | |
3255 | else code = reversed; | |
3256 | } | |
3257 | else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (x)) == '<') | |
3258 | code = GET_CODE (x); | |
3259 | arg1 = XEXP (x, 0), arg2 = XEXP (x, 1); | |
7afe21cc RK |
3260 | } |
3261 | ||
0cedb36c JL |
3262 | /* Return our results. Return the modes from before fold_rtx |
3263 | because fold_rtx might produce const_int, and then it's too late. */ | |
3264 | *pmode1 = GET_MODE (arg1), *pmode2 = GET_MODE (arg2); | |
3265 | *parg1 = fold_rtx (arg1, 0), *parg2 = fold_rtx (arg2, 0); | |
3266 | ||
3267 | return code; | |
7afe21cc RK |
3268 | } |
3269 | \f | |
3270 | /* If X is a nontrivial arithmetic operation on an argument | |
3271 | for which a constant value can be determined, return | |
3272 | the result of operating on that value, as a constant. | |
3273 | Otherwise, return X, possibly with one or more operands | |
3274 | modified by recursive calls to this function. | |
3275 | ||
e7bb59fa RK |
3276 | If X is a register whose contents are known, we do NOT |
3277 | return those contents here. equiv_constant is called to | |
3278 | perform that task. | |
7afe21cc RK |
3279 | |
3280 | INSN is the insn that we may be modifying. If it is 0, make a copy | |
3281 | of X before modifying it. */ | |
3282 | ||
3283 | static rtx | |
3284 | fold_rtx (x, insn) | |
3285 | rtx x; | |
278a83b2 | 3286 | rtx insn; |
7afe21cc RK |
3287 | { |
3288 | register enum rtx_code code; | |
3289 | register enum machine_mode mode; | |
6f7d635c | 3290 | register const char *fmt; |
906c4e36 | 3291 | register int i; |
7afe21cc RK |
3292 | rtx new = 0; |
3293 | int copied = 0; | |
3294 | int must_swap = 0; | |
3295 | ||
3296 | /* Folded equivalents of first two operands of X. */ | |
3297 | rtx folded_arg0; | |
3298 | rtx folded_arg1; | |
3299 | ||
3300 | /* Constant equivalents of first three operands of X; | |
3301 | 0 when no such equivalent is known. */ | |
3302 | rtx const_arg0; | |
3303 | rtx const_arg1; | |
3304 | rtx const_arg2; | |
3305 | ||
3306 | /* The mode of the first operand of X. We need this for sign and zero | |
3307 | extends. */ | |
3308 | enum machine_mode mode_arg0; | |
3309 | ||
3310 | if (x == 0) | |
3311 | return x; | |
3312 | ||
3313 | mode = GET_MODE (x); | |
3314 | code = GET_CODE (x); | |
3315 | switch (code) | |
3316 | { | |
3317 | case CONST: | |
3318 | case CONST_INT: | |
3319 | case CONST_DOUBLE: | |
3320 | case SYMBOL_REF: | |
3321 | case LABEL_REF: | |
3322 | case REG: | |
3323 | /* No use simplifying an EXPR_LIST | |
3324 | since they are used only for lists of args | |
3325 | in a function call's REG_EQUAL note. */ | |
3326 | case EXPR_LIST: | |
956d6950 JL |
3327 | /* Changing anything inside an ADDRESSOF is incorrect; we don't |
3328 | want to (e.g.,) make (addressof (const_int 0)) just because | |
3329 | the location is known to be zero. */ | |
3330 | case ADDRESSOF: | |
7afe21cc RK |
3331 | return x; |
3332 | ||
3333 | #ifdef HAVE_cc0 | |
3334 | case CC0: | |
3335 | return prev_insn_cc0; | |
3336 | #endif | |
3337 | ||
3338 | case PC: | |
3339 | /* If the next insn is a CODE_LABEL followed by a jump table, | |
3340 | PC's value is a LABEL_REF pointing to that label. That | |
8aeea6e6 | 3341 | lets us fold switch statements on the VAX. */ |
7afe21cc RK |
3342 | if (insn && GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN) |
3343 | { | |
3344 | rtx next = next_nonnote_insn (insn); | |
3345 | ||
3346 | if (next && GET_CODE (next) == CODE_LABEL | |
3347 | && NEXT_INSN (next) != 0 | |
3348 | && GET_CODE (NEXT_INSN (next)) == JUMP_INSN | |
3349 | && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (NEXT_INSN (next))) == ADDR_VEC | |
3350 | || GET_CODE (PATTERN (NEXT_INSN (next))) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC)) | |
38a448ca | 3351 | return gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (Pmode, next); |
7afe21cc RK |
3352 | } |
3353 | break; | |
3354 | ||
3355 | case SUBREG: | |
c610adec RK |
3356 | /* See if we previously assigned a constant value to this SUBREG. */ |
3357 | if ((new = lookup_as_function (x, CONST_INT)) != 0 | |
3358 | || (new = lookup_as_function (x, CONST_DOUBLE)) != 0) | |
7afe21cc RK |
3359 | return new; |
3360 | ||
4b980e20 RK |
3361 | /* If this is a paradoxical SUBREG, we have no idea what value the |
3362 | extra bits would have. However, if the operand is equivalent | |
3363 | to a SUBREG whose operand is the same as our mode, and all the | |
3364 | modes are within a word, we can just use the inner operand | |
31c85c78 RK |
3365 | because these SUBREGs just say how to treat the register. |
3366 | ||
3367 | Similarly if we find an integer constant. */ | |
4b980e20 | 3368 | |
e5f6a288 | 3369 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))) |
4b980e20 RK |
3370 | { |
3371 | enum machine_mode imode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)); | |
3372 | struct table_elt *elt; | |
3373 | ||
3374 | if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD | |
3375 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (imode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD | |
3376 | && (elt = lookup (SUBREG_REG (x), HASH (SUBREG_REG (x), imode), | |
3377 | imode)) != 0) | |
ddc356e8 | 3378 | for (elt = elt->first_same_value; elt; elt = elt->next_same_value) |
31c85c78 RK |
3379 | { |
3380 | if (CONSTANT_P (elt->exp) | |
3381 | && GET_MODE (elt->exp) == VOIDmode) | |
3382 | return elt->exp; | |
3383 | ||
4b980e20 RK |
3384 | if (GET_CODE (elt->exp) == SUBREG |
3385 | && GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (elt->exp)) == mode | |
906c4e36 | 3386 | && exp_equiv_p (elt->exp, elt->exp, 1, 0)) |
4b980e20 | 3387 | return copy_rtx (SUBREG_REG (elt->exp)); |
1bb98cec | 3388 | } |
4b980e20 RK |
3389 | |
3390 | return x; | |
3391 | } | |
e5f6a288 | 3392 | |
7afe21cc RK |
3393 | /* Fold SUBREG_REG. If it changed, see if we can simplify the SUBREG. |
3394 | We might be able to if the SUBREG is extracting a single word in an | |
3395 | integral mode or extracting the low part. */ | |
3396 | ||
3397 | folded_arg0 = fold_rtx (SUBREG_REG (x), insn); | |
3398 | const_arg0 = equiv_constant (folded_arg0); | |
3399 | if (const_arg0) | |
3400 | folded_arg0 = const_arg0; | |
3401 | ||
3402 | if (folded_arg0 != SUBREG_REG (x)) | |
3403 | { | |
949c5d62 JH |
3404 | new = simplify_subreg (mode, folded_arg0, |
3405 | GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)), SUBREG_BYTE (x)); | |
7afe21cc RK |
3406 | if (new) |
3407 | return new; | |
3408 | } | |
e5f6a288 RK |
3409 | |
3410 | /* If this is a narrowing SUBREG and our operand is a REG, see if | |
858a47b1 | 3411 | we can find an equivalence for REG that is an arithmetic operation |
e5f6a288 RK |
3412 | in a wider mode where both operands are paradoxical SUBREGs |
3413 | from objects of our result mode. In that case, we couldn't report | |
3414 | an equivalent value for that operation, since we don't know what the | |
3415 | extra bits will be. But we can find an equivalence for this SUBREG | |
3416 | by folding that operation is the narrow mode. This allows us to | |
3417 | fold arithmetic in narrow modes when the machine only supports | |
278a83b2 | 3418 | word-sized arithmetic. |
4b980e20 RK |
3419 | |
3420 | Also look for a case where we have a SUBREG whose operand is the | |
3421 | same as our result. If both modes are smaller than a word, we | |
3422 | are simply interpreting a register in different modes and we | |
3423 | can use the inner value. */ | |
e5f6a288 RK |
3424 | |
3425 | if (GET_CODE (folded_arg0) == REG | |
e8d76a39 RS |
3426 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (folded_arg0)) |
3427 | && subreg_lowpart_p (x)) | |
e5f6a288 RK |
3428 | { |
3429 | struct table_elt *elt; | |
3430 | ||
3431 | /* We can use HASH here since we know that canon_hash won't be | |
3432 | called. */ | |
3433 | elt = lookup (folded_arg0, | |
3434 | HASH (folded_arg0, GET_MODE (folded_arg0)), | |
3435 | GET_MODE (folded_arg0)); | |
3436 | ||
3437 | if (elt) | |
3438 | elt = elt->first_same_value; | |
3439 | ||
3440 | for (; elt; elt = elt->next_same_value) | |
3441 | { | |
e8d76a39 RS |
3442 | enum rtx_code eltcode = GET_CODE (elt->exp); |
3443 | ||
e5f6a288 RK |
3444 | /* Just check for unary and binary operations. */ |
3445 | if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (elt->exp)) == '1' | |
3446 | && GET_CODE (elt->exp) != SIGN_EXTEND | |
3447 | && GET_CODE (elt->exp) != ZERO_EXTEND | |
3448 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (elt->exp, 0)) == SUBREG | |
3449 | && GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (elt->exp, 0))) == mode) | |
3450 | { | |
3451 | rtx op0 = SUBREG_REG (XEXP (elt->exp, 0)); | |
3452 | ||
3453 | if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG && ! CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
906c4e36 | 3454 | op0 = fold_rtx (op0, NULL_RTX); |
e5f6a288 RK |
3455 | |
3456 | op0 = equiv_constant (op0); | |
3457 | if (op0) | |
3458 | new = simplify_unary_operation (GET_CODE (elt->exp), mode, | |
3459 | op0, mode); | |
3460 | } | |
3461 | else if ((GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (elt->exp)) == '2' | |
3462 | || GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (elt->exp)) == 'c') | |
e8d76a39 RS |
3463 | && eltcode != DIV && eltcode != MOD |
3464 | && eltcode != UDIV && eltcode != UMOD | |
3465 | && eltcode != ASHIFTRT && eltcode != LSHIFTRT | |
3466 | && eltcode != ROTATE && eltcode != ROTATERT | |
e5f6a288 RK |
3467 | && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (elt->exp, 0)) == SUBREG |
3468 | && (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (elt->exp, 0))) | |
3469 | == mode)) | |
3470 | || CONSTANT_P (XEXP (elt->exp, 0))) | |
3471 | && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (elt->exp, 1)) == SUBREG | |
3472 | && (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (elt->exp, 1))) | |
3473 | == mode)) | |
3474 | || CONSTANT_P (XEXP (elt->exp, 1)))) | |
3475 | { | |
3476 | rtx op0 = gen_lowpart_common (mode, XEXP (elt->exp, 0)); | |
3477 | rtx op1 = gen_lowpart_common (mode, XEXP (elt->exp, 1)); | |
3478 | ||
3479 | if (op0 && GET_CODE (op0) != REG && ! CONSTANT_P (op0)) | |
906c4e36 | 3480 | op0 = fold_rtx (op0, NULL_RTX); |
e5f6a288 RK |
3481 | |
3482 | if (op0) | |
3483 | op0 = equiv_constant (op0); | |
3484 | ||
3485 | if (op1 && GET_CODE (op1) != REG && ! CONSTANT_P (op1)) | |
906c4e36 | 3486 | op1 = fold_rtx (op1, NULL_RTX); |
e5f6a288 RK |
3487 | |
3488 | if (op1) | |
3489 | op1 = equiv_constant (op1); | |
3490 | ||
278a83b2 | 3491 | /* If we are looking for the low SImode part of |
76fb0b60 RS |
3492 | (ashift:DI c (const_int 32)), it doesn't work |
3493 | to compute that in SImode, because a 32-bit shift | |
3494 | in SImode is unpredictable. We know the value is 0. */ | |
3495 | if (op0 && op1 | |
45620ed4 | 3496 | && GET_CODE (elt->exp) == ASHIFT |
76fb0b60 RS |
3497 | && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT |
3498 | && INTVAL (op1) >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)) | |
3499 | { | |
3500 | if (INTVAL (op1) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (elt->exp))) | |
278a83b2 | 3501 | |
76fb0b60 RS |
3502 | /* If the count fits in the inner mode's width, |
3503 | but exceeds the outer mode's width, | |
3504 | the value will get truncated to 0 | |
3505 | by the subreg. */ | |
3506 | new = const0_rtx; | |
3507 | else | |
3508 | /* If the count exceeds even the inner mode's width, | |
3509 | don't fold this expression. */ | |
3510 | new = 0; | |
3511 | } | |
3512 | else if (op0 && op1) | |
e5f6a288 RK |
3513 | new = simplify_binary_operation (GET_CODE (elt->exp), mode, |
3514 | op0, op1); | |
3515 | } | |
3516 | ||
4b980e20 RK |
3517 | else if (GET_CODE (elt->exp) == SUBREG |
3518 | && GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (elt->exp)) == mode | |
3519 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (folded_arg0)) | |
3520 | <= UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
906c4e36 | 3521 | && exp_equiv_p (elt->exp, elt->exp, 1, 0)) |
4b980e20 RK |
3522 | new = copy_rtx (SUBREG_REG (elt->exp)); |
3523 | ||
e5f6a288 RK |
3524 | if (new) |
3525 | return new; | |
3526 | } | |
3527 | } | |
3528 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
3529 | return x; |
3530 | ||
3531 | case NOT: | |
3532 | case NEG: | |
3533 | /* If we have (NOT Y), see if Y is known to be (NOT Z). | |
3534 | If so, (NOT Y) simplifies to Z. Similarly for NEG. */ | |
3535 | new = lookup_as_function (XEXP (x, 0), code); | |
3536 | if (new) | |
3537 | return fold_rtx (copy_rtx (XEXP (new, 0)), insn); | |
3538 | break; | |
13c9910f | 3539 | |
7afe21cc RK |
3540 | case MEM: |
3541 | /* If we are not actually processing an insn, don't try to find the | |
3542 | best address. Not only don't we care, but we could modify the | |
3543 | MEM in an invalid way since we have no insn to validate against. */ | |
3544 | if (insn != 0) | |
01329426 | 3545 | find_best_addr (insn, &XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (x)); |
7afe21cc RK |
3546 | |
3547 | { | |
3548 | /* Even if we don't fold in the insn itself, | |
3549 | we can safely do so here, in hopes of getting a constant. */ | |
906c4e36 | 3550 | rtx addr = fold_rtx (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX); |
7afe21cc | 3551 | rtx base = 0; |
906c4e36 | 3552 | HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0; |
7afe21cc RK |
3553 | |
3554 | if (GET_CODE (addr) == REG | |
1bb98cec DM |
3555 | && REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (addr))) |
3556 | { | |
3557 | int addr_q = REG_QTY (REGNO (addr)); | |
3558 | struct qty_table_elem *addr_ent = &qty_table[addr_q]; | |
3559 | ||
3560 | if (GET_MODE (addr) == addr_ent->mode | |
3561 | && addr_ent->const_rtx != NULL_RTX) | |
3562 | addr = addr_ent->const_rtx; | |
3563 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
3564 | |
3565 | /* If address is constant, split it into a base and integer offset. */ | |
3566 | if (GET_CODE (addr) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (addr) == LABEL_REF) | |
3567 | base = addr; | |
3568 | else if (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == PLUS | |
3569 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT) | |
3570 | { | |
3571 | base = XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 0); | |
3572 | offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 1)); | |
3573 | } | |
3574 | else if (GET_CODE (addr) == LO_SUM | |
3575 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == SYMBOL_REF) | |
3576 | base = XEXP (addr, 1); | |
e9a25f70 | 3577 | else if (GET_CODE (addr) == ADDRESSOF) |
956d6950 | 3578 | return change_address (x, VOIDmode, addr); |
7afe21cc RK |
3579 | |
3580 | /* If this is a constant pool reference, we can fold it into its | |
3581 | constant to allow better value tracking. */ | |
3582 | if (base && GET_CODE (base) == SYMBOL_REF | |
3583 | && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (base)) | |
3584 | { | |
3585 | rtx constant = get_pool_constant (base); | |
3586 | enum machine_mode const_mode = get_pool_mode (base); | |
3587 | rtx new; | |
3588 | ||
3589 | if (CONSTANT_P (constant) && GET_CODE (constant) != CONST_INT) | |
3590 | constant_pool_entries_cost = COST (constant); | |
3591 | ||
3592 | /* If we are loading the full constant, we have an equivalence. */ | |
3593 | if (offset == 0 && mode == const_mode) | |
3594 | return constant; | |
3595 | ||
9faa82d8 | 3596 | /* If this actually isn't a constant (weird!), we can't do |
7afe21cc RK |
3597 | anything. Otherwise, handle the two most common cases: |
3598 | extracting a word from a multi-word constant, and extracting | |
3599 | the low-order bits. Other cases don't seem common enough to | |
3600 | worry about. */ | |
3601 | if (! CONSTANT_P (constant)) | |
3602 | return x; | |
3603 | ||
3604 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
3605 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == UNITS_PER_WORD | |
3606 | && offset % UNITS_PER_WORD == 0 | |
3607 | && (new = operand_subword (constant, | |
3608 | offset / UNITS_PER_WORD, | |
3609 | 0, const_mode)) != 0) | |
3610 | return new; | |
3611 | ||
3612 | if (((BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN | |
3613 | && offset == GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (constant)) - 1) | |
3614 | || (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && offset == 0)) | |
3615 | && (new = gen_lowpart_if_possible (mode, constant)) != 0) | |
3616 | return new; | |
3617 | } | |
3618 | ||
3619 | /* If this is a reference to a label at a known position in a jump | |
3620 | table, we also know its value. */ | |
3621 | if (base && GET_CODE (base) == LABEL_REF) | |
3622 | { | |
3623 | rtx label = XEXP (base, 0); | |
3624 | rtx table_insn = NEXT_INSN (label); | |
278a83b2 | 3625 | |
7afe21cc RK |
3626 | if (table_insn && GET_CODE (table_insn) == JUMP_INSN |
3627 | && GET_CODE (PATTERN (table_insn)) == ADDR_VEC) | |
3628 | { | |
3629 | rtx table = PATTERN (table_insn); | |
3630 | ||
3631 | if (offset >= 0 | |
3632 | && (offset / GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (table)) | |
3633 | < XVECLEN (table, 0))) | |
3634 | return XVECEXP (table, 0, | |
3635 | offset / GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (table))); | |
3636 | } | |
3637 | if (table_insn && GET_CODE (table_insn) == JUMP_INSN | |
3638 | && GET_CODE (PATTERN (table_insn)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC) | |
3639 | { | |
3640 | rtx table = PATTERN (table_insn); | |
3641 | ||
3642 | if (offset >= 0 | |
3643 | && (offset / GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (table)) | |
3644 | < XVECLEN (table, 1))) | |
3645 | { | |
3646 | offset /= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (table)); | |
38a448ca RH |
3647 | new = gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode, XVECEXP (table, 1, offset), |
3648 | XEXP (table, 0)); | |
7afe21cc RK |
3649 | |
3650 | if (GET_MODE (table) != Pmode) | |
38a448ca | 3651 | new = gen_rtx_TRUNCATE (GET_MODE (table), new); |
7afe21cc | 3652 | |
278a83b2 | 3653 | /* Indicate this is a constant. This isn't a |
67a37737 RK |
3654 | valid form of CONST, but it will only be used |
3655 | to fold the next insns and then discarded, so | |
ac7ef8d5 FS |
3656 | it should be safe. |
3657 | ||
3658 | Note this expression must be explicitly discarded, | |
3659 | by cse_insn, else it may end up in a REG_EQUAL note | |
3660 | and "escape" to cause problems elsewhere. */ | |
38a448ca | 3661 | return gen_rtx_CONST (GET_MODE (new), new); |
7afe21cc RK |
3662 | } |
3663 | } | |
3664 | } | |
3665 | ||
3666 | return x; | |
3667 | } | |
9255709c | 3668 | |
a5e5cf67 RH |
3669 | #ifdef NO_FUNCTION_CSE |
3670 | case CALL: | |
3671 | if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0))) | |
3672 | return x; | |
3673 | break; | |
3674 | #endif | |
3675 | ||
9255709c | 3676 | case ASM_OPERANDS: |
6462bb43 AO |
3677 | for (i = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x) - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
3678 | validate_change (insn, &ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (x, i), | |
3679 | fold_rtx (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (x, i), insn), 0); | |
9255709c | 3680 | break; |
278a83b2 | 3681 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
3682 | default: |
3683 | break; | |
7afe21cc RK |
3684 | } |
3685 | ||
3686 | const_arg0 = 0; | |
3687 | const_arg1 = 0; | |
3688 | const_arg2 = 0; | |
3689 | mode_arg0 = VOIDmode; | |
3690 | ||
3691 | /* Try folding our operands. | |
3692 | Then see which ones have constant values known. */ | |
3693 | ||
3694 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
3695 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
3696 | if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
3697 | { | |
3698 | rtx arg = XEXP (x, i); | |
3699 | rtx folded_arg = arg, const_arg = 0; | |
3700 | enum machine_mode mode_arg = GET_MODE (arg); | |
3701 | rtx cheap_arg, expensive_arg; | |
3702 | rtx replacements[2]; | |
3703 | int j; | |
3704 | ||
3705 | /* Most arguments are cheap, so handle them specially. */ | |
3706 | switch (GET_CODE (arg)) | |
3707 | { | |
3708 | case REG: | |
3709 | /* This is the same as calling equiv_constant; it is duplicated | |
3710 | here for speed. */ | |
1bb98cec DM |
3711 | if (REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (arg))) |
3712 | { | |
3713 | int arg_q = REG_QTY (REGNO (arg)); | |
3714 | struct qty_table_elem *arg_ent = &qty_table[arg_q]; | |
3715 | ||
3716 | if (arg_ent->const_rtx != NULL_RTX | |
3717 | && GET_CODE (arg_ent->const_rtx) != REG | |
3718 | && GET_CODE (arg_ent->const_rtx) != PLUS) | |
3719 | const_arg | |
3720 | = gen_lowpart_if_possible (GET_MODE (arg), | |
3721 | arg_ent->const_rtx); | |
3722 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
3723 | break; |
3724 | ||
3725 | case CONST: | |
3726 | case CONST_INT: | |
3727 | case SYMBOL_REF: | |
3728 | case LABEL_REF: | |
3729 | case CONST_DOUBLE: | |
3730 | const_arg = arg; | |
3731 | break; | |
3732 | ||
3733 | #ifdef HAVE_cc0 | |
3734 | case CC0: | |
3735 | folded_arg = prev_insn_cc0; | |
3736 | mode_arg = prev_insn_cc0_mode; | |
3737 | const_arg = equiv_constant (folded_arg); | |
3738 | break; | |
3739 | #endif | |
3740 | ||
3741 | default: | |
3742 | folded_arg = fold_rtx (arg, insn); | |
3743 | const_arg = equiv_constant (folded_arg); | |
3744 | } | |
3745 | ||
3746 | /* For the first three operands, see if the operand | |
3747 | is constant or equivalent to a constant. */ | |
3748 | switch (i) | |
3749 | { | |
3750 | case 0: | |
3751 | folded_arg0 = folded_arg; | |
3752 | const_arg0 = const_arg; | |
3753 | mode_arg0 = mode_arg; | |
3754 | break; | |
3755 | case 1: | |
3756 | folded_arg1 = folded_arg; | |
3757 | const_arg1 = const_arg; | |
3758 | break; | |
3759 | case 2: | |
3760 | const_arg2 = const_arg; | |
3761 | break; | |
3762 | } | |
3763 | ||
3764 | /* Pick the least expensive of the folded argument and an | |
3765 | equivalent constant argument. */ | |
3766 | if (const_arg == 0 || const_arg == folded_arg | |
f2fa288f | 3767 | || COST_IN (const_arg, code) > COST_IN (folded_arg, code)) |
7afe21cc RK |
3768 | cheap_arg = folded_arg, expensive_arg = const_arg; |
3769 | else | |
3770 | cheap_arg = const_arg, expensive_arg = folded_arg; | |
3771 | ||
3772 | /* Try to replace the operand with the cheapest of the two | |
3773 | possibilities. If it doesn't work and this is either of the first | |
3774 | two operands of a commutative operation, try swapping them. | |
3775 | If THAT fails, try the more expensive, provided it is cheaper | |
3776 | than what is already there. */ | |
3777 | ||
3778 | if (cheap_arg == XEXP (x, i)) | |
3779 | continue; | |
3780 | ||
3781 | if (insn == 0 && ! copied) | |
3782 | { | |
3783 | x = copy_rtx (x); | |
3784 | copied = 1; | |
3785 | } | |
3786 | ||
f2fa288f RH |
3787 | /* Order the replacements from cheapest to most expensive. */ |
3788 | replacements[0] = cheap_arg; | |
3789 | replacements[1] = expensive_arg; | |
3790 | ||
3791 | for (j = 0; j < 2 && replacements[j]; j++) | |
7afe21cc | 3792 | { |
f2fa288f RH |
3793 | int old_cost = COST_IN (XEXP (x, i), code); |
3794 | int new_cost = COST_IN (replacements[j], code); | |
3795 | ||
3796 | /* Stop if what existed before was cheaper. Prefer constants | |
3797 | in the case of a tie. */ | |
3798 | if (new_cost > old_cost | |
3799 | || (new_cost == old_cost && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, i)))) | |
3800 | break; | |
3801 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
3802 | if (validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, i), replacements[j], 0)) |
3803 | break; | |
3804 | ||
fd13313f JH |
3805 | if (code == NE || code == EQ || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'c' |
3806 | || code == LTGT || code == UNEQ || code == ORDERED | |
3807 | || code == UNORDERED) | |
7afe21cc RK |
3808 | { |
3809 | validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, i), XEXP (x, 1 - i), 1); | |
3810 | validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, 1 - i), replacements[j], 1); | |
3811 | ||
3812 | if (apply_change_group ()) | |
3813 | { | |
3814 | /* Swap them back to be invalid so that this loop can | |
3815 | continue and flag them to be swapped back later. */ | |
3816 | rtx tem; | |
3817 | ||
3818 | tem = XEXP (x, 0); XEXP (x, 0) = XEXP (x, 1); | |
3819 | XEXP (x, 1) = tem; | |
3820 | must_swap = 1; | |
3821 | break; | |
3822 | } | |
3823 | } | |
3824 | } | |
3825 | } | |
3826 | ||
2d8b0f3a JL |
3827 | else |
3828 | { | |
3829 | if (fmt[i] == 'E') | |
3830 | /* Don't try to fold inside of a vector of expressions. | |
3831 | Doing nothing is harmless. */ | |
e49a1d2e | 3832 | {;} |
2d8b0f3a | 3833 | } |
7afe21cc RK |
3834 | |
3835 | /* If a commutative operation, place a constant integer as the second | |
3836 | operand unless the first operand is also a constant integer. Otherwise, | |
3837 | place any constant second unless the first operand is also a constant. */ | |
3838 | ||
fd13313f JH |
3839 | if (code == EQ || code == NE || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'c' |
3840 | || code == LTGT || code == UNEQ || code == ORDERED | |
3841 | || code == UNORDERED) | |
7afe21cc RK |
3842 | { |
3843 | if (must_swap || (const_arg0 | |
3844 | && (const_arg1 == 0 | |
3845 | || (GET_CODE (const_arg0) == CONST_INT | |
3846 | && GET_CODE (const_arg1) != CONST_INT)))) | |
3847 | { | |
3848 | register rtx tem = XEXP (x, 0); | |
3849 | ||
3850 | if (insn == 0 && ! copied) | |
3851 | { | |
3852 | x = copy_rtx (x); | |
3853 | copied = 1; | |
3854 | } | |
3855 | ||
3856 | validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1), 1); | |
3857 | validate_change (insn, &XEXP (x, 1), tem, 1); | |
3858 | if (apply_change_group ()) | |
3859 | { | |
3860 | tem = const_arg0, const_arg0 = const_arg1, const_arg1 = tem; | |
3861 | tem = folded_arg0, folded_arg0 = folded_arg1, folded_arg1 = tem; | |
3862 | } | |
3863 | } | |
3864 | } | |
3865 | ||
3866 | /* If X is an arithmetic operation, see if we can simplify it. */ | |
3867 | ||
3868 | switch (GET_RTX_CLASS (code)) | |
3869 | { | |
3870 | case '1': | |
67a37737 RK |
3871 | { |
3872 | int is_const = 0; | |
3873 | ||
3874 | /* We can't simplify extension ops unless we know the | |
3875 | original mode. */ | |
3876 | if ((code == ZERO_EXTEND || code == SIGN_EXTEND) | |
3877 | && mode_arg0 == VOIDmode) | |
3878 | break; | |
3879 | ||
3880 | /* If we had a CONST, strip it off and put it back later if we | |
3881 | fold. */ | |
3882 | if (const_arg0 != 0 && GET_CODE (const_arg0) == CONST) | |
3883 | is_const = 1, const_arg0 = XEXP (const_arg0, 0); | |
3884 | ||
3885 | new = simplify_unary_operation (code, mode, | |
3886 | const_arg0 ? const_arg0 : folded_arg0, | |
3887 | mode_arg0); | |
3888 | if (new != 0 && is_const) | |
38a448ca | 3889 | new = gen_rtx_CONST (mode, new); |
67a37737 | 3890 | } |
7afe21cc | 3891 | break; |
278a83b2 | 3892 | |
7afe21cc RK |
3893 | case '<': |
3894 | /* See what items are actually being compared and set FOLDED_ARG[01] | |
3895 | to those values and CODE to the actual comparison code. If any are | |
3896 | constant, set CONST_ARG0 and CONST_ARG1 appropriately. We needn't | |
3897 | do anything if both operands are already known to be constant. */ | |
3898 | ||
3899 | if (const_arg0 == 0 || const_arg1 == 0) | |
3900 | { | |
3901 | struct table_elt *p0, *p1; | |
d6edb99e | 3902 | rtx true_rtx = const_true_rtx, false_rtx = const0_rtx; |
13c9910f | 3903 | enum machine_mode mode_arg1; |
c610adec RK |
3904 | |
3905 | #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE | |
c7c955ee | 3906 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT) |
c610adec | 3907 | { |
d6edb99e | 3908 | true_rtx = (CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE |
12530dbe | 3909 | (FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (mode), mode)); |
d6edb99e | 3910 | false_rtx = CONST0_RTX (mode); |
c610adec RK |
3911 | } |
3912 | #endif | |
7afe21cc | 3913 | |
13c9910f RS |
3914 | code = find_comparison_args (code, &folded_arg0, &folded_arg1, |
3915 | &mode_arg0, &mode_arg1); | |
7afe21cc RK |
3916 | const_arg0 = equiv_constant (folded_arg0); |
3917 | const_arg1 = equiv_constant (folded_arg1); | |
3918 | ||
13c9910f RS |
3919 | /* If the mode is VOIDmode or a MODE_CC mode, we don't know |
3920 | what kinds of things are being compared, so we can't do | |
3921 | anything with this comparison. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
3922 | |
3923 | if (mode_arg0 == VOIDmode || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode_arg0) == MODE_CC) | |
3924 | break; | |
3925 | ||
0f41302f MS |
3926 | /* If we do not now have two constants being compared, see |
3927 | if we can nevertheless deduce some things about the | |
3928 | comparison. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
3929 | if (const_arg0 == 0 || const_arg1 == 0) |
3930 | { | |
0f41302f MS |
3931 | /* Is FOLDED_ARG0 frame-pointer plus a constant? Or |
3932 | non-explicit constant? These aren't zero, but we | |
3933 | don't know their sign. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
3934 | if (const_arg1 == const0_rtx |
3935 | && (NONZERO_BASE_PLUS_P (folded_arg0) | |
3936 | #if 0 /* Sad to say, on sysvr4, #pragma weak can make a symbol address | |
3937 | come out as 0. */ | |
3938 | || GET_CODE (folded_arg0) == SYMBOL_REF | |
3939 | #endif | |
3940 | || GET_CODE (folded_arg0) == LABEL_REF | |
3941 | || GET_CODE (folded_arg0) == CONST)) | |
3942 | { | |
3943 | if (code == EQ) | |
d6edb99e | 3944 | return false_rtx; |
7afe21cc | 3945 | else if (code == NE) |
d6edb99e | 3946 | return true_rtx; |
7afe21cc RK |
3947 | } |
3948 | ||
fd13313f JH |
3949 | /* See if the two operands are the same. */ |
3950 | ||
3951 | if (folded_arg0 == folded_arg1 | |
3952 | || (GET_CODE (folded_arg0) == REG | |
3953 | && GET_CODE (folded_arg1) == REG | |
3954 | && (REG_QTY (REGNO (folded_arg0)) | |
3955 | == REG_QTY (REGNO (folded_arg1)))) | |
3956 | || ((p0 = lookup (folded_arg0, | |
3957 | (safe_hash (folded_arg0, mode_arg0) | |
3958 | & HASH_MASK), mode_arg0)) | |
3959 | && (p1 = lookup (folded_arg1, | |
3960 | (safe_hash (folded_arg1, mode_arg0) | |
3961 | & HASH_MASK), mode_arg0)) | |
3962 | && p0->first_same_value == p1->first_same_value)) | |
3963 | { | |
3964 | /* Sadly two equal NaNs are not equivalent. */ | |
3965 | if (TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT != IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT | |
de6c5979 BL |
3966 | || ! FLOAT_MODE_P (mode_arg0) |
3967 | || flag_unsafe_math_optimizations) | |
fd13313f JH |
3968 | return ((code == EQ || code == LE || code == GE |
3969 | || code == LEU || code == GEU || code == UNEQ | |
3970 | || code == UNLE || code == UNGE || code == ORDERED) | |
d6edb99e | 3971 | ? true_rtx : false_rtx); |
fd13313f JH |
3972 | /* Take care for the FP compares we can resolve. */ |
3973 | if (code == UNEQ || code == UNLE || code == UNGE) | |
d6edb99e | 3974 | return true_rtx; |
fd13313f | 3975 | if (code == LTGT || code == LT || code == GT) |
d6edb99e | 3976 | return false_rtx; |
fd13313f | 3977 | } |
7afe21cc RK |
3978 | |
3979 | /* If FOLDED_ARG0 is a register, see if the comparison we are | |
3980 | doing now is either the same as we did before or the reverse | |
3981 | (we only check the reverse if not floating-point). */ | |
3982 | else if (GET_CODE (folded_arg0) == REG) | |
3983 | { | |
30f72379 | 3984 | int qty = REG_QTY (REGNO (folded_arg0)); |
7afe21cc | 3985 | |
1bb98cec DM |
3986 | if (REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (folded_arg0))) |
3987 | { | |
3988 | struct qty_table_elem *ent = &qty_table[qty]; | |
3989 | ||
3990 | if ((comparison_dominates_p (ent->comparison_code, code) | |
1eb8759b RH |
3991 | || (! FLOAT_MODE_P (mode_arg0) |
3992 | && comparison_dominates_p (ent->comparison_code, | |
3993 | reverse_condition (code)))) | |
1bb98cec DM |
3994 | && (rtx_equal_p (ent->comparison_const, folded_arg1) |
3995 | || (const_arg1 | |
3996 | && rtx_equal_p (ent->comparison_const, | |
3997 | const_arg1)) | |
3998 | || (GET_CODE (folded_arg1) == REG | |
3999 | && (REG_QTY (REGNO (folded_arg1)) == ent->comparison_qty)))) | |
4000 | return (comparison_dominates_p (ent->comparison_code, code) | |
d6edb99e | 4001 | ? true_rtx : false_rtx); |
1bb98cec | 4002 | } |
7afe21cc RK |
4003 | } |
4004 | } | |
4005 | } | |
4006 | ||
4007 | /* If we are comparing against zero, see if the first operand is | |
4008 | equivalent to an IOR with a constant. If so, we may be able to | |
4009 | determine the result of this comparison. */ | |
4010 | ||
4011 | if (const_arg1 == const0_rtx) | |
4012 | { | |
4013 | rtx y = lookup_as_function (folded_arg0, IOR); | |
4014 | rtx inner_const; | |
4015 | ||
4016 | if (y != 0 | |
4017 | && (inner_const = equiv_constant (XEXP (y, 1))) != 0 | |
4018 | && GET_CODE (inner_const) == CONST_INT | |
4019 | && INTVAL (inner_const) != 0) | |
4020 | { | |
4021 | int sign_bitnum = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode_arg0) - 1; | |
906c4e36 RK |
4022 | int has_sign = (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= sign_bitnum |
4023 | && (INTVAL (inner_const) | |
4024 | & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << sign_bitnum))); | |
d6edb99e | 4025 | rtx true_rtx = const_true_rtx, false_rtx = const0_rtx; |
c610adec RK |
4026 | |
4027 | #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE | |
c7c955ee | 4028 | if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT) |
c610adec | 4029 | { |
d6edb99e | 4030 | true_rtx = (CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE |
12530dbe | 4031 | (FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (mode), mode)); |
d6edb99e | 4032 | false_rtx = CONST0_RTX (mode); |
c610adec RK |
4033 | } |
4034 | #endif | |
7afe21cc RK |
4035 | |
4036 | switch (code) | |
4037 | { | |
4038 | case EQ: | |
d6edb99e | 4039 | return false_rtx; |
7afe21cc | 4040 | case NE: |
d6edb99e | 4041 | return true_rtx; |
7afe21cc RK |
4042 | case LT: case LE: |
4043 | if (has_sign) | |
d6edb99e | 4044 | return true_rtx; |
7afe21cc RK |
4045 | break; |
4046 | case GT: case GE: | |
4047 | if (has_sign) | |
d6edb99e | 4048 | return false_rtx; |
7afe21cc | 4049 | break; |
e9a25f70 JL |
4050 | default: |
4051 | break; | |
7afe21cc RK |
4052 | } |
4053 | } | |
4054 | } | |
4055 | ||
95d0e5f1 AO |
4056 | new = simplify_relational_operation (code, |
4057 | (mode_arg0 != VOIDmode | |
4058 | ? mode_arg0 | |
4059 | : (GET_MODE (const_arg0 | |
4060 | ? const_arg0 | |
4061 | : folded_arg0) | |
4062 | != VOIDmode) | |
4063 | ? GET_MODE (const_arg0 | |
4064 | ? const_arg0 | |
4065 | : folded_arg0) | |
4066 | : GET_MODE (const_arg1 | |
4067 | ? const_arg1 | |
4068 | : folded_arg1)), | |
7afe21cc RK |
4069 | const_arg0 ? const_arg0 : folded_arg0, |
4070 | const_arg1 ? const_arg1 : folded_arg1); | |
c610adec RK |
4071 | #ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE |
4072 | if (new != 0 && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT) | |
12530dbe RH |
4073 | { |
4074 | if (new == const0_rtx) | |
4075 | new = CONST0_RTX (mode); | |
4076 | else | |
4077 | new = (CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE | |
4078 | (FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (mode), mode)); | |
4079 | } | |
c610adec | 4080 | #endif |
7afe21cc RK |
4081 | break; |
4082 | ||
4083 | case '2': | |
4084 | case 'c': | |
4085 | switch (code) | |
4086 | { | |
4087 | case PLUS: | |
4088 | /* If the second operand is a LABEL_REF, see if the first is a MINUS | |
4089 | with that LABEL_REF as its second operand. If so, the result is | |
4090 | the first operand of that MINUS. This handles switches with an | |
4091 | ADDR_DIFF_VEC table. */ | |
4092 | if (const_arg1 && GET_CODE (const_arg1) == LABEL_REF) | |
4093 | { | |
e650cbda RK |
4094 | rtx y |
4095 | = GET_CODE (folded_arg0) == MINUS ? folded_arg0 | |
ddc356e8 | 4096 | : lookup_as_function (folded_arg0, MINUS); |
7afe21cc RK |
4097 | |
4098 | if (y != 0 && GET_CODE (XEXP (y, 1)) == LABEL_REF | |
4099 | && XEXP (XEXP (y, 1), 0) == XEXP (const_arg1, 0)) | |
4100 | return XEXP (y, 0); | |
67a37737 RK |
4101 | |
4102 | /* Now try for a CONST of a MINUS like the above. */ | |
e650cbda RK |
4103 | if ((y = (GET_CODE (folded_arg0) == CONST ? folded_arg0 |
4104 | : lookup_as_function (folded_arg0, CONST))) != 0 | |
67a37737 RK |
4105 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (y, 0)) == MINUS |
4106 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (y, 0), 1)) == LABEL_REF | |
ddc356e8 | 4107 | && XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (y, 0), 1), 0) == XEXP (const_arg1, 0)) |
67a37737 | 4108 | return XEXP (XEXP (y, 0), 0); |
7afe21cc | 4109 | } |
c2cc0778 | 4110 | |
e650cbda RK |
4111 | /* Likewise if the operands are in the other order. */ |
4112 | if (const_arg0 && GET_CODE (const_arg0) == LABEL_REF) | |
4113 | { | |
4114 | rtx y | |
4115 | = GET_CODE (folded_arg1) == MINUS ? folded_arg1 | |
ddc356e8 | 4116 | : lookup_as_function (folded_arg1, MINUS); |
e650cbda RK |
4117 | |
4118 | if (y != 0 && GET_CODE (XEXP (y, 1)) == LABEL_REF | |
4119 | && XEXP (XEXP (y, 1), 0) == XEXP (const_arg0, 0)) | |
4120 | return XEXP (y, 0); | |
4121 | ||
4122 | /* Now try for a CONST of a MINUS like the above. */ | |
4123 | if ((y = (GET_CODE (folded_arg1) == CONST ? folded_arg1 | |
4124 | : lookup_as_function (folded_arg1, CONST))) != 0 | |
4125 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (y, 0)) == MINUS | |
4126 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (y, 0), 1)) == LABEL_REF | |
ddc356e8 | 4127 | && XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (y, 0), 1), 0) == XEXP (const_arg0, 0)) |
e650cbda RK |
4128 | return XEXP (XEXP (y, 0), 0); |
4129 | } | |
4130 | ||
c2cc0778 RK |
4131 | /* If second operand is a register equivalent to a negative |
4132 | CONST_INT, see if we can find a register equivalent to the | |
4133 | positive constant. Make a MINUS if so. Don't do this for | |
5d595063 | 4134 | a non-negative constant since we might then alternate between |
c2cc0778 | 4135 | chosing positive and negative constants. Having the positive |
5d595063 RK |
4136 | constant previously-used is the more common case. Be sure |
4137 | the resulting constant is non-negative; if const_arg1 were | |
4138 | the smallest negative number this would overflow: depending | |
4139 | on the mode, this would either just be the same value (and | |
4140 | hence not save anything) or be incorrect. */ | |
4141 | if (const_arg1 != 0 && GET_CODE (const_arg1) == CONST_INT | |
4142 | && INTVAL (const_arg1) < 0 | |
4741f6ad JL |
4143 | /* This used to test |
4144 | ||
ddc356e8 | 4145 | -INTVAL (const_arg1) >= 0 |
4741f6ad JL |
4146 | |
4147 | But The Sun V5.0 compilers mis-compiled that test. So | |
4148 | instead we test for the problematic value in a more direct | |
4149 | manner and hope the Sun compilers get it correct. */ | |
5c45a8ac KG |
4150 | && INTVAL (const_arg1) != |
4151 | ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)) | |
5d595063 | 4152 | && GET_CODE (folded_arg1) == REG) |
c2cc0778 | 4153 | { |
ddc356e8 | 4154 | rtx new_const = GEN_INT (-INTVAL (const_arg1)); |
c2cc0778 | 4155 | struct table_elt *p |
9b1549b8 | 4156 | = lookup (new_const, safe_hash (new_const, mode) & HASH_MASK, |
c2cc0778 RK |
4157 | mode); |
4158 | ||
4159 | if (p) | |
4160 | for (p = p->first_same_value; p; p = p->next_same_value) | |
4161 | if (GET_CODE (p->exp) == REG) | |
0cedb36c JL |
4162 | return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, folded_arg0, |
4163 | canon_reg (p->exp, NULL_RTX)); | |
c2cc0778 | 4164 | } |
13c9910f RS |
4165 | goto from_plus; |
4166 | ||
4167 | case MINUS: | |
4168 | /* If we have (MINUS Y C), see if Y is known to be (PLUS Z C2). | |
4169 | If so, produce (PLUS Z C2-C). */ | |
4170 | if (const_arg1 != 0 && GET_CODE (const_arg1) == CONST_INT) | |
4171 | { | |
4172 | rtx y = lookup_as_function (XEXP (x, 0), PLUS); | |
4173 | if (y && GET_CODE (XEXP (y, 1)) == CONST_INT) | |
f3becefd RK |
4174 | return fold_rtx (plus_constant (copy_rtx (y), |
4175 | -INTVAL (const_arg1)), | |
a3b5c94a | 4176 | NULL_RTX); |
13c9910f | 4177 | } |
7afe21cc | 4178 | |
ddc356e8 | 4179 | /* Fall through. */ |
7afe21cc | 4180 | |
13c9910f | 4181 | from_plus: |
7afe21cc RK |
4182 | case SMIN: case SMAX: case UMIN: case UMAX: |
4183 | case IOR: case AND: case XOR: | |
4184 | case MULT: case DIV: case UDIV: | |
4185 | case ASHIFT: case LSHIFTRT: case ASHIFTRT: | |
4186 | /* If we have (<op> <reg> <const_int>) for an associative OP and REG | |
4187 | is known to be of similar form, we may be able to replace the | |
4188 | operation with a combined operation. This may eliminate the | |
4189 | intermediate operation if every use is simplified in this way. | |
4190 | Note that the similar optimization done by combine.c only works | |
4191 | if the intermediate operation's result has only one reference. */ | |
4192 | ||
4193 | if (GET_CODE (folded_arg0) == REG | |
4194 | && const_arg1 && GET_CODE (const_arg1) == CONST_INT) | |
4195 | { | |
4196 | int is_shift | |
4197 | = (code == ASHIFT || code == ASHIFTRT || code == LSHIFTRT); | |
4198 | rtx y = lookup_as_function (folded_arg0, code); | |
4199 | rtx inner_const; | |
4200 | enum rtx_code associate_code; | |
4201 | rtx new_const; | |
4202 | ||
4203 | if (y == 0 | |
4204 | || 0 == (inner_const | |
4205 | = equiv_constant (fold_rtx (XEXP (y, 1), 0))) | |
4206 | || GET_CODE (inner_const) != CONST_INT | |
4207 | /* If we have compiled a statement like | |
4208 | "if (x == (x & mask1))", and now are looking at | |
4209 | "x & mask2", we will have a case where the first operand | |
4210 | of Y is the same as our first operand. Unless we detect | |
4211 | this case, an infinite loop will result. */ | |
4212 | || XEXP (y, 0) == folded_arg0) | |
4213 | break; | |
4214 | ||
4215 | /* Don't associate these operations if they are a PLUS with the | |
4216 | same constant and it is a power of two. These might be doable | |
4217 | with a pre- or post-increment. Similarly for two subtracts of | |
4218 | identical powers of two with post decrement. */ | |
4219 | ||
4220 | if (code == PLUS && INTVAL (const_arg1) == INTVAL (inner_const) | |
940da324 JL |
4221 | && ((HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT |
4222 | && exact_log2 (INTVAL (const_arg1)) >= 0) | |
4223 | || (HAVE_POST_INCREMENT | |
4224 | && exact_log2 (INTVAL (const_arg1)) >= 0) | |
4225 | || (HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT | |
4226 | && exact_log2 (- INTVAL (const_arg1)) >= 0) | |
4227 | || (HAVE_POST_DECREMENT | |
4228 | && exact_log2 (- INTVAL (const_arg1)) >= 0))) | |
7afe21cc RK |
4229 | break; |
4230 | ||
4231 | /* Compute the code used to compose the constants. For example, | |
4232 | A/C1/C2 is A/(C1 * C2), so if CODE == DIV, we want MULT. */ | |
4233 | ||
4234 | associate_code | |
4235 | = (code == MULT || code == DIV || code == UDIV ? MULT | |
4236 | : is_shift || code == PLUS || code == MINUS ? PLUS : code); | |
4237 | ||
4238 | new_const = simplify_binary_operation (associate_code, mode, | |
4239 | const_arg1, inner_const); | |
4240 | ||
4241 | if (new_const == 0) | |
4242 | break; | |
4243 | ||
4244 | /* If we are associating shift operations, don't let this | |
4908e508 RS |
4245 | produce a shift of the size of the object or larger. |
4246 | This could occur when we follow a sign-extend by a right | |
4247 | shift on a machine that does a sign-extend as a pair | |
4248 | of shifts. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
4249 | |
4250 | if (is_shift && GET_CODE (new_const) == CONST_INT | |
4908e508 RS |
4251 | && INTVAL (new_const) >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)) |
4252 | { | |
4253 | /* As an exception, we can turn an ASHIFTRT of this | |
4254 | form into a shift of the number of bits - 1. */ | |
4255 | if (code == ASHIFTRT) | |
4256 | new_const = GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1); | |
4257 | else | |
4258 | break; | |
4259 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
4260 | |
4261 | y = copy_rtx (XEXP (y, 0)); | |
4262 | ||
4263 | /* If Y contains our first operand (the most common way this | |
4264 | can happen is if Y is a MEM), we would do into an infinite | |
4265 | loop if we tried to fold it. So don't in that case. */ | |
4266 | ||
4267 | if (! reg_mentioned_p (folded_arg0, y)) | |
4268 | y = fold_rtx (y, insn); | |
4269 | ||
0cedb36c | 4270 | return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, y, new_const); |
7afe21cc | 4271 | } |
e9a25f70 JL |
4272 | break; |
4273 | ||
4274 | default: | |
4275 | break; | |
7afe21cc RK |
4276 | } |
4277 | ||
4278 | new = simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, | |
4279 | const_arg0 ? const_arg0 : folded_arg0, | |
4280 | const_arg1 ? const_arg1 : folded_arg1); | |
4281 | break; | |
4282 | ||
4283 | case 'o': | |
4284 | /* (lo_sum (high X) X) is simply X. */ | |
4285 | if (code == LO_SUM && const_arg0 != 0 | |
4286 | && GET_CODE (const_arg0) == HIGH | |
4287 | && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (const_arg0, 0), const_arg1)) | |
4288 | return const_arg1; | |
4289 | break; | |
4290 | ||
4291 | case '3': | |
4292 | case 'b': | |
4293 | new = simplify_ternary_operation (code, mode, mode_arg0, | |
4294 | const_arg0 ? const_arg0 : folded_arg0, | |
4295 | const_arg1 ? const_arg1 : folded_arg1, | |
4296 | const_arg2 ? const_arg2 : XEXP (x, 2)); | |
4297 | break; | |
ee5332b8 RH |
4298 | |
4299 | case 'x': | |
ddc356e8 | 4300 | /* Always eliminate CONSTANT_P_RTX at this stage. */ |
ee5332b8 RH |
4301 | if (code == CONSTANT_P_RTX) |
4302 | return (const_arg0 ? const1_rtx : const0_rtx); | |
4303 | break; | |
7afe21cc RK |
4304 | } |
4305 | ||
4306 | return new ? new : x; | |
4307 | } | |
4308 | \f | |
4309 | /* Return a constant value currently equivalent to X. | |
4310 | Return 0 if we don't know one. */ | |
4311 | ||
4312 | static rtx | |
4313 | equiv_constant (x) | |
4314 | rtx x; | |
4315 | { | |
4316 | if (GET_CODE (x) == REG | |
1bb98cec DM |
4317 | && REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (x))) |
4318 | { | |
4319 | int x_q = REG_QTY (REGNO (x)); | |
4320 | struct qty_table_elem *x_ent = &qty_table[x_q]; | |
4321 | ||
4322 | if (x_ent->const_rtx) | |
4323 | x = gen_lowpart_if_possible (GET_MODE (x), x_ent->const_rtx); | |
4324 | } | |
7afe21cc | 4325 | |
2ce5e1b4 | 4326 | if (x == 0 || CONSTANT_P (x)) |
7afe21cc RK |
4327 | return x; |
4328 | ||
fc3ffe83 RK |
4329 | /* If X is a MEM, try to fold it outside the context of any insn to see if |
4330 | it might be equivalent to a constant. That handles the case where it | |
4331 | is a constant-pool reference. Then try to look it up in the hash table | |
4332 | in case it is something whose value we have seen before. */ | |
4333 | ||
4334 | if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
4335 | { | |
4336 | struct table_elt *elt; | |
4337 | ||
906c4e36 | 4338 | x = fold_rtx (x, NULL_RTX); |
fc3ffe83 RK |
4339 | if (CONSTANT_P (x)) |
4340 | return x; | |
4341 | ||
9b1549b8 | 4342 | elt = lookup (x, safe_hash (x, GET_MODE (x)) & HASH_MASK, GET_MODE (x)); |
fc3ffe83 RK |
4343 | if (elt == 0) |
4344 | return 0; | |
4345 | ||
4346 | for (elt = elt->first_same_value; elt; elt = elt->next_same_value) | |
4347 | if (elt->is_const && CONSTANT_P (elt->exp)) | |
4348 | return elt->exp; | |
4349 | } | |
4350 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
4351 | return 0; |
4352 | } | |
4353 | \f | |
4354 | /* Assuming that X is an rtx (e.g., MEM, REG or SUBREG) for a fixed-point | |
4355 | number, return an rtx (MEM, SUBREG, or CONST_INT) that refers to the | |
4356 | least-significant part of X. | |
278a83b2 | 4357 | MODE specifies how big a part of X to return. |
7afe21cc RK |
4358 | |
4359 | If the requested operation cannot be done, 0 is returned. | |
4360 | ||
4361 | This is similar to gen_lowpart in emit-rtl.c. */ | |
4362 | ||
4363 | rtx | |
4364 | gen_lowpart_if_possible (mode, x) | |
4365 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
4366 | register rtx x; | |
4367 | { | |
4368 | rtx result = gen_lowpart_common (mode, x); | |
4369 | ||
4370 | if (result) | |
4371 | return result; | |
4372 | else if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM) | |
4373 | { | |
4374 | /* This is the only other case we handle. */ | |
4375 | register int offset = 0; | |
4376 | rtx new; | |
4377 | ||
f76b9db2 ILT |
4378 | if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) |
4379 | offset = (MAX (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)), UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
4380 | - MAX (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), UNITS_PER_WORD)); | |
4381 | if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) | |
f1ec5147 RK |
4382 | /* Adjust the address so that the address-after-the-data is |
4383 | unchanged. */ | |
4384 | offset -= (MIN (UNITS_PER_WORD, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)) | |
4385 | - MIN (UNITS_PER_WORD, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)))); | |
4386 | ||
4387 | new = adjust_address_nv (x, mode, offset); | |
7afe21cc RK |
4388 | if (! memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (new, 0))) |
4389 | return 0; | |
f1ec5147 | 4390 | |
7afe21cc RK |
4391 | return new; |
4392 | } | |
4393 | else | |
4394 | return 0; | |
4395 | } | |
4396 | \f | |
4397 | /* Given INSN, a jump insn, TAKEN indicates if we are following the "taken" | |
4398 | branch. It will be zero if not. | |
4399 | ||
4400 | In certain cases, this can cause us to add an equivalence. For example, | |
278a83b2 | 4401 | if we are following the taken case of |
7afe21cc RK |
4402 | if (i == 2) |
4403 | we can add the fact that `i' and '2' are now equivalent. | |
4404 | ||
4405 | In any case, we can record that this comparison was passed. If the same | |
4406 | comparison is seen later, we will know its value. */ | |
4407 | ||
4408 | static void | |
4409 | record_jump_equiv (insn, taken) | |
4410 | rtx insn; | |
4411 | int taken; | |
4412 | { | |
4413 | int cond_known_true; | |
4414 | rtx op0, op1; | |
7f1c097d | 4415 | rtx set; |
13c9910f | 4416 | enum machine_mode mode, mode0, mode1; |
7afe21cc RK |
4417 | int reversed_nonequality = 0; |
4418 | enum rtx_code code; | |
4419 | ||
4420 | /* Ensure this is the right kind of insn. */ | |
7f1c097d | 4421 | if (! any_condjump_p (insn)) |
7afe21cc | 4422 | return; |
7f1c097d | 4423 | set = pc_set (insn); |
7afe21cc RK |
4424 | |
4425 | /* See if this jump condition is known true or false. */ | |
4426 | if (taken) | |
7f1c097d | 4427 | cond_known_true = (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 2) == pc_rtx); |
7afe21cc | 4428 | else |
7f1c097d | 4429 | cond_known_true = (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 1) == pc_rtx); |
7afe21cc RK |
4430 | |
4431 | /* Get the type of comparison being done and the operands being compared. | |
4432 | If we had to reverse a non-equality condition, record that fact so we | |
4433 | know that it isn't valid for floating-point. */ | |
7f1c097d JH |
4434 | code = GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0)); |
4435 | op0 = fold_rtx (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0), 0), insn); | |
4436 | op1 = fold_rtx (XEXP (XEXP (SET_SRC (set), 0), 1), insn); | |
7afe21cc | 4437 | |
13c9910f | 4438 | code = find_comparison_args (code, &op0, &op1, &mode0, &mode1); |
7afe21cc RK |
4439 | if (! cond_known_true) |
4440 | { | |
261efdef | 4441 | code = reversed_comparison_code_parts (code, op0, op1, insn); |
1eb8759b RH |
4442 | |
4443 | /* Don't remember if we can't find the inverse. */ | |
4444 | if (code == UNKNOWN) | |
4445 | return; | |
7afe21cc RK |
4446 | } |
4447 | ||
4448 | /* The mode is the mode of the non-constant. */ | |
13c9910f RS |
4449 | mode = mode0; |
4450 | if (mode1 != VOIDmode) | |
4451 | mode = mode1; | |
7afe21cc RK |
4452 | |
4453 | record_jump_cond (code, mode, op0, op1, reversed_nonequality); | |
4454 | } | |
4455 | ||
4456 | /* We know that comparison CODE applied to OP0 and OP1 in MODE is true. | |
4457 | REVERSED_NONEQUALITY is nonzero if CODE had to be swapped. | |
4458 | Make any useful entries we can with that information. Called from | |
4459 | above function and called recursively. */ | |
4460 | ||
4461 | static void | |
4462 | record_jump_cond (code, mode, op0, op1, reversed_nonequality) | |
4463 | enum rtx_code code; | |
4464 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
4465 | rtx op0, op1; | |
4466 | int reversed_nonequality; | |
4467 | { | |
2197a88a | 4468 | unsigned op0_hash, op1_hash; |
e428d738 | 4469 | int op0_in_memory, op1_in_memory; |
7afe21cc RK |
4470 | struct table_elt *op0_elt, *op1_elt; |
4471 | ||
4472 | /* If OP0 and OP1 are known equal, and either is a paradoxical SUBREG, | |
4473 | we know that they are also equal in the smaller mode (this is also | |
4474 | true for all smaller modes whether or not there is a SUBREG, but | |
ac7ef8d5 | 4475 | is not worth testing for with no SUBREG). */ |
7afe21cc | 4476 | |
2e794ee8 | 4477 | /* Note that GET_MODE (op0) may not equal MODE. */ |
7afe21cc | 4478 | if (code == EQ && GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG |
2e794ee8 RS |
4479 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) |
4480 | > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op0))))) | |
7afe21cc RK |
4481 | { |
4482 | enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op0)); | |
4483 | rtx tem = gen_lowpart_if_possible (inner_mode, op1); | |
4484 | ||
4485 | record_jump_cond (code, mode, SUBREG_REG (op0), | |
38a448ca | 4486 | tem ? tem : gen_rtx_SUBREG (inner_mode, op1, 0), |
7afe21cc RK |
4487 | reversed_nonequality); |
4488 | } | |
4489 | ||
4490 | if (code == EQ && GET_CODE (op1) == SUBREG | |
2e794ee8 RS |
4491 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op1)) |
4492 | > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op1))))) | |
7afe21cc RK |
4493 | { |
4494 | enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op1)); | |
4495 | rtx tem = gen_lowpart_if_possible (inner_mode, op0); | |
4496 | ||
4497 | record_jump_cond (code, mode, SUBREG_REG (op1), | |
38a448ca | 4498 | tem ? tem : gen_rtx_SUBREG (inner_mode, op0, 0), |
7afe21cc RK |
4499 | reversed_nonequality); |
4500 | } | |
4501 | ||
278a83b2 | 4502 | /* Similarly, if this is an NE comparison, and either is a SUBREG |
7afe21cc RK |
4503 | making a smaller mode, we know the whole thing is also NE. */ |
4504 | ||
2e794ee8 RS |
4505 | /* Note that GET_MODE (op0) may not equal MODE; |
4506 | if we test MODE instead, we can get an infinite recursion | |
4507 | alternating between two modes each wider than MODE. */ | |
4508 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
4509 | if (code == NE && GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG |
4510 | && subreg_lowpart_p (op0) | |
2e794ee8 RS |
4511 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op0)) |
4512 | < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op0))))) | |
7afe21cc RK |
4513 | { |
4514 | enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op0)); | |
4515 | rtx tem = gen_lowpart_if_possible (inner_mode, op1); | |
4516 | ||
4517 | record_jump_cond (code, mode, SUBREG_REG (op0), | |
38a448ca | 4518 | tem ? tem : gen_rtx_SUBREG (inner_mode, op1, 0), |
7afe21cc RK |
4519 | reversed_nonequality); |
4520 | } | |
4521 | ||
4522 | if (code == NE && GET_CODE (op1) == SUBREG | |
4523 | && subreg_lowpart_p (op1) | |
2e794ee8 RS |
4524 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op1)) |
4525 | < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op1))))) | |
7afe21cc RK |
4526 | { |
4527 | enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op1)); | |
4528 | rtx tem = gen_lowpart_if_possible (inner_mode, op0); | |
4529 | ||
4530 | record_jump_cond (code, mode, SUBREG_REG (op1), | |
38a448ca | 4531 | tem ? tem : gen_rtx_SUBREG (inner_mode, op0, 0), |
7afe21cc RK |
4532 | reversed_nonequality); |
4533 | } | |
4534 | ||
4535 | /* Hash both operands. */ | |
4536 | ||
4537 | do_not_record = 0; | |
4538 | hash_arg_in_memory = 0; | |
2197a88a | 4539 | op0_hash = HASH (op0, mode); |
7afe21cc | 4540 | op0_in_memory = hash_arg_in_memory; |
7afe21cc RK |
4541 | |
4542 | if (do_not_record) | |
4543 | return; | |
4544 | ||
4545 | do_not_record = 0; | |
4546 | hash_arg_in_memory = 0; | |
2197a88a | 4547 | op1_hash = HASH (op1, mode); |
7afe21cc | 4548 | op1_in_memory = hash_arg_in_memory; |
278a83b2 | 4549 | |
7afe21cc RK |
4550 | if (do_not_record) |
4551 | return; | |
4552 | ||
4553 | /* Look up both operands. */ | |
2197a88a RK |
4554 | op0_elt = lookup (op0, op0_hash, mode); |
4555 | op1_elt = lookup (op1, op1_hash, mode); | |
7afe21cc | 4556 | |
af3869c1 RK |
4557 | /* If both operands are already equivalent or if they are not in the |
4558 | table but are identical, do nothing. */ | |
4559 | if ((op0_elt != 0 && op1_elt != 0 | |
4560 | && op0_elt->first_same_value == op1_elt->first_same_value) | |
4561 | || op0 == op1 || rtx_equal_p (op0, op1)) | |
4562 | return; | |
4563 | ||
7afe21cc | 4564 | /* If we aren't setting two things equal all we can do is save this |
b2796a4b RK |
4565 | comparison. Similarly if this is floating-point. In the latter |
4566 | case, OP1 might be zero and both -0.0 and 0.0 are equal to it. | |
4567 | If we record the equality, we might inadvertently delete code | |
4568 | whose intent was to change -0 to +0. */ | |
4569 | ||
cbf6a543 | 4570 | if (code != EQ || FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op0))) |
7afe21cc | 4571 | { |
1bb98cec DM |
4572 | struct qty_table_elem *ent; |
4573 | int qty; | |
4574 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
4575 | /* If we reversed a floating-point comparison, if OP0 is not a |
4576 | register, or if OP1 is neither a register or constant, we can't | |
4577 | do anything. */ | |
4578 | ||
4579 | if (GET_CODE (op1) != REG) | |
4580 | op1 = equiv_constant (op1); | |
4581 | ||
cbf6a543 | 4582 | if ((reversed_nonequality && FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)) |
7afe21cc RK |
4583 | || GET_CODE (op0) != REG || op1 == 0) |
4584 | return; | |
4585 | ||
4586 | /* Put OP0 in the hash table if it isn't already. This gives it a | |
4587 | new quantity number. */ | |
4588 | if (op0_elt == 0) | |
4589 | { | |
9714cf43 | 4590 | if (insert_regs (op0, NULL, 0)) |
7afe21cc RK |
4591 | { |
4592 | rehash_using_reg (op0); | |
2197a88a | 4593 | op0_hash = HASH (op0, mode); |
2bb81c86 RK |
4594 | |
4595 | /* If OP0 is contained in OP1, this changes its hash code | |
4596 | as well. Faster to rehash than to check, except | |
4597 | for the simple case of a constant. */ | |
4598 | if (! CONSTANT_P (op1)) | |
2197a88a | 4599 | op1_hash = HASH (op1,mode); |
7afe21cc RK |
4600 | } |
4601 | ||
9714cf43 | 4602 | op0_elt = insert (op0, NULL, op0_hash, mode); |
7afe21cc | 4603 | op0_elt->in_memory = op0_in_memory; |
7afe21cc RK |
4604 | } |
4605 | ||
1bb98cec DM |
4606 | qty = REG_QTY (REGNO (op0)); |
4607 | ent = &qty_table[qty]; | |
4608 | ||
4609 | ent->comparison_code = code; | |
7afe21cc RK |
4610 | if (GET_CODE (op1) == REG) |
4611 | { | |
5d5ea909 | 4612 | /* Look it up again--in case op0 and op1 are the same. */ |
2197a88a | 4613 | op1_elt = lookup (op1, op1_hash, mode); |
5d5ea909 | 4614 | |
7afe21cc RK |
4615 | /* Put OP1 in the hash table so it gets a new quantity number. */ |
4616 | if (op1_elt == 0) | |
4617 | { | |
9714cf43 | 4618 | if (insert_regs (op1, NULL, 0)) |
7afe21cc RK |
4619 | { |
4620 | rehash_using_reg (op1); | |
2197a88a | 4621 | op1_hash = HASH (op1, mode); |
7afe21cc RK |
4622 | } |
4623 | ||
9714cf43 | 4624 | op1_elt = insert (op1, NULL, op1_hash, mode); |
7afe21cc | 4625 | op1_elt->in_memory = op1_in_memory; |
7afe21cc RK |
4626 | } |
4627 | ||
1bb98cec DM |
4628 | ent->comparison_const = NULL_RTX; |
4629 | ent->comparison_qty = REG_QTY (REGNO (op1)); | |
7afe21cc RK |
4630 | } |
4631 | else | |
4632 | { | |
1bb98cec DM |
4633 | ent->comparison_const = op1; |
4634 | ent->comparison_qty = -1; | |
7afe21cc RK |
4635 | } |
4636 | ||
4637 | return; | |
4638 | } | |
4639 | ||
eb5ad42a RS |
4640 | /* If either side is still missing an equivalence, make it now, |
4641 | then merge the equivalences. */ | |
7afe21cc | 4642 | |
7afe21cc RK |
4643 | if (op0_elt == 0) |
4644 | { | |
9714cf43 | 4645 | if (insert_regs (op0, NULL, 0)) |
7afe21cc RK |
4646 | { |
4647 | rehash_using_reg (op0); | |
2197a88a | 4648 | op0_hash = HASH (op0, mode); |
7afe21cc RK |
4649 | } |
4650 | ||
9714cf43 | 4651 | op0_elt = insert (op0, NULL, op0_hash, mode); |
7afe21cc | 4652 | op0_elt->in_memory = op0_in_memory; |
7afe21cc RK |
4653 | } |
4654 | ||
4655 | if (op1_elt == 0) | |
4656 | { | |
9714cf43 | 4657 | if (insert_regs (op1, NULL, 0)) |
7afe21cc RK |
4658 | { |
4659 | rehash_using_reg (op1); | |
2197a88a | 4660 | op1_hash = HASH (op1, mode); |
7afe21cc RK |
4661 | } |
4662 | ||
9714cf43 | 4663 | op1_elt = insert (op1, NULL, op1_hash, mode); |
7afe21cc | 4664 | op1_elt->in_memory = op1_in_memory; |
7afe21cc | 4665 | } |
eb5ad42a RS |
4666 | |
4667 | merge_equiv_classes (op0_elt, op1_elt); | |
4668 | last_jump_equiv_class = op0_elt; | |
7afe21cc RK |
4669 | } |
4670 | \f | |
4671 | /* CSE processing for one instruction. | |
4672 | First simplify sources and addresses of all assignments | |
4673 | in the instruction, using previously-computed equivalents values. | |
4674 | Then install the new sources and destinations in the table | |
278a83b2 | 4675 | of available values. |
7afe21cc | 4676 | |
1ed0205e VM |
4677 | If LIBCALL_INSN is nonzero, don't record any equivalence made in |
4678 | the insn. It means that INSN is inside libcall block. In this | |
ddc356e8 | 4679 | case LIBCALL_INSN is the corresponding insn with REG_LIBCALL. */ |
7afe21cc RK |
4680 | |
4681 | /* Data on one SET contained in the instruction. */ | |
4682 | ||
4683 | struct set | |
4684 | { | |
4685 | /* The SET rtx itself. */ | |
4686 | rtx rtl; | |
4687 | /* The SET_SRC of the rtx (the original value, if it is changing). */ | |
4688 | rtx src; | |
4689 | /* The hash-table element for the SET_SRC of the SET. */ | |
4690 | struct table_elt *src_elt; | |
2197a88a RK |
4691 | /* Hash value for the SET_SRC. */ |
4692 | unsigned src_hash; | |
4693 | /* Hash value for the SET_DEST. */ | |
4694 | unsigned dest_hash; | |
7afe21cc RK |
4695 | /* The SET_DEST, with SUBREG, etc., stripped. */ |
4696 | rtx inner_dest; | |
278a83b2 | 4697 | /* Nonzero if the SET_SRC is in memory. */ |
7afe21cc | 4698 | char src_in_memory; |
7afe21cc RK |
4699 | /* Nonzero if the SET_SRC contains something |
4700 | whose value cannot be predicted and understood. */ | |
4701 | char src_volatile; | |
4702 | /* Original machine mode, in case it becomes a CONST_INT. */ | |
4703 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
4704 | /* A constant equivalent for SET_SRC, if any. */ | |
4705 | rtx src_const; | |
47841d1b JJ |
4706 | /* Original SET_SRC value used for libcall notes. */ |
4707 | rtx orig_src; | |
2197a88a RK |
4708 | /* Hash value of constant equivalent for SET_SRC. */ |
4709 | unsigned src_const_hash; | |
7afe21cc RK |
4710 | /* Table entry for constant equivalent for SET_SRC, if any. */ |
4711 | struct table_elt *src_const_elt; | |
4712 | }; | |
4713 | ||
4714 | static void | |
7bd8b2a8 | 4715 | cse_insn (insn, libcall_insn) |
7afe21cc | 4716 | rtx insn; |
7bd8b2a8 | 4717 | rtx libcall_insn; |
7afe21cc RK |
4718 | { |
4719 | register rtx x = PATTERN (insn); | |
7afe21cc | 4720 | register int i; |
92f9aa51 | 4721 | rtx tem; |
7afe21cc RK |
4722 | register int n_sets = 0; |
4723 | ||
2d8b0f3a | 4724 | #ifdef HAVE_cc0 |
7afe21cc RK |
4725 | /* Records what this insn does to set CC0. */ |
4726 | rtx this_insn_cc0 = 0; | |
135d84b8 | 4727 | enum machine_mode this_insn_cc0_mode = VOIDmode; |
2d8b0f3a | 4728 | #endif |
7afe21cc RK |
4729 | |
4730 | rtx src_eqv = 0; | |
4731 | struct table_elt *src_eqv_elt = 0; | |
6a651371 KG |
4732 | int src_eqv_volatile = 0; |
4733 | int src_eqv_in_memory = 0; | |
6a651371 | 4734 | unsigned src_eqv_hash = 0; |
7afe21cc | 4735 | |
9714cf43 | 4736 | struct set *sets = (struct set *) 0; |
7afe21cc RK |
4737 | |
4738 | this_insn = insn; | |
7afe21cc RK |
4739 | |
4740 | /* Find all the SETs and CLOBBERs in this instruction. | |
4741 | Record all the SETs in the array `set' and count them. | |
4742 | Also determine whether there is a CLOBBER that invalidates | |
4743 | all memory references, or all references at varying addresses. */ | |
4744 | ||
f1e7c95f RK |
4745 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN) |
4746 | { | |
4747 | for (tem = CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn); tem; tem = XEXP (tem, 1)) | |
f474c6f8 AO |
4748 | { |
4749 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == CLOBBER) | |
4750 | invalidate (SET_DEST (XEXP (tem, 0)), VOIDmode); | |
4751 | XEXP (tem, 0) = canon_reg (XEXP (tem, 0), insn); | |
4752 | } | |
f1e7c95f RK |
4753 | } |
4754 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
4755 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SET) |
4756 | { | |
4757 | sets = (struct set *) alloca (sizeof (struct set)); | |
4758 | sets[0].rtl = x; | |
4759 | ||
4760 | /* Ignore SETs that are unconditional jumps. | |
4761 | They never need cse processing, so this does not hurt. | |
4762 | The reason is not efficiency but rather | |
4763 | so that we can test at the end for instructions | |
4764 | that have been simplified to unconditional jumps | |
4765 | and not be misled by unchanged instructions | |
4766 | that were unconditional jumps to begin with. */ | |
4767 | if (SET_DEST (x) == pc_rtx | |
4768 | && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == LABEL_REF) | |
4769 | ; | |
4770 | ||
4771 | /* Don't count call-insns, (set (reg 0) (call ...)), as a set. | |
4772 | The hard function value register is used only once, to copy to | |
4773 | someplace else, so it isn't worth cse'ing (and on 80386 is unsafe)! | |
4774 | Ensure we invalidate the destination register. On the 80386 no | |
7722328e | 4775 | other code would invalidate it since it is a fixed_reg. |
0f41302f | 4776 | We need not check the return of apply_change_group; see canon_reg. */ |
7afe21cc RK |
4777 | |
4778 | else if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == CALL) | |
4779 | { | |
4780 | canon_reg (SET_SRC (x), insn); | |
77fa0940 | 4781 | apply_change_group (); |
7afe21cc | 4782 | fold_rtx (SET_SRC (x), insn); |
bb4034b3 | 4783 | invalidate (SET_DEST (x), VOIDmode); |
7afe21cc RK |
4784 | } |
4785 | else | |
4786 | n_sets = 1; | |
4787 | } | |
4788 | else if (GET_CODE (x) == PARALLEL) | |
4789 | { | |
4790 | register int lim = XVECLEN (x, 0); | |
4791 | ||
4792 | sets = (struct set *) alloca (lim * sizeof (struct set)); | |
4793 | ||
4794 | /* Find all regs explicitly clobbered in this insn, | |
4795 | and ensure they are not replaced with any other regs | |
4796 | elsewhere in this insn. | |
4797 | When a reg that is clobbered is also used for input, | |
4798 | we should presume that that is for a reason, | |
4799 | and we should not substitute some other register | |
4800 | which is not supposed to be clobbered. | |
4801 | Therefore, this loop cannot be merged into the one below | |
830a38ee | 4802 | because a CALL may precede a CLOBBER and refer to the |
7afe21cc RK |
4803 | value clobbered. We must not let a canonicalization do |
4804 | anything in that case. */ | |
4805 | for (i = 0; i < lim; i++) | |
4806 | { | |
4807 | register rtx y = XVECEXP (x, 0, i); | |
2708da92 RS |
4808 | if (GET_CODE (y) == CLOBBER) |
4809 | { | |
4810 | rtx clobbered = XEXP (y, 0); | |
4811 | ||
4812 | if (GET_CODE (clobbered) == REG | |
4813 | || GET_CODE (clobbered) == SUBREG) | |
bb4034b3 | 4814 | invalidate (clobbered, VOIDmode); |
2708da92 RS |
4815 | else if (GET_CODE (clobbered) == STRICT_LOW_PART |
4816 | || GET_CODE (clobbered) == ZERO_EXTRACT) | |
bb4034b3 | 4817 | invalidate (XEXP (clobbered, 0), GET_MODE (clobbered)); |
2708da92 | 4818 | } |
7afe21cc | 4819 | } |
278a83b2 | 4820 | |
7afe21cc RK |
4821 | for (i = 0; i < lim; i++) |
4822 | { | |
4823 | register rtx y = XVECEXP (x, 0, i); | |
4824 | if (GET_CODE (y) == SET) | |
4825 | { | |
7722328e RK |
4826 | /* As above, we ignore unconditional jumps and call-insns and |
4827 | ignore the result of apply_change_group. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
4828 | if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (y)) == CALL) |
4829 | { | |
4830 | canon_reg (SET_SRC (y), insn); | |
77fa0940 | 4831 | apply_change_group (); |
7afe21cc | 4832 | fold_rtx (SET_SRC (y), insn); |
bb4034b3 | 4833 | invalidate (SET_DEST (y), VOIDmode); |
7afe21cc RK |
4834 | } |
4835 | else if (SET_DEST (y) == pc_rtx | |
4836 | && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (y)) == LABEL_REF) | |
4837 | ; | |
4838 | else | |
4839 | sets[n_sets++].rtl = y; | |
4840 | } | |
4841 | else if (GET_CODE (y) == CLOBBER) | |
4842 | { | |
9ae8ffe7 | 4843 | /* If we clobber memory, canon the address. |
7afe21cc RK |
4844 | This does nothing when a register is clobbered |
4845 | because we have already invalidated the reg. */ | |
4846 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (y, 0)) == MEM) | |
9ae8ffe7 | 4847 | canon_reg (XEXP (y, 0), NULL_RTX); |
7afe21cc RK |
4848 | } |
4849 | else if (GET_CODE (y) == USE | |
4850 | && ! (GET_CODE (XEXP (y, 0)) == REG | |
4851 | && REGNO (XEXP (y, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
906c4e36 | 4852 | canon_reg (y, NULL_RTX); |
7afe21cc RK |
4853 | else if (GET_CODE (y) == CALL) |
4854 | { | |
7722328e RK |
4855 | /* The result of apply_change_group can be ignored; see |
4856 | canon_reg. */ | |
7afe21cc | 4857 | canon_reg (y, insn); |
77fa0940 | 4858 | apply_change_group (); |
7afe21cc RK |
4859 | fold_rtx (y, insn); |
4860 | } | |
4861 | } | |
4862 | } | |
4863 | else if (GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER) | |
4864 | { | |
4865 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM) | |
9ae8ffe7 | 4866 | canon_reg (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX); |
7afe21cc RK |
4867 | } |
4868 | ||
4869 | /* Canonicalize a USE of a pseudo register or memory location. */ | |
4870 | else if (GET_CODE (x) == USE | |
4871 | && ! (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG | |
4872 | && REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
906c4e36 | 4873 | canon_reg (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX); |
7afe21cc RK |
4874 | else if (GET_CODE (x) == CALL) |
4875 | { | |
7722328e | 4876 | /* The result of apply_change_group can be ignored; see canon_reg. */ |
7afe21cc | 4877 | canon_reg (x, insn); |
77fa0940 | 4878 | apply_change_group (); |
7afe21cc RK |
4879 | fold_rtx (x, insn); |
4880 | } | |
4881 | ||
7b3ab05e JW |
4882 | /* Store the equivalent value in SRC_EQV, if different, or if the DEST |
4883 | is a STRICT_LOW_PART. The latter condition is necessary because SRC_EQV | |
4884 | is handled specially for this case, and if it isn't set, then there will | |
9faa82d8 | 4885 | be no equivalence for the destination. */ |
92f9aa51 RK |
4886 | if (n_sets == 1 && REG_NOTES (insn) != 0 |
4887 | && (tem = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX)) != 0 | |
7b3ab05e JW |
4888 | && (! rtx_equal_p (XEXP (tem, 0), SET_SRC (sets[0].rtl)) |
4889 | || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (sets[0].rtl)) == STRICT_LOW_PART)) | |
92f9aa51 | 4890 | src_eqv = canon_reg (XEXP (tem, 0), NULL_RTX); |
7afe21cc RK |
4891 | |
4892 | /* Canonicalize sources and addresses of destinations. | |
4893 | We do this in a separate pass to avoid problems when a MATCH_DUP is | |
4894 | present in the insn pattern. In that case, we want to ensure that | |
4895 | we don't break the duplicate nature of the pattern. So we will replace | |
4896 | both operands at the same time. Otherwise, we would fail to find an | |
4897 | equivalent substitution in the loop calling validate_change below. | |
7afe21cc RK |
4898 | |
4899 | We used to suppress canonicalization of DEST if it appears in SRC, | |
77fa0940 | 4900 | but we don't do this any more. */ |
7afe21cc RK |
4901 | |
4902 | for (i = 0; i < n_sets; i++) | |
4903 | { | |
4904 | rtx dest = SET_DEST (sets[i].rtl); | |
4905 | rtx src = SET_SRC (sets[i].rtl); | |
4906 | rtx new = canon_reg (src, insn); | |
58873255 | 4907 | int insn_code; |
7afe21cc | 4908 | |
47841d1b | 4909 | sets[i].orig_src = src; |
77fa0940 RK |
4910 | if ((GET_CODE (new) == REG && GET_CODE (src) == REG |
4911 | && ((REGNO (new) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
4912 | != (REGNO (src) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))) | |
58873255 | 4913 | || (insn_code = recog_memoized (insn)) < 0 |
a995e389 | 4914 | || insn_data[insn_code].n_dups > 0) |
77fa0940 | 4915 | validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (sets[i].rtl), new, 1); |
7afe21cc RK |
4916 | else |
4917 | SET_SRC (sets[i].rtl) = new; | |
4918 | ||
4919 | if (GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT) | |
4920 | { | |
4921 | validate_change (insn, &XEXP (dest, 1), | |
77fa0940 | 4922 | canon_reg (XEXP (dest, 1), insn), 1); |
7afe21cc | 4923 | validate_change (insn, &XEXP (dest, 2), |
77fa0940 | 4924 | canon_reg (XEXP (dest, 2), insn), 1); |
7afe21cc RK |
4925 | } |
4926 | ||
4927 | while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART | |
4928 | || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT | |
4929 | || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT) | |
4930 | dest = XEXP (dest, 0); | |
4931 | ||
4932 | if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM) | |
4933 | canon_reg (dest, insn); | |
4934 | } | |
4935 | ||
77fa0940 RK |
4936 | /* Now that we have done all the replacements, we can apply the change |
4937 | group and see if they all work. Note that this will cause some | |
4938 | canonicalizations that would have worked individually not to be applied | |
4939 | because some other canonicalization didn't work, but this should not | |
278a83b2 | 4940 | occur often. |
7722328e RK |
4941 | |
4942 | The result of apply_change_group can be ignored; see canon_reg. */ | |
77fa0940 RK |
4943 | |
4944 | apply_change_group (); | |
4945 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
4946 | /* Set sets[i].src_elt to the class each source belongs to. |
4947 | Detect assignments from or to volatile things | |
4948 | and set set[i] to zero so they will be ignored | |
4949 | in the rest of this function. | |
4950 | ||
4951 | Nothing in this loop changes the hash table or the register chains. */ | |
4952 | ||
4953 | for (i = 0; i < n_sets; i++) | |
4954 | { | |
4955 | register rtx src, dest; | |
4956 | register rtx src_folded; | |
4957 | register struct table_elt *elt = 0, *p; | |
4958 | enum machine_mode mode; | |
4959 | rtx src_eqv_here; | |
4960 | rtx src_const = 0; | |
4961 | rtx src_related = 0; | |
4962 | struct table_elt *src_const_elt = 0; | |
99a9c946 GS |
4963 | int src_cost = MAX_COST; |
4964 | int src_eqv_cost = MAX_COST; | |
4965 | int src_folded_cost = MAX_COST; | |
4966 | int src_related_cost = MAX_COST; | |
4967 | int src_elt_cost = MAX_COST; | |
4968 | int src_regcost = MAX_COST; | |
4969 | int src_eqv_regcost = MAX_COST; | |
4970 | int src_folded_regcost = MAX_COST; | |
4971 | int src_related_regcost = MAX_COST; | |
4972 | int src_elt_regcost = MAX_COST; | |
7afe21cc RK |
4973 | /* Set non-zero if we need to call force_const_mem on with the |
4974 | contents of src_folded before using it. */ | |
4975 | int src_folded_force_flag = 0; | |
4976 | ||
4977 | dest = SET_DEST (sets[i].rtl); | |
4978 | src = SET_SRC (sets[i].rtl); | |
4979 | ||
4980 | /* If SRC is a constant that has no machine mode, | |
4981 | hash it with the destination's machine mode. | |
4982 | This way we can keep different modes separate. */ | |
4983 | ||
4984 | mode = GET_MODE (src) == VOIDmode ? GET_MODE (dest) : GET_MODE (src); | |
4985 | sets[i].mode = mode; | |
4986 | ||
4987 | if (src_eqv) | |
4988 | { | |
4989 | enum machine_mode eqvmode = mode; | |
4990 | if (GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART) | |
4991 | eqvmode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (dest, 0))); | |
4992 | do_not_record = 0; | |
4993 | hash_arg_in_memory = 0; | |
7afe21cc | 4994 | src_eqv = fold_rtx (src_eqv, insn); |
2197a88a | 4995 | src_eqv_hash = HASH (src_eqv, eqvmode); |
7afe21cc RK |
4996 | |
4997 | /* Find the equivalence class for the equivalent expression. */ | |
4998 | ||
4999 | if (!do_not_record) | |
2197a88a | 5000 | src_eqv_elt = lookup (src_eqv, src_eqv_hash, eqvmode); |
7afe21cc RK |
5001 | |
5002 | src_eqv_volatile = do_not_record; | |
5003 | src_eqv_in_memory = hash_arg_in_memory; | |
7afe21cc RK |
5004 | } |
5005 | ||
5006 | /* If this is a STRICT_LOW_PART assignment, src_eqv corresponds to the | |
5007 | value of the INNER register, not the destination. So it is not | |
3826a3da | 5008 | a valid substitution for the source. But save it for later. */ |
7afe21cc RK |
5009 | if (GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART) |
5010 | src_eqv_here = 0; | |
5011 | else | |
5012 | src_eqv_here = src_eqv; | |
5013 | ||
5014 | /* Simplify and foldable subexpressions in SRC. Then get the fully- | |
5015 | simplified result, which may not necessarily be valid. */ | |
5016 | src_folded = fold_rtx (src, insn); | |
5017 | ||
e6a125a0 RK |
5018 | #if 0 |
5019 | /* ??? This caused bad code to be generated for the m68k port with -O2. | |
5020 | Suppose src is (CONST_INT -1), and that after truncation src_folded | |
5021 | is (CONST_INT 3). Suppose src_folded is then used for src_const. | |
5022 | At the end we will add src and src_const to the same equivalence | |
5023 | class. We now have 3 and -1 on the same equivalence class. This | |
5024 | causes later instructions to be mis-optimized. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
5025 | /* If storing a constant in a bitfield, pre-truncate the constant |
5026 | so we will be able to record it later. */ | |
5027 | if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (sets[i].rtl)) == ZERO_EXTRACT | |
5028 | || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (sets[i].rtl)) == SIGN_EXTRACT) | |
5029 | { | |
5030 | rtx width = XEXP (SET_DEST (sets[i].rtl), 1); | |
5031 | ||
5032 | if (GET_CODE (src) == CONST_INT | |
5033 | && GET_CODE (width) == CONST_INT | |
906c4e36 RK |
5034 | && INTVAL (width) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT |
5035 | && (INTVAL (src) & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << INTVAL (width)))) | |
5036 | src_folded | |
5037 | = GEN_INT (INTVAL (src) & (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 | |
5038 | << INTVAL (width)) - 1)); | |
7afe21cc | 5039 | } |
e6a125a0 | 5040 | #endif |
7afe21cc RK |
5041 | |
5042 | /* Compute SRC's hash code, and also notice if it | |
5043 | should not be recorded at all. In that case, | |
5044 | prevent any further processing of this assignment. */ | |
5045 | do_not_record = 0; | |
5046 | hash_arg_in_memory = 0; | |
7afe21cc RK |
5047 | |
5048 | sets[i].src = src; | |
2197a88a | 5049 | sets[i].src_hash = HASH (src, mode); |
7afe21cc RK |
5050 | sets[i].src_volatile = do_not_record; |
5051 | sets[i].src_in_memory = hash_arg_in_memory; | |
7afe21cc | 5052 | |
50196afa | 5053 | /* If SRC is a MEM, there is a REG_EQUIV note for SRC, and DEST is |
43e72072 JJ |
5054 | a pseudo, do not record SRC. Using SRC as a replacement for |
5055 | anything else will be incorrect in that situation. Note that | |
5056 | this usually occurs only for stack slots, in which case all the | |
5057 | RTL would be referring to SRC, so we don't lose any optimization | |
5058 | opportunities by not having SRC in the hash table. */ | |
50196afa RK |
5059 | |
5060 | if (GET_CODE (src) == MEM | |
43e72072 | 5061 | && find_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX) != 0 |
50196afa | 5062 | && GET_CODE (dest) == REG |
43e72072 | 5063 | && REGNO (dest) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) |
50196afa RK |
5064 | sets[i].src_volatile = 1; |
5065 | ||
0dadecf6 RK |
5066 | #if 0 |
5067 | /* It is no longer clear why we used to do this, but it doesn't | |
5068 | appear to still be needed. So let's try without it since this | |
5069 | code hurts cse'ing widened ops. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
5070 | /* If source is a perverse subreg (such as QI treated as an SI), |
5071 | treat it as volatile. It may do the work of an SI in one context | |
5072 | where the extra bits are not being used, but cannot replace an SI | |
5073 | in general. */ | |
5074 | if (GET_CODE (src) == SUBREG | |
5075 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)) | |
5076 | > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (src))))) | |
5077 | sets[i].src_volatile = 1; | |
0dadecf6 | 5078 | #endif |
7afe21cc RK |
5079 | |
5080 | /* Locate all possible equivalent forms for SRC. Try to replace | |
5081 | SRC in the insn with each cheaper equivalent. | |
5082 | ||
5083 | We have the following types of equivalents: SRC itself, a folded | |
5084 | version, a value given in a REG_EQUAL note, or a value related | |
5085 | to a constant. | |
5086 | ||
5087 | Each of these equivalents may be part of an additional class | |
5088 | of equivalents (if more than one is in the table, they must be in | |
5089 | the same class; we check for this). | |
5090 | ||
5091 | If the source is volatile, we don't do any table lookups. | |
5092 | ||
5093 | We note any constant equivalent for possible later use in a | |
5094 | REG_NOTE. */ | |
5095 | ||
5096 | if (!sets[i].src_volatile) | |
2197a88a | 5097 | elt = lookup (src, sets[i].src_hash, mode); |
7afe21cc RK |
5098 | |
5099 | sets[i].src_elt = elt; | |
5100 | ||
5101 | if (elt && src_eqv_here && src_eqv_elt) | |
278a83b2 KH |
5102 | { |
5103 | if (elt->first_same_value != src_eqv_elt->first_same_value) | |
7afe21cc RK |
5104 | { |
5105 | /* The REG_EQUAL is indicating that two formerly distinct | |
5106 | classes are now equivalent. So merge them. */ | |
5107 | merge_equiv_classes (elt, src_eqv_elt); | |
2197a88a RK |
5108 | src_eqv_hash = HASH (src_eqv, elt->mode); |
5109 | src_eqv_elt = lookup (src_eqv, src_eqv_hash, elt->mode); | |
7afe21cc RK |
5110 | } |
5111 | ||
278a83b2 KH |
5112 | src_eqv_here = 0; |
5113 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
5114 | |
5115 | else if (src_eqv_elt) | |
278a83b2 | 5116 | elt = src_eqv_elt; |
7afe21cc RK |
5117 | |
5118 | /* Try to find a constant somewhere and record it in `src_const'. | |
5119 | Record its table element, if any, in `src_const_elt'. Look in | |
5120 | any known equivalences first. (If the constant is not in the | |
2197a88a | 5121 | table, also set `sets[i].src_const_hash'). */ |
7afe21cc | 5122 | if (elt) |
278a83b2 | 5123 | for (p = elt->first_same_value; p; p = p->next_same_value) |
7afe21cc RK |
5124 | if (p->is_const) |
5125 | { | |
5126 | src_const = p->exp; | |
5127 | src_const_elt = elt; | |
5128 | break; | |
5129 | } | |
5130 | ||
5131 | if (src_const == 0 | |
5132 | && (CONSTANT_P (src_folded) | |
278a83b2 | 5133 | /* Consider (minus (label_ref L1) (label_ref L2)) as |
7afe21cc RK |
5134 | "constant" here so we will record it. This allows us |
5135 | to fold switch statements when an ADDR_DIFF_VEC is used. */ | |
5136 | || (GET_CODE (src_folded) == MINUS | |
5137 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (src_folded, 0)) == LABEL_REF | |
5138 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (src_folded, 1)) == LABEL_REF))) | |
5139 | src_const = src_folded, src_const_elt = elt; | |
5140 | else if (src_const == 0 && src_eqv_here && CONSTANT_P (src_eqv_here)) | |
5141 | src_const = src_eqv_here, src_const_elt = src_eqv_elt; | |
5142 | ||
5143 | /* If we don't know if the constant is in the table, get its | |
5144 | hash code and look it up. */ | |
5145 | if (src_const && src_const_elt == 0) | |
5146 | { | |
2197a88a RK |
5147 | sets[i].src_const_hash = HASH (src_const, mode); |
5148 | src_const_elt = lookup (src_const, sets[i].src_const_hash, mode); | |
7afe21cc RK |
5149 | } |
5150 | ||
5151 | sets[i].src_const = src_const; | |
5152 | sets[i].src_const_elt = src_const_elt; | |
5153 | ||
5154 | /* If the constant and our source are both in the table, mark them as | |
5155 | equivalent. Otherwise, if a constant is in the table but the source | |
5156 | isn't, set ELT to it. */ | |
5157 | if (src_const_elt && elt | |
5158 | && src_const_elt->first_same_value != elt->first_same_value) | |
5159 | merge_equiv_classes (elt, src_const_elt); | |
5160 | else if (src_const_elt && elt == 0) | |
5161 | elt = src_const_elt; | |
5162 | ||
5163 | /* See if there is a register linearly related to a constant | |
5164 | equivalent of SRC. */ | |
5165 | if (src_const | |
5166 | && (GET_CODE (src_const) == CONST | |
5167 | || (src_const_elt && src_const_elt->related_value != 0))) | |
278a83b2 KH |
5168 | { |
5169 | src_related = use_related_value (src_const, src_const_elt); | |
5170 | if (src_related) | |
5171 | { | |
7afe21cc | 5172 | struct table_elt *src_related_elt |
278a83b2 | 5173 | = lookup (src_related, HASH (src_related, mode), mode); |
7afe21cc | 5174 | if (src_related_elt && elt) |
278a83b2 | 5175 | { |
7afe21cc RK |
5176 | if (elt->first_same_value |
5177 | != src_related_elt->first_same_value) | |
278a83b2 | 5178 | /* This can occur when we previously saw a CONST |
7afe21cc RK |
5179 | involving a SYMBOL_REF and then see the SYMBOL_REF |
5180 | twice. Merge the involved classes. */ | |
5181 | merge_equiv_classes (elt, src_related_elt); | |
5182 | ||
278a83b2 | 5183 | src_related = 0; |
7afe21cc | 5184 | src_related_elt = 0; |
278a83b2 KH |
5185 | } |
5186 | else if (src_related_elt && elt == 0) | |
5187 | elt = src_related_elt; | |
7afe21cc | 5188 | } |
278a83b2 | 5189 | } |
7afe21cc | 5190 | |
e4600702 RK |
5191 | /* See if we have a CONST_INT that is already in a register in a |
5192 | wider mode. */ | |
5193 | ||
5194 | if (src_const && src_related == 0 && GET_CODE (src_const) == CONST_INT | |
5195 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
5196 | && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < BITS_PER_WORD) | |
5197 | { | |
5198 | enum machine_mode wider_mode; | |
5199 | ||
5200 | for (wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode); | |
5201 | GET_MODE_BITSIZE (wider_mode) <= BITS_PER_WORD | |
5202 | && src_related == 0; | |
5203 | wider_mode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (wider_mode)) | |
5204 | { | |
5205 | struct table_elt *const_elt | |
5206 | = lookup (src_const, HASH (src_const, wider_mode), wider_mode); | |
5207 | ||
5208 | if (const_elt == 0) | |
5209 | continue; | |
5210 | ||
5211 | for (const_elt = const_elt->first_same_value; | |
5212 | const_elt; const_elt = const_elt->next_same_value) | |
5213 | if (GET_CODE (const_elt->exp) == REG) | |
5214 | { | |
5215 | src_related = gen_lowpart_if_possible (mode, | |
5216 | const_elt->exp); | |
5217 | break; | |
5218 | } | |
5219 | } | |
5220 | } | |
5221 | ||
d45cf215 RS |
5222 | /* Another possibility is that we have an AND with a constant in |
5223 | a mode narrower than a word. If so, it might have been generated | |
5224 | as part of an "if" which would narrow the AND. If we already | |
5225 | have done the AND in a wider mode, we can use a SUBREG of that | |
5226 | value. */ | |
5227 | ||
5228 | if (flag_expensive_optimizations && ! src_related | |
5229 | && GET_CODE (src) == AND && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT | |
5230 | && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
5231 | { | |
5232 | enum machine_mode tmode; | |
38a448ca | 5233 | rtx new_and = gen_rtx_AND (VOIDmode, NULL_RTX, XEXP (src, 1)); |
d45cf215 RS |
5234 | |
5235 | for (tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode); | |
5236 | GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
5237 | tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
5238 | { | |
5239 | rtx inner = gen_lowpart_if_possible (tmode, XEXP (src, 0)); | |
5240 | struct table_elt *larger_elt; | |
5241 | ||
5242 | if (inner) | |
5243 | { | |
5244 | PUT_MODE (new_and, tmode); | |
5245 | XEXP (new_and, 0) = inner; | |
5246 | larger_elt = lookup (new_and, HASH (new_and, tmode), tmode); | |
5247 | if (larger_elt == 0) | |
5248 | continue; | |
5249 | ||
5250 | for (larger_elt = larger_elt->first_same_value; | |
5251 | larger_elt; larger_elt = larger_elt->next_same_value) | |
5252 | if (GET_CODE (larger_elt->exp) == REG) | |
5253 | { | |
5254 | src_related | |
5255 | = gen_lowpart_if_possible (mode, larger_elt->exp); | |
5256 | break; | |
5257 | } | |
5258 | ||
5259 | if (src_related) | |
5260 | break; | |
5261 | } | |
5262 | } | |
5263 | } | |
7bac1be0 RK |
5264 | |
5265 | #ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP | |
5266 | /* See if a MEM has already been loaded with a widening operation; | |
5267 | if it has, we can use a subreg of that. Many CISC machines | |
5268 | also have such operations, but this is only likely to be | |
5269 | beneficial these machines. */ | |
278a83b2 | 5270 | |
ddc356e8 | 5271 | if (flag_expensive_optimizations && src_related == 0 |
7bac1be0 RK |
5272 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < UNITS_PER_WORD) |
5273 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT | |
5274 | && GET_CODE (src) == MEM && ! do_not_record | |
5275 | && LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode) != NIL) | |
5276 | { | |
5277 | enum machine_mode tmode; | |
278a83b2 | 5278 | |
7bac1be0 RK |
5279 | /* Set what we are trying to extend and the operation it might |
5280 | have been extended with. */ | |
5281 | PUT_CODE (memory_extend_rtx, LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)); | |
5282 | XEXP (memory_extend_rtx, 0) = src; | |
278a83b2 | 5283 | |
7bac1be0 RK |
5284 | for (tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode); |
5285 | GET_MODE_SIZE (tmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD; | |
5286 | tmode = GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (tmode)) | |
5287 | { | |
5288 | struct table_elt *larger_elt; | |
278a83b2 | 5289 | |
7bac1be0 | 5290 | PUT_MODE (memory_extend_rtx, tmode); |
278a83b2 | 5291 | larger_elt = lookup (memory_extend_rtx, |
7bac1be0 RK |
5292 | HASH (memory_extend_rtx, tmode), tmode); |
5293 | if (larger_elt == 0) | |
5294 | continue; | |
278a83b2 | 5295 | |
7bac1be0 RK |
5296 | for (larger_elt = larger_elt->first_same_value; |
5297 | larger_elt; larger_elt = larger_elt->next_same_value) | |
5298 | if (GET_CODE (larger_elt->exp) == REG) | |
5299 | { | |
278a83b2 | 5300 | src_related = gen_lowpart_if_possible (mode, |
7bac1be0 RK |
5301 | larger_elt->exp); |
5302 | break; | |
5303 | } | |
278a83b2 | 5304 | |
7bac1be0 RK |
5305 | if (src_related) |
5306 | break; | |
5307 | } | |
5308 | } | |
5309 | #endif /* LOAD_EXTEND_OP */ | |
278a83b2 | 5310 | |
7afe21cc | 5311 | if (src == src_folded) |
278a83b2 | 5312 | src_folded = 0; |
7afe21cc RK |
5313 | |
5314 | /* At this point, ELT, if non-zero, points to a class of expressions | |
5315 | equivalent to the source of this SET and SRC, SRC_EQV, SRC_FOLDED, | |
5316 | and SRC_RELATED, if non-zero, each contain additional equivalent | |
5317 | expressions. Prune these latter expressions by deleting expressions | |
5318 | already in the equivalence class. | |
5319 | ||
5320 | Check for an equivalent identical to the destination. If found, | |
5321 | this is the preferred equivalent since it will likely lead to | |
5322 | elimination of the insn. Indicate this by placing it in | |
5323 | `src_related'. */ | |
5324 | ||
278a83b2 KH |
5325 | if (elt) |
5326 | elt = elt->first_same_value; | |
7afe21cc | 5327 | for (p = elt; p; p = p->next_same_value) |
278a83b2 | 5328 | { |
7afe21cc RK |
5329 | enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (p->exp); |
5330 | ||
5331 | /* If the expression is not valid, ignore it. Then we do not | |
5332 | have to check for validity below. In most cases, we can use | |
5333 | `rtx_equal_p', since canonicalization has already been done. */ | |
5334 | if (code != REG && ! exp_equiv_p (p->exp, p->exp, 1, 0)) | |
5335 | continue; | |
5336 | ||
5a03c8c4 RK |
5337 | /* Also skip paradoxical subregs, unless that's what we're |
5338 | looking for. */ | |
5339 | if (code == SUBREG | |
5340 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (p->exp)) | |
5341 | > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (p->exp)))) | |
5342 | && ! (src != 0 | |
5343 | && GET_CODE (src) == SUBREG | |
5344 | && GET_MODE (src) == GET_MODE (p->exp) | |
5345 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (src))) | |
5346 | < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (p->exp)))))) | |
5347 | continue; | |
5348 | ||
278a83b2 | 5349 | if (src && GET_CODE (src) == code && rtx_equal_p (src, p->exp)) |
7afe21cc | 5350 | src = 0; |
278a83b2 | 5351 | else if (src_folded && GET_CODE (src_folded) == code |
7afe21cc RK |
5352 | && rtx_equal_p (src_folded, p->exp)) |
5353 | src_folded = 0; | |
278a83b2 | 5354 | else if (src_eqv_here && GET_CODE (src_eqv_here) == code |
7afe21cc RK |
5355 | && rtx_equal_p (src_eqv_here, p->exp)) |
5356 | src_eqv_here = 0; | |
278a83b2 | 5357 | else if (src_related && GET_CODE (src_related) == code |
7afe21cc RK |
5358 | && rtx_equal_p (src_related, p->exp)) |
5359 | src_related = 0; | |
5360 | ||
5361 | /* This is the same as the destination of the insns, we want | |
5362 | to prefer it. Copy it to src_related. The code below will | |
5363 | then give it a negative cost. */ | |
5364 | if (GET_CODE (dest) == code && rtx_equal_p (p->exp, dest)) | |
5365 | src_related = dest; | |
278a83b2 | 5366 | } |
7afe21cc RK |
5367 | |
5368 | /* Find the cheapest valid equivalent, trying all the available | |
5369 | possibilities. Prefer items not in the hash table to ones | |
5370 | that are when they are equal cost. Note that we can never | |
5371 | worsen an insn as the current contents will also succeed. | |
05c33dd8 | 5372 | If we find an equivalent identical to the destination, use it as best, |
0f41302f | 5373 | since this insn will probably be eliminated in that case. */ |
7afe21cc RK |
5374 | if (src) |
5375 | { | |
5376 | if (rtx_equal_p (src, dest)) | |
f1c1dfc3 | 5377 | src_cost = src_regcost = -1; |
7afe21cc | 5378 | else |
630c79be BS |
5379 | { |
5380 | src_cost = COST (src); | |
5381 | src_regcost = approx_reg_cost (src); | |
5382 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
5383 | } |
5384 | ||
5385 | if (src_eqv_here) | |
5386 | { | |
5387 | if (rtx_equal_p (src_eqv_here, dest)) | |
f1c1dfc3 | 5388 | src_eqv_cost = src_eqv_regcost = -1; |
7afe21cc | 5389 | else |
630c79be BS |
5390 | { |
5391 | src_eqv_cost = COST (src_eqv_here); | |
5392 | src_eqv_regcost = approx_reg_cost (src_eqv_here); | |
5393 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
5394 | } |
5395 | ||
5396 | if (src_folded) | |
5397 | { | |
5398 | if (rtx_equal_p (src_folded, dest)) | |
f1c1dfc3 | 5399 | src_folded_cost = src_folded_regcost = -1; |
7afe21cc | 5400 | else |
630c79be BS |
5401 | { |
5402 | src_folded_cost = COST (src_folded); | |
5403 | src_folded_regcost = approx_reg_cost (src_folded); | |
5404 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
5405 | } |
5406 | ||
5407 | if (src_related) | |
5408 | { | |
5409 | if (rtx_equal_p (src_related, dest)) | |
f1c1dfc3 | 5410 | src_related_cost = src_related_regcost = -1; |
7afe21cc | 5411 | else |
630c79be BS |
5412 | { |
5413 | src_related_cost = COST (src_related); | |
5414 | src_related_regcost = approx_reg_cost (src_related); | |
5415 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
5416 | } |
5417 | ||
5418 | /* If this was an indirect jump insn, a known label will really be | |
5419 | cheaper even though it looks more expensive. */ | |
5420 | if (dest == pc_rtx && src_const && GET_CODE (src_const) == LABEL_REF) | |
99a9c946 | 5421 | src_folded = src_const, src_folded_cost = src_folded_regcost = -1; |
278a83b2 | 5422 | |
7afe21cc RK |
5423 | /* Terminate loop when replacement made. This must terminate since |
5424 | the current contents will be tested and will always be valid. */ | |
5425 | while (1) | |
278a83b2 KH |
5426 | { |
5427 | rtx trial; | |
7afe21cc | 5428 | |
278a83b2 KH |
5429 | /* Skip invalid entries. */ |
5430 | while (elt && GET_CODE (elt->exp) != REG | |
5431 | && ! exp_equiv_p (elt->exp, elt->exp, 1, 0)) | |
5432 | elt = elt->next_same_value; | |
5a03c8c4 RK |
5433 | |
5434 | /* A paradoxical subreg would be bad here: it'll be the right | |
5435 | size, but later may be adjusted so that the upper bits aren't | |
5436 | what we want. So reject it. */ | |
5437 | if (elt != 0 | |
5438 | && GET_CODE (elt->exp) == SUBREG | |
5439 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elt->exp)) | |
5440 | > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (elt->exp)))) | |
5441 | /* It is okay, though, if the rtx we're trying to match | |
5442 | will ignore any of the bits we can't predict. */ | |
5443 | && ! (src != 0 | |
5444 | && GET_CODE (src) == SUBREG | |
5445 | && GET_MODE (src) == GET_MODE (elt->exp) | |
5446 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (src))) | |
5447 | < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (elt->exp)))))) | |
5448 | { | |
5449 | elt = elt->next_same_value; | |
5450 | continue; | |
5451 | } | |
278a83b2 | 5452 | |
630c79be BS |
5453 | if (elt) |
5454 | { | |
5455 | src_elt_cost = elt->cost; | |
5456 | src_elt_regcost = elt->regcost; | |
5457 | } | |
7afe21cc | 5458 | |
630c79be | 5459 | /* Find cheapest and skip it for the next time. For items |
7afe21cc RK |
5460 | of equal cost, use this order: |
5461 | src_folded, src, src_eqv, src_related and hash table entry. */ | |
99a9c946 GS |
5462 | if (src_folded |
5463 | && preferrable (src_folded_cost, src_folded_regcost, | |
5464 | src_cost, src_regcost) <= 0 | |
630c79be BS |
5465 | && preferrable (src_folded_cost, src_folded_regcost, |
5466 | src_eqv_cost, src_eqv_regcost) <= 0 | |
5467 | && preferrable (src_folded_cost, src_folded_regcost, | |
5468 | src_related_cost, src_related_regcost) <= 0 | |
5469 | && preferrable (src_folded_cost, src_folded_regcost, | |
5470 | src_elt_cost, src_elt_regcost) <= 0) | |
7afe21cc | 5471 | { |
f1c1dfc3 | 5472 | trial = src_folded, src_folded_cost = MAX_COST; |
7afe21cc RK |
5473 | if (src_folded_force_flag) |
5474 | trial = force_const_mem (mode, trial); | |
5475 | } | |
99a9c946 GS |
5476 | else if (src |
5477 | && preferrable (src_cost, src_regcost, | |
5478 | src_eqv_cost, src_eqv_regcost) <= 0 | |
630c79be BS |
5479 | && preferrable (src_cost, src_regcost, |
5480 | src_related_cost, src_related_regcost) <= 0 | |
5481 | && preferrable (src_cost, src_regcost, | |
5482 | src_elt_cost, src_elt_regcost) <= 0) | |
f1c1dfc3 | 5483 | trial = src, src_cost = MAX_COST; |
99a9c946 GS |
5484 | else if (src_eqv_here |
5485 | && preferrable (src_eqv_cost, src_eqv_regcost, | |
5486 | src_related_cost, src_related_regcost) <= 0 | |
630c79be BS |
5487 | && preferrable (src_eqv_cost, src_eqv_regcost, |
5488 | src_elt_cost, src_elt_regcost) <= 0) | |
f1c1dfc3 | 5489 | trial = copy_rtx (src_eqv_here), src_eqv_cost = MAX_COST; |
99a9c946 GS |
5490 | else if (src_related |
5491 | && preferrable (src_related_cost, src_related_regcost, | |
5492 | src_elt_cost, src_elt_regcost) <= 0) | |
f1c1dfc3 | 5493 | trial = copy_rtx (src_related), src_related_cost = MAX_COST; |
278a83b2 | 5494 | else |
7afe21cc | 5495 | { |
05c33dd8 | 5496 | trial = copy_rtx (elt->exp); |
7afe21cc | 5497 | elt = elt->next_same_value; |
f1c1dfc3 | 5498 | src_elt_cost = MAX_COST; |
7afe21cc RK |
5499 | } |
5500 | ||
5501 | /* We don't normally have an insn matching (set (pc) (pc)), so | |
5502 | check for this separately here. We will delete such an | |
5503 | insn below. | |
5504 | ||
d466c016 JL |
5505 | For other cases such as a table jump or conditional jump |
5506 | where we know the ultimate target, go ahead and replace the | |
5507 | operand. While that may not make a valid insn, we will | |
5508 | reemit the jump below (and also insert any necessary | |
5509 | barriers). */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
5510 | if (n_sets == 1 && dest == pc_rtx |
5511 | && (trial == pc_rtx | |
5512 | || (GET_CODE (trial) == LABEL_REF | |
5513 | && ! condjump_p (insn)))) | |
5514 | { | |
d466c016 | 5515 | SET_SRC (sets[i].rtl) = trial; |
602c4c0d | 5516 | cse_jumps_altered = 1; |
7afe21cc RK |
5517 | break; |
5518 | } | |
278a83b2 | 5519 | |
7afe21cc | 5520 | /* Look for a substitution that makes a valid insn. */ |
ddc356e8 | 5521 | else if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (sets[i].rtl), trial, 0)) |
05c33dd8 | 5522 | { |
7bd8b2a8 JL |
5523 | /* If we just made a substitution inside a libcall, then we |
5524 | need to make the same substitution in any notes attached | |
5525 | to the RETVAL insn. */ | |
1ed0205e | 5526 | if (libcall_insn |
47841d1b JJ |
5527 | && (GET_CODE (sets[i].orig_src) == REG |
5528 | || GET_CODE (sets[i].orig_src) == SUBREG | |
278a83b2 KH |
5529 | || GET_CODE (sets[i].orig_src) == MEM)) |
5530 | replace_rtx (REG_NOTES (libcall_insn), sets[i].orig_src, | |
7bd8b2a8 JL |
5531 | canon_reg (SET_SRC (sets[i].rtl), insn)); |
5532 | ||
7722328e RK |
5533 | /* The result of apply_change_group can be ignored; see |
5534 | canon_reg. */ | |
5535 | ||
5536 | validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (sets[i].rtl), | |
5537 | canon_reg (SET_SRC (sets[i].rtl), insn), | |
5538 | 1); | |
6702af89 | 5539 | apply_change_group (); |
05c33dd8 RK |
5540 | break; |
5541 | } | |
7afe21cc | 5542 | |
278a83b2 | 5543 | /* If we previously found constant pool entries for |
7afe21cc RK |
5544 | constants and this is a constant, try making a |
5545 | pool entry. Put it in src_folded unless we already have done | |
5546 | this since that is where it likely came from. */ | |
5547 | ||
5548 | else if (constant_pool_entries_cost | |
5549 | && CONSTANT_P (trial) | |
d51ff7cb JW |
5550 | /* Reject cases that will abort in decode_rtx_const. |
5551 | On the alpha when simplifying a switch, we get | |
5552 | (const (truncate (minus (label_ref) (label_ref)))). */ | |
1bbd065b RK |
5553 | && ! (GET_CODE (trial) == CONST |
5554 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (trial, 0)) == TRUNCATE) | |
d51ff7cb JW |
5555 | /* Likewise on IA-64, except without the truncate. */ |
5556 | && ! (GET_CODE (trial) == CONST | |
5557 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (trial, 0)) == MINUS | |
5558 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (trial, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF | |
5559 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (trial, 0), 1)) == LABEL_REF) | |
1bbd065b RK |
5560 | && (src_folded == 0 |
5561 | || (GET_CODE (src_folded) != MEM | |
5562 | && ! src_folded_force_flag)) | |
9ae8ffe7 JL |
5563 | && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_CC |
5564 | && mode != VOIDmode) | |
7afe21cc RK |
5565 | { |
5566 | src_folded_force_flag = 1; | |
5567 | src_folded = trial; | |
5568 | src_folded_cost = constant_pool_entries_cost; | |
5569 | } | |
278a83b2 | 5570 | } |
7afe21cc RK |
5571 | |
5572 | src = SET_SRC (sets[i].rtl); | |
5573 | ||
5574 | /* In general, it is good to have a SET with SET_SRC == SET_DEST. | |
5575 | However, there is an important exception: If both are registers | |
5576 | that are not the head of their equivalence class, replace SET_SRC | |
5577 | with the head of the class. If we do not do this, we will have | |
5578 | both registers live over a portion of the basic block. This way, | |
5579 | their lifetimes will likely abut instead of overlapping. */ | |
5580 | if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG | |
1bb98cec | 5581 | && REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (dest))) |
7afe21cc | 5582 | { |
1bb98cec DM |
5583 | int dest_q = REG_QTY (REGNO (dest)); |
5584 | struct qty_table_elem *dest_ent = &qty_table[dest_q]; | |
5585 | ||
5586 | if (dest_ent->mode == GET_MODE (dest) | |
5587 | && dest_ent->first_reg != REGNO (dest) | |
5588 | && GET_CODE (src) == REG && REGNO (src) == REGNO (dest) | |
5589 | /* Don't do this if the original insn had a hard reg as | |
5590 | SET_SRC or SET_DEST. */ | |
5591 | && (GET_CODE (sets[i].src) != REG | |
5592 | || REGNO (sets[i].src) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) | |
5593 | && (GET_CODE (dest) != REG || REGNO (dest) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)) | |
5594 | /* We can't call canon_reg here because it won't do anything if | |
5595 | SRC is a hard register. */ | |
759bd8b7 | 5596 | { |
1bb98cec DM |
5597 | int src_q = REG_QTY (REGNO (src)); |
5598 | struct qty_table_elem *src_ent = &qty_table[src_q]; | |
5599 | int first = src_ent->first_reg; | |
5600 | rtx new_src | |
5601 | = (first >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5602 | ? regno_reg_rtx[first] : gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (src), first)); | |
5603 | ||
5604 | /* We must use validate-change even for this, because this | |
5605 | might be a special no-op instruction, suitable only to | |
5606 | tag notes onto. */ | |
5607 | if (validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (sets[i].rtl), new_src, 0)) | |
5608 | { | |
5609 | src = new_src; | |
5610 | /* If we had a constant that is cheaper than what we are now | |
5611 | setting SRC to, use that constant. We ignored it when we | |
5612 | thought we could make this into a no-op. */ | |
5613 | if (src_const && COST (src_const) < COST (src) | |
278a83b2 KH |
5614 | && validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (sets[i].rtl), |
5615 | src_const, 0)) | |
1bb98cec DM |
5616 | src = src_const; |
5617 | } | |
759bd8b7 | 5618 | } |
7afe21cc RK |
5619 | } |
5620 | ||
5621 | /* If we made a change, recompute SRC values. */ | |
5622 | if (src != sets[i].src) | |
278a83b2 | 5623 | { |
4eadede7 | 5624 | cse_altered = 1; |
278a83b2 KH |
5625 | do_not_record = 0; |
5626 | hash_arg_in_memory = 0; | |
7afe21cc | 5627 | sets[i].src = src; |
278a83b2 KH |
5628 | sets[i].src_hash = HASH (src, mode); |
5629 | sets[i].src_volatile = do_not_record; | |
5630 | sets[i].src_in_memory = hash_arg_in_memory; | |
5631 | sets[i].src_elt = lookup (src, sets[i].src_hash, mode); | |
5632 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
5633 | |
5634 | /* If this is a single SET, we are setting a register, and we have an | |
5635 | equivalent constant, we want to add a REG_NOTE. We don't want | |
5636 | to write a REG_EQUAL note for a constant pseudo since verifying that | |
d45cf215 | 5637 | that pseudo hasn't been eliminated is a pain. Such a note also |
278a83b2 | 5638 | won't help anything. |
ac7ef8d5 FS |
5639 | |
5640 | Avoid a REG_EQUAL note for (CONST (MINUS (LABEL_REF) (LABEL_REF))) | |
5641 | which can be created for a reference to a compile time computable | |
5642 | entry in a jump table. */ | |
5643 | ||
7afe21cc | 5644 | if (n_sets == 1 && src_const && GET_CODE (dest) == REG |
ac7ef8d5 FS |
5645 | && GET_CODE (src_const) != REG |
5646 | && ! (GET_CODE (src_const) == CONST | |
5647 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (src_const, 0)) == MINUS | |
5648 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (src_const, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF | |
5649 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (src_const, 0), 1)) == LABEL_REF)) | |
7afe21cc | 5650 | { |
92f9aa51 | 5651 | tem = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX); |
278a83b2 | 5652 | |
51e2a951 AS |
5653 | /* Make sure that the rtx is not shared with any other insn. */ |
5654 | src_const = copy_rtx (src_const); | |
5655 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
5656 | /* Record the actual constant value in a REG_EQUAL note, making |
5657 | a new one if one does not already exist. */ | |
5658 | if (tem) | |
5659 | XEXP (tem, 0) = src_const; | |
5660 | else | |
38a448ca RH |
5661 | REG_NOTES (insn) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_EQUAL, |
5662 | src_const, REG_NOTES (insn)); | |
7afe21cc RK |
5663 | |
5664 | /* If storing a constant value in a register that | |
5665 | previously held the constant value 0, | |
5666 | record this fact with a REG_WAS_0 note on this insn. | |
5667 | ||
5668 | Note that the *register* is required to have previously held 0, | |
5669 | not just any register in the quantity and we must point to the | |
5670 | insn that set that register to zero. | |
5671 | ||
5672 | Rather than track each register individually, we just see if | |
5673 | the last set for this quantity was for this register. */ | |
5674 | ||
1bb98cec | 5675 | if (REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (dest))) |
7afe21cc | 5676 | { |
1bb98cec DM |
5677 | int dest_q = REG_QTY (REGNO (dest)); |
5678 | struct qty_table_elem *dest_ent = &qty_table[dest_q]; | |
7afe21cc | 5679 | |
1bb98cec | 5680 | if (dest_ent->const_rtx == const0_rtx) |
7afe21cc | 5681 | { |
1bb98cec DM |
5682 | /* See if we previously had a REG_WAS_0 note. */ |
5683 | rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_WAS_0, NULL_RTX); | |
5684 | rtx const_insn = dest_ent->const_insn; | |
5685 | ||
5686 | if ((tem = single_set (const_insn)) != 0 | |
5687 | && rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (tem), dest)) | |
5688 | { | |
5689 | if (note) | |
5690 | XEXP (note, 0) = const_insn; | |
5691 | else | |
5692 | REG_NOTES (insn) | |
5693 | = gen_rtx_INSN_LIST (REG_WAS_0, const_insn, | |
5694 | REG_NOTES (insn)); | |
5695 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
5696 | } |
5697 | } | |
5698 | } | |
5699 | ||
5700 | /* Now deal with the destination. */ | |
5701 | do_not_record = 0; | |
7afe21cc RK |
5702 | |
5703 | /* Look within any SIGN_EXTRACT or ZERO_EXTRACT | |
5704 | to the MEM or REG within it. */ | |
5705 | while (GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT | |
5706 | || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT | |
5707 | || GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG | |
5708 | || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART) | |
0339ce7e | 5709 | dest = XEXP (dest, 0); |
7afe21cc RK |
5710 | |
5711 | sets[i].inner_dest = dest; | |
5712 | ||
5713 | if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM) | |
5714 | { | |
9ae8ffe7 JL |
5715 | #ifdef PUSH_ROUNDING |
5716 | /* Stack pushes invalidate the stack pointer. */ | |
5717 | rtx addr = XEXP (dest, 0); | |
4b983fdc | 5718 | if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (addr)) == 'a' |
9ae8ffe7 JL |
5719 | && XEXP (addr, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx) |
5720 | invalidate (stack_pointer_rtx, Pmode); | |
5721 | #endif | |
7afe21cc | 5722 | dest = fold_rtx (dest, insn); |
7afe21cc RK |
5723 | } |
5724 | ||
5725 | /* Compute the hash code of the destination now, | |
5726 | before the effects of this instruction are recorded, | |
5727 | since the register values used in the address computation | |
5728 | are those before this instruction. */ | |
2197a88a | 5729 | sets[i].dest_hash = HASH (dest, mode); |
7afe21cc RK |
5730 | |
5731 | /* Don't enter a bit-field in the hash table | |
5732 | because the value in it after the store | |
5733 | may not equal what was stored, due to truncation. */ | |
5734 | ||
5735 | if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (sets[i].rtl)) == ZERO_EXTRACT | |
5736 | || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (sets[i].rtl)) == SIGN_EXTRACT) | |
5737 | { | |
5738 | rtx width = XEXP (SET_DEST (sets[i].rtl), 1); | |
5739 | ||
5740 | if (src_const != 0 && GET_CODE (src_const) == CONST_INT | |
5741 | && GET_CODE (width) == CONST_INT | |
906c4e36 RK |
5742 | && INTVAL (width) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT |
5743 | && ! (INTVAL (src_const) | |
5744 | & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << INTVAL (width)))) | |
7afe21cc RK |
5745 | /* Exception: if the value is constant, |
5746 | and it won't be truncated, record it. */ | |
5747 | ; | |
5748 | else | |
5749 | { | |
5750 | /* This is chosen so that the destination will be invalidated | |
5751 | but no new value will be recorded. | |
5752 | We must invalidate because sometimes constant | |
5753 | values can be recorded for bitfields. */ | |
5754 | sets[i].src_elt = 0; | |
5755 | sets[i].src_volatile = 1; | |
5756 | src_eqv = 0; | |
5757 | src_eqv_elt = 0; | |
5758 | } | |
5759 | } | |
5760 | ||
5761 | /* If only one set in a JUMP_INSN and it is now a no-op, we can delete | |
5762 | the insn. */ | |
5763 | else if (n_sets == 1 && dest == pc_rtx && src == pc_rtx) | |
5764 | { | |
ef178af3 ZW |
5765 | /* One less use of the label this insn used to jump to. */ |
5766 | if (JUMP_LABEL (insn) != 0) | |
5767 | --LABEL_NUSES (JUMP_LABEL (insn)); | |
7afe21cc RK |
5768 | PUT_CODE (insn, NOTE); |
5769 | NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED; | |
5770 | NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (insn) = 0; | |
5771 | cse_jumps_altered = 1; | |
7afe21cc RK |
5772 | /* No more processing for this set. */ |
5773 | sets[i].rtl = 0; | |
5774 | } | |
5775 | ||
5776 | /* If this SET is now setting PC to a label, we know it used to | |
d466c016 | 5777 | be a conditional or computed branch. */ |
7afe21cc RK |
5778 | else if (dest == pc_rtx && GET_CODE (src) == LABEL_REF) |
5779 | { | |
d466c016 JL |
5780 | /* We reemit the jump in as many cases as possible just in |
5781 | case the form of an unconditional jump is significantly | |
5782 | different than a computed jump or conditional jump. | |
5783 | ||
5784 | If this insn has multiple sets, then reemitting the | |
5785 | jump is nontrivial. So instead we just force rerecognition | |
5786 | and hope for the best. */ | |
5787 | if (n_sets == 1) | |
7afe21cc RK |
5788 | { |
5789 | rtx new = emit_jump_insn_before (gen_jump (XEXP (src, 0)), insn); | |
5790 | JUMP_LABEL (new) = XEXP (src, 0); | |
5791 | LABEL_NUSES (XEXP (src, 0))++; | |
7afe21cc RK |
5792 | insn = new; |
5793 | } | |
31dcf83f | 5794 | else |
31dcf83f | 5795 | INSN_CODE (insn) = -1; |
7afe21cc | 5796 | |
312f6255 GK |
5797 | never_reached_warning (insn); |
5798 | ||
e48a7fbe JL |
5799 | /* Now emit a BARRIER after the unconditional jump. Do not bother |
5800 | deleting any unreachable code, let jump/flow do that. */ | |
5801 | if (NEXT_INSN (insn) != 0 | |
5802 | && GET_CODE (NEXT_INSN (insn)) != BARRIER) | |
5803 | emit_barrier_after (insn); | |
7afe21cc RK |
5804 | |
5805 | cse_jumps_altered = 1; | |
5806 | sets[i].rtl = 0; | |
5807 | } | |
5808 | ||
c2a47e48 RK |
5809 | /* If destination is volatile, invalidate it and then do no further |
5810 | processing for this assignment. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
5811 | |
5812 | else if (do_not_record) | |
c2a47e48 | 5813 | { |
bb07060a | 5814 | if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG || GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG) |
bb4034b3 | 5815 | invalidate (dest, VOIDmode); |
bb07060a JW |
5816 | else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM) |
5817 | { | |
5818 | /* Outgoing arguments for a libcall don't | |
5819 | affect any recorded expressions. */ | |
5820 | if (! libcall_insn || insn == libcall_insn) | |
5821 | invalidate (dest, VOIDmode); | |
5822 | } | |
2708da92 RS |
5823 | else if (GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART |
5824 | || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT) | |
bb4034b3 | 5825 | invalidate (XEXP (dest, 0), GET_MODE (dest)); |
c2a47e48 RK |
5826 | sets[i].rtl = 0; |
5827 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
5828 | |
5829 | if (sets[i].rtl != 0 && dest != SET_DEST (sets[i].rtl)) | |
2197a88a | 5830 | sets[i].dest_hash = HASH (SET_DEST (sets[i].rtl), mode); |
7afe21cc RK |
5831 | |
5832 | #ifdef HAVE_cc0 | |
5833 | /* If setting CC0, record what it was set to, or a constant, if it | |
5834 | is equivalent to a constant. If it is being set to a floating-point | |
5835 | value, make a COMPARE with the appropriate constant of 0. If we | |
5836 | don't do this, later code can interpret this as a test against | |
5837 | const0_rtx, which can cause problems if we try to put it into an | |
5838 | insn as a floating-point operand. */ | |
5839 | if (dest == cc0_rtx) | |
5840 | { | |
5841 | this_insn_cc0 = src_const && mode != VOIDmode ? src_const : src; | |
5842 | this_insn_cc0_mode = mode; | |
cbf6a543 | 5843 | if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)) |
38a448ca RH |
5844 | this_insn_cc0 = gen_rtx_COMPARE (VOIDmode, this_insn_cc0, |
5845 | CONST0_RTX (mode)); | |
7afe21cc RK |
5846 | } |
5847 | #endif | |
5848 | } | |
5849 | ||
5850 | /* Now enter all non-volatile source expressions in the hash table | |
5851 | if they are not already present. | |
5852 | Record their equivalence classes in src_elt. | |
5853 | This way we can insert the corresponding destinations into | |
5854 | the same classes even if the actual sources are no longer in them | |
5855 | (having been invalidated). */ | |
5856 | ||
5857 | if (src_eqv && src_eqv_elt == 0 && sets[0].rtl != 0 && ! src_eqv_volatile | |
5858 | && ! rtx_equal_p (src_eqv, SET_DEST (sets[0].rtl))) | |
5859 | { | |
5860 | register struct table_elt *elt; | |
5861 | register struct table_elt *classp = sets[0].src_elt; | |
5862 | rtx dest = SET_DEST (sets[0].rtl); | |
5863 | enum machine_mode eqvmode = GET_MODE (dest); | |
5864 | ||
5865 | if (GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART) | |
5866 | { | |
5867 | eqvmode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (XEXP (dest, 0))); | |
5868 | classp = 0; | |
5869 | } | |
5870 | if (insert_regs (src_eqv, classp, 0)) | |
8ae2b8f6 JW |
5871 | { |
5872 | rehash_using_reg (src_eqv); | |
5873 | src_eqv_hash = HASH (src_eqv, eqvmode); | |
5874 | } | |
2197a88a | 5875 | elt = insert (src_eqv, classp, src_eqv_hash, eqvmode); |
7afe21cc | 5876 | elt->in_memory = src_eqv_in_memory; |
7afe21cc | 5877 | src_eqv_elt = elt; |
f7911249 JW |
5878 | |
5879 | /* Check to see if src_eqv_elt is the same as a set source which | |
5880 | does not yet have an elt, and if so set the elt of the set source | |
5881 | to src_eqv_elt. */ | |
5882 | for (i = 0; i < n_sets; i++) | |
26132f71 JW |
5883 | if (sets[i].rtl && sets[i].src_elt == 0 |
5884 | && rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (sets[i].rtl), src_eqv)) | |
f7911249 | 5885 | sets[i].src_elt = src_eqv_elt; |
7afe21cc RK |
5886 | } |
5887 | ||
5888 | for (i = 0; i < n_sets; i++) | |
5889 | if (sets[i].rtl && ! sets[i].src_volatile | |
5890 | && ! rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (sets[i].rtl), SET_DEST (sets[i].rtl))) | |
5891 | { | |
5892 | if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (sets[i].rtl)) == STRICT_LOW_PART) | |
5893 | { | |
5894 | /* REG_EQUAL in setting a STRICT_LOW_PART | |
5895 | gives an equivalent for the entire destination register, | |
5896 | not just for the subreg being stored in now. | |
5897 | This is a more interesting equivalence, so we arrange later | |
5898 | to treat the entire reg as the destination. */ | |
5899 | sets[i].src_elt = src_eqv_elt; | |
2197a88a | 5900 | sets[i].src_hash = src_eqv_hash; |
7afe21cc RK |
5901 | } |
5902 | else | |
5903 | { | |
5904 | /* Insert source and constant equivalent into hash table, if not | |
5905 | already present. */ | |
5906 | register struct table_elt *classp = src_eqv_elt; | |
5907 | register rtx src = sets[i].src; | |
5908 | register rtx dest = SET_DEST (sets[i].rtl); | |
5909 | enum machine_mode mode | |
5910 | = GET_MODE (src) == VOIDmode ? GET_MODE (dest) : GET_MODE (src); | |
5911 | ||
26132f71 | 5912 | if (sets[i].src_elt == 0) |
7afe21cc | 5913 | { |
26132f71 JW |
5914 | /* Don't put a hard register source into the table if this is |
5915 | the last insn of a libcall. In this case, we only need | |
5916 | to put src_eqv_elt in src_elt. */ | |
5917 | if (GET_CODE (src) != REG | |
5918 | || REGNO (src) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
5919 | || ! find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)) | |
8ae2b8f6 | 5920 | { |
26132f71 JW |
5921 | register struct table_elt *elt; |
5922 | ||
5923 | /* Note that these insert_regs calls cannot remove | |
5924 | any of the src_elt's, because they would have failed to | |
5925 | match if not still valid. */ | |
5926 | if (insert_regs (src, classp, 0)) | |
5927 | { | |
5928 | rehash_using_reg (src); | |
5929 | sets[i].src_hash = HASH (src, mode); | |
5930 | } | |
5931 | elt = insert (src, classp, sets[i].src_hash, mode); | |
5932 | elt->in_memory = sets[i].src_in_memory; | |
26132f71 | 5933 | sets[i].src_elt = classp = elt; |
8ae2b8f6 | 5934 | } |
26132f71 JW |
5935 | else |
5936 | sets[i].src_elt = classp; | |
7afe21cc | 5937 | } |
7afe21cc RK |
5938 | if (sets[i].src_const && sets[i].src_const_elt == 0 |
5939 | && src != sets[i].src_const | |
5940 | && ! rtx_equal_p (sets[i].src_const, src)) | |
5941 | sets[i].src_elt = insert (sets[i].src_const, classp, | |
2197a88a | 5942 | sets[i].src_const_hash, mode); |
7afe21cc RK |
5943 | } |
5944 | } | |
5945 | else if (sets[i].src_elt == 0) | |
5946 | /* If we did not insert the source into the hash table (e.g., it was | |
5947 | volatile), note the equivalence class for the REG_EQUAL value, if any, | |
5948 | so that the destination goes into that class. */ | |
5949 | sets[i].src_elt = src_eqv_elt; | |
5950 | ||
9ae8ffe7 | 5951 | invalidate_from_clobbers (x); |
77fa0940 | 5952 | |
278a83b2 | 5953 | /* Some registers are invalidated by subroutine calls. Memory is |
77fa0940 RK |
5954 | invalidated by non-constant calls. */ |
5955 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
5956 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN) |
5957 | { | |
24a28584 | 5958 | if (! CONST_OR_PURE_CALL_P (insn)) |
9ae8ffe7 | 5959 | invalidate_memory (); |
7afe21cc RK |
5960 | invalidate_for_call (); |
5961 | } | |
5962 | ||
5963 | /* Now invalidate everything set by this instruction. | |
5964 | If a SUBREG or other funny destination is being set, | |
5965 | sets[i].rtl is still nonzero, so here we invalidate the reg | |
5966 | a part of which is being set. */ | |
5967 | ||
5968 | for (i = 0; i < n_sets; i++) | |
5969 | if (sets[i].rtl) | |
5970 | { | |
bb4034b3 JW |
5971 | /* We can't use the inner dest, because the mode associated with |
5972 | a ZERO_EXTRACT is significant. */ | |
5973 | register rtx dest = SET_DEST (sets[i].rtl); | |
7afe21cc RK |
5974 | |
5975 | /* Needed for registers to remove the register from its | |
5976 | previous quantity's chain. | |
5977 | Needed for memory if this is a nonvarying address, unless | |
5978 | we have just done an invalidate_memory that covers even those. */ | |
bb07060a | 5979 | if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG || GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG) |
bb4034b3 | 5980 | invalidate (dest, VOIDmode); |
bb07060a JW |
5981 | else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM) |
5982 | { | |
5983 | /* Outgoing arguments for a libcall don't | |
5984 | affect any recorded expressions. */ | |
5985 | if (! libcall_insn || insn == libcall_insn) | |
5986 | invalidate (dest, VOIDmode); | |
5987 | } | |
2708da92 RS |
5988 | else if (GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART |
5989 | || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT) | |
bb4034b3 | 5990 | invalidate (XEXP (dest, 0), GET_MODE (dest)); |
7afe21cc RK |
5991 | } |
5992 | ||
01e752d3 JL |
5993 | /* A volatile ASM invalidates everything. */ |
5994 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN | |
5995 | && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == ASM_OPERANDS | |
5996 | && MEM_VOLATILE_P (PATTERN (insn))) | |
5997 | flush_hash_table (); | |
5998 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
5999 | /* Make sure registers mentioned in destinations |
6000 | are safe for use in an expression to be inserted. | |
6001 | This removes from the hash table | |
6002 | any invalid entry that refers to one of these registers. | |
6003 | ||
6004 | We don't care about the return value from mention_regs because | |
6005 | we are going to hash the SET_DEST values unconditionally. */ | |
6006 | ||
6007 | for (i = 0; i < n_sets; i++) | |
34c73909 R |
6008 | { |
6009 | if (sets[i].rtl) | |
6010 | { | |
6011 | rtx x = SET_DEST (sets[i].rtl); | |
6012 | ||
6013 | if (GET_CODE (x) != REG) | |
6014 | mention_regs (x); | |
6015 | else | |
6016 | { | |
6017 | /* We used to rely on all references to a register becoming | |
6018 | inaccessible when a register changes to a new quantity, | |
6019 | since that changes the hash code. However, that is not | |
9b1549b8 | 6020 | safe, since after HASH_SIZE new quantities we get a |
34c73909 R |
6021 | hash 'collision' of a register with its own invalid |
6022 | entries. And since SUBREGs have been changed not to | |
6023 | change their hash code with the hash code of the register, | |
6024 | it wouldn't work any longer at all. So we have to check | |
6025 | for any invalid references lying around now. | |
6026 | This code is similar to the REG case in mention_regs, | |
6027 | but it knows that reg_tick has been incremented, and | |
6028 | it leaves reg_in_table as -1 . */ | |
770ae6cc RK |
6029 | unsigned int regno = REGNO (x); |
6030 | unsigned int endregno | |
34c73909 R |
6031 | = regno + (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER ? 1 |
6032 | : HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x))); | |
770ae6cc | 6033 | unsigned int i; |
34c73909 R |
6034 | |
6035 | for (i = regno; i < endregno; i++) | |
6036 | { | |
30f72379 | 6037 | if (REG_IN_TABLE (i) >= 0) |
34c73909 R |
6038 | { |
6039 | remove_invalid_refs (i); | |
30f72379 | 6040 | REG_IN_TABLE (i) = -1; |
34c73909 R |
6041 | } |
6042 | } | |
6043 | } | |
6044 | } | |
6045 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
6046 | |
6047 | /* We may have just removed some of the src_elt's from the hash table. | |
6048 | So replace each one with the current head of the same class. */ | |
6049 | ||
6050 | for (i = 0; i < n_sets; i++) | |
6051 | if (sets[i].rtl) | |
6052 | { | |
6053 | if (sets[i].src_elt && sets[i].src_elt->first_same_value == 0) | |
6054 | /* If elt was removed, find current head of same class, | |
6055 | or 0 if nothing remains of that class. */ | |
6056 | { | |
6057 | register struct table_elt *elt = sets[i].src_elt; | |
6058 | ||
6059 | while (elt && elt->prev_same_value) | |
6060 | elt = elt->prev_same_value; | |
6061 | ||
6062 | while (elt && elt->first_same_value == 0) | |
6063 | elt = elt->next_same_value; | |
6064 | sets[i].src_elt = elt ? elt->first_same_value : 0; | |
6065 | } | |
6066 | } | |
6067 | ||
6068 | /* Now insert the destinations into their equivalence classes. */ | |
6069 | ||
6070 | for (i = 0; i < n_sets; i++) | |
6071 | if (sets[i].rtl) | |
6072 | { | |
6073 | register rtx dest = SET_DEST (sets[i].rtl); | |
9de2c71a | 6074 | rtx inner_dest = sets[i].inner_dest; |
7afe21cc RK |
6075 | register struct table_elt *elt; |
6076 | ||
6077 | /* Don't record value if we are not supposed to risk allocating | |
6078 | floating-point values in registers that might be wider than | |
6079 | memory. */ | |
6080 | if ((flag_float_store | |
6081 | && GET_CODE (dest) == MEM | |
cbf6a543 | 6082 | && FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (dest))) |
bc4ddc77 JW |
6083 | /* Don't record BLKmode values, because we don't know the |
6084 | size of it, and can't be sure that other BLKmode values | |
6085 | have the same or smaller size. */ | |
6086 | || GET_MODE (dest) == BLKmode | |
7afe21cc RK |
6087 | /* Don't record values of destinations set inside a libcall block |
6088 | since we might delete the libcall. Things should have been set | |
6089 | up so we won't want to reuse such a value, but we play it safe | |
6090 | here. */ | |
7bd8b2a8 | 6091 | || libcall_insn |
7afe21cc RK |
6092 | /* If we didn't put a REG_EQUAL value or a source into the hash |
6093 | table, there is no point is recording DEST. */ | |
1a8e9a8e RK |
6094 | || sets[i].src_elt == 0 |
6095 | /* If DEST is a paradoxical SUBREG and SRC is a ZERO_EXTEND | |
6096 | or SIGN_EXTEND, don't record DEST since it can cause | |
6097 | some tracking to be wrong. | |
6098 | ||
6099 | ??? Think about this more later. */ | |
6100 | || (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG | |
6101 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest)) | |
6102 | > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (dest)))) | |
6103 | && (GET_CODE (sets[i].src) == SIGN_EXTEND | |
6104 | || GET_CODE (sets[i].src) == ZERO_EXTEND))) | |
7afe21cc RK |
6105 | continue; |
6106 | ||
6107 | /* STRICT_LOW_PART isn't part of the value BEING set, | |
6108 | and neither is the SUBREG inside it. | |
6109 | Note that in this case SETS[I].SRC_ELT is really SRC_EQV_ELT. */ | |
6110 | if (GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART) | |
6111 | dest = SUBREG_REG (XEXP (dest, 0)); | |
6112 | ||
c610adec | 6113 | if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG || GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG) |
7afe21cc RK |
6114 | /* Registers must also be inserted into chains for quantities. */ |
6115 | if (insert_regs (dest, sets[i].src_elt, 1)) | |
8ae2b8f6 JW |
6116 | { |
6117 | /* If `insert_regs' changes something, the hash code must be | |
6118 | recalculated. */ | |
6119 | rehash_using_reg (dest); | |
6120 | sets[i].dest_hash = HASH (dest, GET_MODE (dest)); | |
6121 | } | |
7afe21cc | 6122 | |
9de2c71a MM |
6123 | if (GET_CODE (inner_dest) == MEM |
6124 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (inner_dest, 0)) == ADDRESSOF) | |
6125 | /* Given (SET (MEM (ADDRESSOF (X))) Y) we don't want to say | |
278a83b2 | 6126 | that (MEM (ADDRESSOF (X))) is equivalent to Y. |
9de2c71a MM |
6127 | Consider the case in which the address of the MEM is |
6128 | passed to a function, which alters the MEM. Then, if we | |
6129 | later use Y instead of the MEM we'll miss the update. */ | |
6130 | elt = insert (dest, 0, sets[i].dest_hash, GET_MODE (dest)); | |
6131 | else | |
6132 | elt = insert (dest, sets[i].src_elt, | |
6133 | sets[i].dest_hash, GET_MODE (dest)); | |
6134 | ||
c256df0b | 6135 | elt->in_memory = (GET_CODE (sets[i].inner_dest) == MEM |
9ad91d71 RK |
6136 | && (! RTX_UNCHANGING_P (sets[i].inner_dest) |
6137 | || FIXED_BASE_PLUS_P (XEXP (sets[i].inner_dest, | |
6138 | 0)))); | |
c256df0b | 6139 | |
fc3ffe83 RK |
6140 | /* If we have (set (subreg:m1 (reg:m2 foo) 0) (bar:m1)), M1 is no |
6141 | narrower than M2, and both M1 and M2 are the same number of words, | |
6142 | we are also doing (set (reg:m2 foo) (subreg:m2 (bar:m1) 0)) so | |
6143 | make that equivalence as well. | |
7afe21cc RK |
6144 | |
6145 | However, BAR may have equivalences for which gen_lowpart_if_possible | |
6146 | will produce a simpler value than gen_lowpart_if_possible applied to | |
6147 | BAR (e.g., if BAR was ZERO_EXTENDed from M2), so we will scan all | |
278a83b2 | 6148 | BAR's equivalences. If we don't get a simplified form, make |
7afe21cc RK |
6149 | the SUBREG. It will not be used in an equivalence, but will |
6150 | cause two similar assignments to be detected. | |
6151 | ||
6152 | Note the loop below will find SUBREG_REG (DEST) since we have | |
6153 | already entered SRC and DEST of the SET in the table. */ | |
6154 | ||
6155 | if (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG | |
6cdbaec4 RK |
6156 | && (((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (dest))) - 1) |
6157 | / UNITS_PER_WORD) | |
278a83b2 | 6158 | == (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest)) - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD) |
7afe21cc RK |
6159 | && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest)) |
6160 | >= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (dest)))) | |
6161 | && sets[i].src_elt != 0) | |
6162 | { | |
6163 | enum machine_mode new_mode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (dest)); | |
6164 | struct table_elt *elt, *classp = 0; | |
6165 | ||
6166 | for (elt = sets[i].src_elt->first_same_value; elt; | |
6167 | elt = elt->next_same_value) | |
6168 | { | |
6169 | rtx new_src = 0; | |
2197a88a | 6170 | unsigned src_hash; |
7afe21cc RK |
6171 | struct table_elt *src_elt; |
6172 | ||
6173 | /* Ignore invalid entries. */ | |
6174 | if (GET_CODE (elt->exp) != REG | |
6175 | && ! exp_equiv_p (elt->exp, elt->exp, 1, 0)) | |
6176 | continue; | |
6177 | ||
6178 | new_src = gen_lowpart_if_possible (new_mode, elt->exp); | |
6179 | if (new_src == 0) | |
38a448ca | 6180 | new_src = gen_rtx_SUBREG (new_mode, elt->exp, 0); |
7afe21cc RK |
6181 | |
6182 | src_hash = HASH (new_src, new_mode); | |
6183 | src_elt = lookup (new_src, src_hash, new_mode); | |
6184 | ||
6185 | /* Put the new source in the hash table is if isn't | |
6186 | already. */ | |
6187 | if (src_elt == 0) | |
6188 | { | |
6189 | if (insert_regs (new_src, classp, 0)) | |
8ae2b8f6 JW |
6190 | { |
6191 | rehash_using_reg (new_src); | |
6192 | src_hash = HASH (new_src, new_mode); | |
6193 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
6194 | src_elt = insert (new_src, classp, src_hash, new_mode); |
6195 | src_elt->in_memory = elt->in_memory; | |
7afe21cc RK |
6196 | } |
6197 | else if (classp && classp != src_elt->first_same_value) | |
278a83b2 | 6198 | /* Show that two things that we've seen before are |
7afe21cc RK |
6199 | actually the same. */ |
6200 | merge_equiv_classes (src_elt, classp); | |
6201 | ||
6202 | classp = src_elt->first_same_value; | |
da932f04 JL |
6203 | /* Ignore invalid entries. */ |
6204 | while (classp | |
6205 | && GET_CODE (classp->exp) != REG | |
6206 | && ! exp_equiv_p (classp->exp, classp->exp, 1, 0)) | |
6207 | classp = classp->next_same_value; | |
7afe21cc RK |
6208 | } |
6209 | } | |
6210 | } | |
6211 | ||
403e25d0 RK |
6212 | /* Special handling for (set REG0 REG1) where REG0 is the |
6213 | "cheapest", cheaper than REG1. After cse, REG1 will probably not | |
6214 | be used in the sequel, so (if easily done) change this insn to | |
6215 | (set REG1 REG0) and replace REG1 with REG0 in the previous insn | |
6216 | that computed their value. Then REG1 will become a dead store | |
6217 | and won't cloud the situation for later optimizations. | |
7afe21cc RK |
6218 | |
6219 | Do not make this change if REG1 is a hard register, because it will | |
6220 | then be used in the sequel and we may be changing a two-operand insn | |
6221 | into a three-operand insn. | |
6222 | ||
50270076 R |
6223 | Also do not do this if we are operating on a copy of INSN. |
6224 | ||
6225 | Also don't do this if INSN ends a libcall; this would cause an unrelated | |
6226 | register to be set in the middle of a libcall, and we then get bad code | |
6227 | if the libcall is deleted. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
6228 | |
6229 | if (n_sets == 1 && sets[0].rtl && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (sets[0].rtl)) == REG | |
6230 | && NEXT_INSN (PREV_INSN (insn)) == insn | |
6231 | && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (sets[0].rtl)) == REG | |
6232 | && REGNO (SET_SRC (sets[0].rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
1bb98cec | 6233 | && REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (SET_SRC (sets[0].rtl)))) |
7afe21cc | 6234 | { |
1bb98cec DM |
6235 | int src_q = REG_QTY (REGNO (SET_SRC (sets[0].rtl))); |
6236 | struct qty_table_elem *src_ent = &qty_table[src_q]; | |
7afe21cc | 6237 | |
1bb98cec DM |
6238 | if ((src_ent->first_reg == REGNO (SET_DEST (sets[0].rtl))) |
6239 | && ! find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)) | |
7afe21cc | 6240 | { |
403e25d0 | 6241 | rtx prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn); |
7afe21cc | 6242 | |
58ecb5e2 RS |
6243 | /* Do not swap the registers around if the previous instruction |
6244 | attaches a REG_EQUIV note to REG1. | |
6245 | ||
6246 | ??? It's not entirely clear whether we can transfer a REG_EQUIV | |
6247 | from the pseudo that originally shadowed an incoming argument | |
6248 | to another register. Some uses of REG_EQUIV might rely on it | |
6249 | being attached to REG1 rather than REG2. | |
6250 | ||
6251 | This section previously turned the REG_EQUIV into a REG_EQUAL | |
6252 | note. We cannot do that because REG_EQUIV may provide an | |
ec5c56db | 6253 | uninitialised stack slot when REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE is used. */ |
58ecb5e2 | 6254 | |
403e25d0 RK |
6255 | if (prev != 0 && GET_CODE (prev) == INSN |
6256 | && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev)) == SET | |
58ecb5e2 RS |
6257 | && SET_DEST (PATTERN (prev)) == SET_SRC (sets[0].rtl) |
6258 | && ! find_reg_note (prev, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX)) | |
1bb98cec DM |
6259 | { |
6260 | rtx dest = SET_DEST (sets[0].rtl); | |
403e25d0 | 6261 | rtx src = SET_SRC (sets[0].rtl); |
58ecb5e2 | 6262 | rtx note; |
7afe21cc | 6263 | |
278a83b2 KH |
6264 | validate_change (prev, &SET_DEST (PATTERN (prev)), dest, 1); |
6265 | validate_change (insn, &SET_DEST (sets[0].rtl), src, 1); | |
6266 | validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (sets[0].rtl), dest, 1); | |
1bb98cec | 6267 | apply_change_group (); |
7afe21cc | 6268 | |
1bb98cec DM |
6269 | /* If there was a REG_WAS_0 note on PREV, remove it. Move |
6270 | any REG_WAS_0 note on INSN to PREV. */ | |
6271 | note = find_reg_note (prev, REG_WAS_0, NULL_RTX); | |
6272 | if (note) | |
6273 | remove_note (prev, note); | |
6274 | ||
6275 | note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_WAS_0, NULL_RTX); | |
6276 | if (note) | |
6277 | { | |
6278 | remove_note (insn, note); | |
6279 | XEXP (note, 1) = REG_NOTES (prev); | |
6280 | REG_NOTES (prev) = note; | |
6281 | } | |
98369a0f | 6282 | |
403e25d0 RK |
6283 | /* If INSN has a REG_EQUAL note, and this note mentions |
6284 | REG0, then we must delete it, because the value in | |
6285 | REG0 has changed. If the note's value is REG1, we must | |
6286 | also delete it because that is now this insn's dest. */ | |
1bb98cec | 6287 | note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX); |
403e25d0 RK |
6288 | if (note != 0 |
6289 | && (reg_mentioned_p (dest, XEXP (note, 0)) | |
6290 | || rtx_equal_p (src, XEXP (note, 0)))) | |
1bb98cec DM |
6291 | remove_note (insn, note); |
6292 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
6293 | } |
6294 | } | |
6295 | ||
6296 | /* If this is a conditional jump insn, record any known equivalences due to | |
6297 | the condition being tested. */ | |
6298 | ||
6299 | last_jump_equiv_class = 0; | |
6300 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN | |
6301 | && n_sets == 1 && GET_CODE (x) == SET | |
6302 | && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) == IF_THEN_ELSE) | |
6303 | record_jump_equiv (insn, 0); | |
6304 | ||
6305 | #ifdef HAVE_cc0 | |
6306 | /* If the previous insn set CC0 and this insn no longer references CC0, | |
6307 | delete the previous insn. Here we use the fact that nothing expects CC0 | |
6308 | to be valid over an insn, which is true until the final pass. */ | |
6309 | if (prev_insn && GET_CODE (prev_insn) == INSN | |
6310 | && (tem = single_set (prev_insn)) != 0 | |
6311 | && SET_DEST (tem) == cc0_rtx | |
6312 | && ! reg_mentioned_p (cc0_rtx, x)) | |
6313 | { | |
6314 | PUT_CODE (prev_insn, NOTE); | |
6315 | NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED; | |
6316 | NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (prev_insn) = 0; | |
6317 | } | |
6318 | ||
6319 | prev_insn_cc0 = this_insn_cc0; | |
6320 | prev_insn_cc0_mode = this_insn_cc0_mode; | |
6321 | #endif | |
6322 | ||
6323 | prev_insn = insn; | |
6324 | } | |
6325 | \f | |
a4c6502a | 6326 | /* Remove from the hash table all expressions that reference memory. */ |
14a774a9 | 6327 | |
7afe21cc | 6328 | static void |
9ae8ffe7 | 6329 | invalidate_memory () |
7afe21cc | 6330 | { |
9ae8ffe7 JL |
6331 | register int i; |
6332 | register struct table_elt *p, *next; | |
7afe21cc | 6333 | |
9b1549b8 | 6334 | for (i = 0; i < HASH_SIZE; i++) |
9ae8ffe7 JL |
6335 | for (p = table[i]; p; p = next) |
6336 | { | |
6337 | next = p->next_same_hash; | |
6338 | if (p->in_memory) | |
6339 | remove_from_table (p, i); | |
6340 | } | |
6341 | } | |
6342 | ||
14a774a9 RK |
6343 | /* If ADDR is an address that implicitly affects the stack pointer, return |
6344 | 1 and update the register tables to show the effect. Else, return 0. */ | |
6345 | ||
9ae8ffe7 | 6346 | static int |
14a774a9 | 6347 | addr_affects_sp_p (addr) |
9ae8ffe7 JL |
6348 | register rtx addr; |
6349 | { | |
4b983fdc | 6350 | if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (addr)) == 'a' |
9ae8ffe7 JL |
6351 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == REG |
6352 | && REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) | |
7afe21cc | 6353 | { |
30f72379 MM |
6354 | if (REG_TICK (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) >= 0) |
6355 | REG_TICK (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)++; | |
9ae8ffe7 JL |
6356 | |
6357 | /* This should be *very* rare. */ | |
6358 | if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (hard_regs_in_table, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)) | |
6359 | invalidate (stack_pointer_rtx, VOIDmode); | |
14a774a9 | 6360 | |
9ae8ffe7 | 6361 | return 1; |
7afe21cc | 6362 | } |
14a774a9 | 6363 | |
9ae8ffe7 | 6364 | return 0; |
7afe21cc RK |
6365 | } |
6366 | ||
6367 | /* Perform invalidation on the basis of everything about an insn | |
6368 | except for invalidating the actual places that are SET in it. | |
6369 | This includes the places CLOBBERed, and anything that might | |
6370 | alias with something that is SET or CLOBBERed. | |
6371 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
6372 | X is the pattern of the insn. */ |
6373 | ||
6374 | static void | |
9ae8ffe7 | 6375 | invalidate_from_clobbers (x) |
7afe21cc RK |
6376 | rtx x; |
6377 | { | |
7afe21cc RK |
6378 | if (GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER) |
6379 | { | |
6380 | rtx ref = XEXP (x, 0); | |
9ae8ffe7 JL |
6381 | if (ref) |
6382 | { | |
6383 | if (GET_CODE (ref) == REG || GET_CODE (ref) == SUBREG | |
6384 | || GET_CODE (ref) == MEM) | |
6385 | invalidate (ref, VOIDmode); | |
6386 | else if (GET_CODE (ref) == STRICT_LOW_PART | |
6387 | || GET_CODE (ref) == ZERO_EXTRACT) | |
6388 | invalidate (XEXP (ref, 0), GET_MODE (ref)); | |
6389 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
6390 | } |
6391 | else if (GET_CODE (x) == PARALLEL) | |
6392 | { | |
6393 | register int i; | |
6394 | for (i = XVECLEN (x, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
6395 | { | |
6396 | register rtx y = XVECEXP (x, 0, i); | |
6397 | if (GET_CODE (y) == CLOBBER) | |
6398 | { | |
6399 | rtx ref = XEXP (y, 0); | |
9ae8ffe7 JL |
6400 | if (GET_CODE (ref) == REG || GET_CODE (ref) == SUBREG |
6401 | || GET_CODE (ref) == MEM) | |
6402 | invalidate (ref, VOIDmode); | |
6403 | else if (GET_CODE (ref) == STRICT_LOW_PART | |
6404 | || GET_CODE (ref) == ZERO_EXTRACT) | |
6405 | invalidate (XEXP (ref, 0), GET_MODE (ref)); | |
7afe21cc RK |
6406 | } |
6407 | } | |
6408 | } | |
6409 | } | |
6410 | \f | |
6411 | /* Process X, part of the REG_NOTES of an insn. Look at any REG_EQUAL notes | |
6412 | and replace any registers in them with either an equivalent constant | |
6413 | or the canonical form of the register. If we are inside an address, | |
6414 | only do this if the address remains valid. | |
6415 | ||
6416 | OBJECT is 0 except when within a MEM in which case it is the MEM. | |
6417 | ||
6418 | Return the replacement for X. */ | |
6419 | ||
6420 | static rtx | |
6421 | cse_process_notes (x, object) | |
6422 | rtx x; | |
6423 | rtx object; | |
6424 | { | |
6425 | enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x); | |
6f7d635c | 6426 | const char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); |
7afe21cc RK |
6427 | int i; |
6428 | ||
6429 | switch (code) | |
6430 | { | |
6431 | case CONST_INT: | |
6432 | case CONST: | |
6433 | case SYMBOL_REF: | |
6434 | case LABEL_REF: | |
6435 | case CONST_DOUBLE: | |
6436 | case PC: | |
6437 | case CC0: | |
6438 | case LO_SUM: | |
6439 | return x; | |
6440 | ||
6441 | case MEM: | |
c96208fa DC |
6442 | validate_change (x, &XEXP (x, 0), |
6443 | cse_process_notes (XEXP (x, 0), x), 0); | |
7afe21cc RK |
6444 | return x; |
6445 | ||
6446 | case EXPR_LIST: | |
6447 | case INSN_LIST: | |
6448 | if (REG_NOTE_KIND (x) == REG_EQUAL) | |
906c4e36 | 6449 | XEXP (x, 0) = cse_process_notes (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX); |
7afe21cc | 6450 | if (XEXP (x, 1)) |
906c4e36 | 6451 | XEXP (x, 1) = cse_process_notes (XEXP (x, 1), NULL_RTX); |
7afe21cc RK |
6452 | return x; |
6453 | ||
e4890d45 RS |
6454 | case SIGN_EXTEND: |
6455 | case ZERO_EXTEND: | |
0b0ee36c | 6456 | case SUBREG: |
e4890d45 RS |
6457 | { |
6458 | rtx new = cse_process_notes (XEXP (x, 0), object); | |
6459 | /* We don't substitute VOIDmode constants into these rtx, | |
6460 | since they would impede folding. */ | |
6461 | if (GET_MODE (new) != VOIDmode) | |
6462 | validate_change (object, &XEXP (x, 0), new, 0); | |
6463 | return x; | |
6464 | } | |
6465 | ||
7afe21cc | 6466 | case REG: |
30f72379 | 6467 | i = REG_QTY (REGNO (x)); |
7afe21cc RK |
6468 | |
6469 | /* Return a constant or a constant register. */ | |
1bb98cec | 6470 | if (REGNO_QTY_VALID_P (REGNO (x))) |
7afe21cc | 6471 | { |
1bb98cec DM |
6472 | struct qty_table_elem *ent = &qty_table[i]; |
6473 | ||
6474 | if (ent->const_rtx != NULL_RTX | |
6475 | && (CONSTANT_P (ent->const_rtx) | |
6476 | || GET_CODE (ent->const_rtx) == REG)) | |
6477 | { | |
6478 | rtx new = gen_lowpart_if_possible (GET_MODE (x), ent->const_rtx); | |
6479 | if (new) | |
6480 | return new; | |
6481 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
6482 | } |
6483 | ||
6484 | /* Otherwise, canonicalize this register. */ | |
906c4e36 | 6485 | return canon_reg (x, NULL_RTX); |
278a83b2 | 6486 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
6487 | default: |
6488 | break; | |
7afe21cc RK |
6489 | } |
6490 | ||
6491 | for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++) | |
6492 | if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
6493 | validate_change (object, &XEXP (x, i), | |
7fe34fdf | 6494 | cse_process_notes (XEXP (x, i), object), 0); |
7afe21cc RK |
6495 | |
6496 | return x; | |
6497 | } | |
6498 | \f | |
6499 | /* Find common subexpressions between the end test of a loop and the beginning | |
6500 | of the loop. LOOP_START is the CODE_LABEL at the start of a loop. | |
6501 | ||
6502 | Often we have a loop where an expression in the exit test is used | |
6503 | in the body of the loop. For example "while (*p) *q++ = *p++;". | |
6504 | Because of the way we duplicate the loop exit test in front of the loop, | |
6505 | however, we don't detect that common subexpression. This will be caught | |
6506 | when global cse is implemented, but this is a quite common case. | |
6507 | ||
6508 | This function handles the most common cases of these common expressions. | |
6509 | It is called after we have processed the basic block ending with the | |
6510 | NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END note that ends a loop and the previous JUMP_INSN | |
6511 | jumps to a label used only once. */ | |
6512 | ||
6513 | static void | |
6514 | cse_around_loop (loop_start) | |
6515 | rtx loop_start; | |
6516 | { | |
6517 | rtx insn; | |
6518 | int i; | |
6519 | struct table_elt *p; | |
6520 | ||
6521 | /* If the jump at the end of the loop doesn't go to the start, we don't | |
6522 | do anything. */ | |
6523 | for (insn = PREV_INSN (loop_start); | |
6524 | insn && (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) >= 0); | |
6525 | insn = PREV_INSN (insn)) | |
6526 | ; | |
6527 | ||
6528 | if (insn == 0 | |
6529 | || GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE | |
6530 | || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) != NOTE_INSN_LOOP_BEG) | |
6531 | return; | |
6532 | ||
6533 | /* If the last insn of the loop (the end test) was an NE comparison, | |
6534 | we will interpret it as an EQ comparison, since we fell through | |
f72aed24 | 6535 | the loop. Any equivalences resulting from that comparison are |
7afe21cc RK |
6536 | therefore not valid and must be invalidated. */ |
6537 | if (last_jump_equiv_class) | |
6538 | for (p = last_jump_equiv_class->first_same_value; p; | |
6539 | p = p->next_same_value) | |
51723711 | 6540 | { |
278a83b2 | 6541 | if (GET_CODE (p->exp) == MEM || GET_CODE (p->exp) == REG |
51723711 | 6542 | || (GET_CODE (p->exp) == SUBREG |
278a83b2 | 6543 | && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (p->exp)) == REG)) |
51723711 | 6544 | invalidate (p->exp, VOIDmode); |
278a83b2 KH |
6545 | else if (GET_CODE (p->exp) == STRICT_LOW_PART |
6546 | || GET_CODE (p->exp) == ZERO_EXTRACT) | |
51723711 KG |
6547 | invalidate (XEXP (p->exp, 0), GET_MODE (p->exp)); |
6548 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
6549 | |
6550 | /* Process insns starting after LOOP_START until we hit a CALL_INSN or | |
6551 | a CODE_LABEL (we could handle a CALL_INSN, but it isn't worth it). | |
6552 | ||
6553 | The only thing we do with SET_DEST is invalidate entries, so we | |
6554 | can safely process each SET in order. It is slightly less efficient | |
556c714b JW |
6555 | to do so, but we only want to handle the most common cases. |
6556 | ||
6557 | The gen_move_insn call in cse_set_around_loop may create new pseudos. | |
6558 | These pseudos won't have valid entries in any of the tables indexed | |
6559 | by register number, such as reg_qty. We avoid out-of-range array | |
6560 | accesses by not processing any instructions created after cse started. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
6561 | |
6562 | for (insn = NEXT_INSN (loop_start); | |
6563 | GET_CODE (insn) != CALL_INSN && GET_CODE (insn) != CODE_LABEL | |
556c714b | 6564 | && INSN_UID (insn) < max_insn_uid |
7afe21cc RK |
6565 | && ! (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE |
6566 | && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END); | |
6567 | insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) | |
6568 | { | |
2c3c49de | 6569 | if (INSN_P (insn) |
7afe21cc RK |
6570 | && (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET |
6571 | || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER)) | |
6572 | cse_set_around_loop (PATTERN (insn), insn, loop_start); | |
2c3c49de | 6573 | else if (INSN_P (insn) && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL) |
7afe21cc RK |
6574 | for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
6575 | if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET | |
6576 | || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == CLOBBER) | |
6577 | cse_set_around_loop (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i), insn, | |
6578 | loop_start); | |
6579 | } | |
6580 | } | |
6581 | \f | |
8b3686ed RK |
6582 | /* Process one SET of an insn that was skipped. We ignore CLOBBERs |
6583 | since they are done elsewhere. This function is called via note_stores. */ | |
6584 | ||
6585 | static void | |
84832317 | 6586 | invalidate_skipped_set (dest, set, data) |
8b3686ed RK |
6587 | rtx set; |
6588 | rtx dest; | |
84832317 | 6589 | void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
8b3686ed | 6590 | { |
9ae8ffe7 JL |
6591 | enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (dest); |
6592 | ||
6593 | if (code == MEM | |
ddc356e8 | 6594 | && ! addr_affects_sp_p (dest) /* If this is not a stack push ... */ |
9ae8ffe7 JL |
6595 | /* There are times when an address can appear varying and be a PLUS |
6596 | during this scan when it would be a fixed address were we to know | |
6597 | the proper equivalences. So invalidate all memory if there is | |
6598 | a BLKmode or nonscalar memory reference or a reference to a | |
6599 | variable address. */ | |
6600 | && (MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (dest) || GET_MODE (dest) == BLKmode | |
2be28ee2 | 6601 | || cse_rtx_varies_p (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))) |
9ae8ffe7 JL |
6602 | { |
6603 | invalidate_memory (); | |
6604 | return; | |
6605 | } | |
ffcf6393 | 6606 | |
f47c02fa RK |
6607 | if (GET_CODE (set) == CLOBBER |
6608 | #ifdef HAVE_cc0 | |
6609 | || dest == cc0_rtx | |
6610 | #endif | |
6611 | || dest == pc_rtx) | |
6612 | return; | |
6613 | ||
9ae8ffe7 | 6614 | if (code == STRICT_LOW_PART || code == ZERO_EXTRACT) |
bb4034b3 | 6615 | invalidate (XEXP (dest, 0), GET_MODE (dest)); |
9ae8ffe7 JL |
6616 | else if (code == REG || code == SUBREG || code == MEM) |
6617 | invalidate (dest, VOIDmode); | |
8b3686ed RK |
6618 | } |
6619 | ||
6620 | /* Invalidate all insns from START up to the end of the function or the | |
6621 | next label. This called when we wish to CSE around a block that is | |
6622 | conditionally executed. */ | |
6623 | ||
6624 | static void | |
6625 | invalidate_skipped_block (start) | |
6626 | rtx start; | |
6627 | { | |
6628 | rtx insn; | |
8b3686ed RK |
6629 | |
6630 | for (insn = start; insn && GET_CODE (insn) != CODE_LABEL; | |
6631 | insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) | |
6632 | { | |
2c3c49de | 6633 | if (! INSN_P (insn)) |
8b3686ed RK |
6634 | continue; |
6635 | ||
8b3686ed RK |
6636 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN) |
6637 | { | |
24a28584 | 6638 | if (! CONST_OR_PURE_CALL_P (insn)) |
9ae8ffe7 | 6639 | invalidate_memory (); |
8b3686ed | 6640 | invalidate_for_call (); |
8b3686ed RK |
6641 | } |
6642 | ||
97577254 | 6643 | invalidate_from_clobbers (PATTERN (insn)); |
84832317 | 6644 | note_stores (PATTERN (insn), invalidate_skipped_set, NULL); |
8b3686ed RK |
6645 | } |
6646 | } | |
6647 | \f | |
84832317 MM |
6648 | /* If modifying X will modify the value in *DATA (which is really an |
6649 | `rtx *'), indicate that fact by setting the pointed to value to | |
6650 | NULL_RTX. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
6651 | |
6652 | static void | |
84832317 | 6653 | cse_check_loop_start (x, set, data) |
7afe21cc | 6654 | rtx x; |
d6f4ec51 | 6655 | rtx set ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
84832317 | 6656 | void *data; |
7afe21cc | 6657 | { |
84832317 MM |
6658 | rtx *cse_check_loop_start_value = (rtx *) data; |
6659 | ||
6660 | if (*cse_check_loop_start_value == NULL_RTX | |
7afe21cc RK |
6661 | || GET_CODE (x) == CC0 || GET_CODE (x) == PC) |
6662 | return; | |
6663 | ||
84832317 MM |
6664 | if ((GET_CODE (x) == MEM && GET_CODE (*cse_check_loop_start_value) == MEM) |
6665 | || reg_overlap_mentioned_p (x, *cse_check_loop_start_value)) | |
6666 | *cse_check_loop_start_value = NULL_RTX; | |
7afe21cc RK |
6667 | } |
6668 | ||
6669 | /* X is a SET or CLOBBER contained in INSN that was found near the start of | |
6670 | a loop that starts with the label at LOOP_START. | |
6671 | ||
6672 | If X is a SET, we see if its SET_SRC is currently in our hash table. | |
6673 | If so, we see if it has a value equal to some register used only in the | |
6674 | loop exit code (as marked by jump.c). | |
6675 | ||
6676 | If those two conditions are true, we search backwards from the start of | |
6677 | the loop to see if that same value was loaded into a register that still | |
6678 | retains its value at the start of the loop. | |
6679 | ||
6680 | If so, we insert an insn after the load to copy the destination of that | |
6681 | load into the equivalent register and (try to) replace our SET_SRC with that | |
6682 | register. | |
6683 | ||
6684 | In any event, we invalidate whatever this SET or CLOBBER modifies. */ | |
6685 | ||
6686 | static void | |
6687 | cse_set_around_loop (x, insn, loop_start) | |
6688 | rtx x; | |
6689 | rtx insn; | |
6690 | rtx loop_start; | |
6691 | { | |
7afe21cc | 6692 | struct table_elt *src_elt; |
7afe21cc RK |
6693 | |
6694 | /* If this is a SET, see if we can replace SET_SRC, but ignore SETs that | |
6695 | are setting PC or CC0 or whose SET_SRC is already a register. */ | |
6696 | if (GET_CODE (x) == SET | |
6697 | && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) != PC && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) != CC0 | |
6698 | && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) != REG) | |
6699 | { | |
6700 | src_elt = lookup (SET_SRC (x), | |
6701 | HASH (SET_SRC (x), GET_MODE (SET_DEST (x))), | |
6702 | GET_MODE (SET_DEST (x))); | |
6703 | ||
6704 | if (src_elt) | |
6705 | for (src_elt = src_elt->first_same_value; src_elt; | |
6706 | src_elt = src_elt->next_same_value) | |
6707 | if (GET_CODE (src_elt->exp) == REG && REG_LOOP_TEST_P (src_elt->exp) | |
6708 | && COST (src_elt->exp) < COST (SET_SRC (x))) | |
6709 | { | |
6710 | rtx p, set; | |
6711 | ||
6712 | /* Look for an insn in front of LOOP_START that sets | |
6713 | something in the desired mode to SET_SRC (x) before we hit | |
6714 | a label or CALL_INSN. */ | |
6715 | ||
6716 | for (p = prev_nonnote_insn (loop_start); | |
6717 | p && GET_CODE (p) != CALL_INSN | |
6718 | && GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL; | |
6719 | p = prev_nonnote_insn (p)) | |
6720 | if ((set = single_set (p)) != 0 | |
6721 | && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG | |
6722 | && GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set)) == src_elt->mode | |
6723 | && rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (set), SET_SRC (x))) | |
6724 | { | |
6725 | /* We now have to ensure that nothing between P | |
6726 | and LOOP_START modified anything referenced in | |
6727 | SET_SRC (x). We know that nothing within the loop | |
6728 | can modify it, or we would have invalidated it in | |
6729 | the hash table. */ | |
6730 | rtx q; | |
84832317 | 6731 | rtx cse_check_loop_start_value = SET_SRC (x); |
7afe21cc | 6732 | for (q = p; q != loop_start; q = NEXT_INSN (q)) |
2c3c49de | 6733 | if (INSN_P (q)) |
84832317 MM |
6734 | note_stores (PATTERN (q), |
6735 | cse_check_loop_start, | |
6736 | &cse_check_loop_start_value); | |
7afe21cc RK |
6737 | |
6738 | /* If nothing was changed and we can replace our | |
6739 | SET_SRC, add an insn after P to copy its destination | |
6740 | to what we will be replacing SET_SRC with. */ | |
6741 | if (cse_check_loop_start_value | |
6742 | && validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (x), | |
6743 | src_elt->exp, 0)) | |
e89d3e6f R |
6744 | { |
6745 | /* If this creates new pseudos, this is unsafe, | |
6746 | because the regno of new pseudo is unsuitable | |
6747 | to index into reg_qty when cse_insn processes | |
6748 | the new insn. Therefore, if a new pseudo was | |
6749 | created, discard this optimization. */ | |
6750 | int nregs = max_reg_num (); | |
6751 | rtx move | |
6752 | = gen_move_insn (src_elt->exp, SET_DEST (set)); | |
6753 | if (nregs != max_reg_num ()) | |
6754 | { | |
6755 | if (! validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (x), | |
6756 | SET_SRC (set), 0)) | |
6757 | abort (); | |
6758 | } | |
6759 | else | |
6760 | emit_insn_after (move, p); | |
6761 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
6762 | break; |
6763 | } | |
6764 | } | |
6765 | } | |
6766 | ||
14a774a9 RK |
6767 | /* Deal with the destination of X affecting the stack pointer. */ |
6768 | addr_affects_sp_p (SET_DEST (x)); | |
7afe21cc | 6769 | |
14a774a9 RK |
6770 | /* See comment on similar code in cse_insn for explanation of these |
6771 | tests. */ | |
7afe21cc | 6772 | if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == REG || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == SUBREG |
9ae8ffe7 | 6773 | || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == MEM) |
bb4034b3 | 6774 | invalidate (SET_DEST (x), VOIDmode); |
2708da92 RS |
6775 | else if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == STRICT_LOW_PART |
6776 | || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == ZERO_EXTRACT) | |
bb4034b3 | 6777 | invalidate (XEXP (SET_DEST (x), 0), GET_MODE (SET_DEST (x))); |
7afe21cc RK |
6778 | } |
6779 | \f | |
6780 | /* Find the end of INSN's basic block and return its range, | |
6781 | the total number of SETs in all the insns of the block, the last insn of the | |
6782 | block, and the branch path. | |
6783 | ||
6784 | The branch path indicates which branches should be followed. If a non-zero | |
6785 | path size is specified, the block should be rescanned and a different set | |
6786 | of branches will be taken. The branch path is only used if | |
8b3686ed | 6787 | FLAG_CSE_FOLLOW_JUMPS or FLAG_CSE_SKIP_BLOCKS is non-zero. |
7afe21cc RK |
6788 | |
6789 | DATA is a pointer to a struct cse_basic_block_data, defined below, that is | |
6790 | used to describe the block. It is filled in with the information about | |
6791 | the current block. The incoming structure's branch path, if any, is used | |
6792 | to construct the output branch path. */ | |
6793 | ||
7afe21cc | 6794 | void |
8b3686ed | 6795 | cse_end_of_basic_block (insn, data, follow_jumps, after_loop, skip_blocks) |
7afe21cc RK |
6796 | rtx insn; |
6797 | struct cse_basic_block_data *data; | |
6798 | int follow_jumps; | |
6799 | int after_loop; | |
8b3686ed | 6800 | int skip_blocks; |
7afe21cc RK |
6801 | { |
6802 | rtx p = insn, q; | |
6803 | int nsets = 0; | |
6804 | int low_cuid = INSN_CUID (insn), high_cuid = INSN_CUID (insn); | |
2c3c49de | 6805 | rtx next = INSN_P (insn) ? insn : next_real_insn (insn); |
7afe21cc RK |
6806 | int path_size = data->path_size; |
6807 | int path_entry = 0; | |
6808 | int i; | |
6809 | ||
6810 | /* Update the previous branch path, if any. If the last branch was | |
6811 | previously TAKEN, mark it NOT_TAKEN. If it was previously NOT_TAKEN, | |
6812 | shorten the path by one and look at the previous branch. We know that | |
6813 | at least one branch must have been taken if PATH_SIZE is non-zero. */ | |
6814 | while (path_size > 0) | |
6815 | { | |
8b3686ed | 6816 | if (data->path[path_size - 1].status != NOT_TAKEN) |
7afe21cc RK |
6817 | { |
6818 | data->path[path_size - 1].status = NOT_TAKEN; | |
6819 | break; | |
6820 | } | |
6821 | else | |
6822 | path_size--; | |
6823 | } | |
6824 | ||
16b702cd MM |
6825 | /* If the first instruction is marked with QImode, that means we've |
6826 | already processed this block. Our caller will look at DATA->LAST | |
6827 | to figure out where to go next. We want to return the next block | |
6828 | in the instruction stream, not some branched-to block somewhere | |
6829 | else. We accomplish this by pretending our called forbid us to | |
6830 | follow jumps, or skip blocks. */ | |
6831 | if (GET_MODE (insn) == QImode) | |
6832 | follow_jumps = skip_blocks = 0; | |
6833 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
6834 | /* Scan to end of this basic block. */ |
6835 | while (p && GET_CODE (p) != CODE_LABEL) | |
6836 | { | |
6837 | /* Don't cse out the end of a loop. This makes a difference | |
6838 | only for the unusual loops that always execute at least once; | |
6839 | all other loops have labels there so we will stop in any case. | |
6840 | Cse'ing out the end of the loop is dangerous because it | |
6841 | might cause an invariant expression inside the loop | |
6842 | to be reused after the end of the loop. This would make it | |
6843 | hard to move the expression out of the loop in loop.c, | |
6844 | especially if it is one of several equivalent expressions | |
6845 | and loop.c would like to eliminate it. | |
6846 | ||
6847 | If we are running after loop.c has finished, we can ignore | |
6848 | the NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END. */ | |
6849 | ||
6850 | if (! after_loop && GET_CODE (p) == NOTE | |
6851 | && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END) | |
6852 | break; | |
6853 | ||
8aeea6e6 | 6854 | /* Don't cse over a call to setjmp; on some machines (eg VAX) |
7afe21cc RK |
6855 | the regs restored by the longjmp come from |
6856 | a later time than the setjmp. */ | |
570a98eb JH |
6857 | if (PREV_INSN (p) && GET_CODE (PREV_INSN (p)) == CALL_INSN |
6858 | && find_reg_note (PREV_INSN (p), REG_SETJMP, NULL)) | |
7afe21cc RK |
6859 | break; |
6860 | ||
6861 | /* A PARALLEL can have lots of SETs in it, | |
6862 | especially if it is really an ASM_OPERANDS. */ | |
2c3c49de | 6863 | if (INSN_P (p) && GET_CODE (PATTERN (p)) == PARALLEL) |
7afe21cc RK |
6864 | nsets += XVECLEN (PATTERN (p), 0); |
6865 | else if (GET_CODE (p) != NOTE) | |
6866 | nsets += 1; | |
278a83b2 | 6867 | |
164c8956 RK |
6868 | /* Ignore insns made by CSE; they cannot affect the boundaries of |
6869 | the basic block. */ | |
6870 | ||
6871 | if (INSN_UID (p) <= max_uid && INSN_CUID (p) > high_cuid) | |
8b3686ed | 6872 | high_cuid = INSN_CUID (p); |
164c8956 RK |
6873 | if (INSN_UID (p) <= max_uid && INSN_CUID (p) < low_cuid) |
6874 | low_cuid = INSN_CUID (p); | |
7afe21cc RK |
6875 | |
6876 | /* See if this insn is in our branch path. If it is and we are to | |
6877 | take it, do so. */ | |
6878 | if (path_entry < path_size && data->path[path_entry].branch == p) | |
6879 | { | |
8b3686ed | 6880 | if (data->path[path_entry].status != NOT_TAKEN) |
7afe21cc | 6881 | p = JUMP_LABEL (p); |
278a83b2 | 6882 | |
7afe21cc RK |
6883 | /* Point to next entry in path, if any. */ |
6884 | path_entry++; | |
6885 | } | |
6886 | ||
6887 | /* If this is a conditional jump, we can follow it if -fcse-follow-jumps | |
6888 | was specified, we haven't reached our maximum path length, there are | |
6889 | insns following the target of the jump, this is the only use of the | |
8b3686ed RK |
6890 | jump label, and the target label is preceded by a BARRIER. |
6891 | ||
6892 | Alternatively, we can follow the jump if it branches around a | |
6893 | block of code and there are no other branches into the block. | |
6894 | In this case invalidate_skipped_block will be called to invalidate any | |
6895 | registers set in the block when following the jump. */ | |
6896 | ||
6897 | else if ((follow_jumps || skip_blocks) && path_size < PATHLENGTH - 1 | |
7afe21cc | 6898 | && GET_CODE (p) == JUMP_INSN |
278a83b2 | 6899 | && GET_CODE (PATTERN (p)) == SET |
7afe21cc | 6900 | && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (PATTERN (p))) == IF_THEN_ELSE |
85c3ba60 | 6901 | && JUMP_LABEL (p) != 0 |
7afe21cc RK |
6902 | && LABEL_NUSES (JUMP_LABEL (p)) == 1 |
6903 | && NEXT_INSN (JUMP_LABEL (p)) != 0) | |
6904 | { | |
6905 | for (q = PREV_INSN (JUMP_LABEL (p)); q; q = PREV_INSN (q)) | |
6906 | if ((GET_CODE (q) != NOTE | |
278a83b2 | 6907 | || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (q) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END |
570a98eb JH |
6908 | || (PREV_INSN (q) && GET_CODE (PREV_INSN (q)) == CALL_INSN |
6909 | && find_reg_note (PREV_INSN (q), REG_SETJMP, NULL))) | |
278a83b2 | 6910 | && (GET_CODE (q) != CODE_LABEL || LABEL_NUSES (q) != 0)) |
7afe21cc RK |
6911 | break; |
6912 | ||
6913 | /* If we ran into a BARRIER, this code is an extension of the | |
6914 | basic block when the branch is taken. */ | |
8b3686ed | 6915 | if (follow_jumps && q != 0 && GET_CODE (q) == BARRIER) |
7afe21cc RK |
6916 | { |
6917 | /* Don't allow ourself to keep walking around an | |
6918 | always-executed loop. */ | |
fc3ffe83 RK |
6919 | if (next_real_insn (q) == next) |
6920 | { | |
6921 | p = NEXT_INSN (p); | |
6922 | continue; | |
6923 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
6924 | |
6925 | /* Similarly, don't put a branch in our path more than once. */ | |
6926 | for (i = 0; i < path_entry; i++) | |
6927 | if (data->path[i].branch == p) | |
6928 | break; | |
6929 | ||
6930 | if (i != path_entry) | |
6931 | break; | |
6932 | ||
6933 | data->path[path_entry].branch = p; | |
6934 | data->path[path_entry++].status = TAKEN; | |
6935 | ||
6936 | /* This branch now ends our path. It was possible that we | |
6937 | didn't see this branch the last time around (when the | |
6938 | insn in front of the target was a JUMP_INSN that was | |
6939 | turned into a no-op). */ | |
6940 | path_size = path_entry; | |
6941 | ||
6942 | p = JUMP_LABEL (p); | |
6943 | /* Mark block so we won't scan it again later. */ | |
6944 | PUT_MODE (NEXT_INSN (p), QImode); | |
6945 | } | |
8b3686ed RK |
6946 | /* Detect a branch around a block of code. */ |
6947 | else if (skip_blocks && q != 0 && GET_CODE (q) != CODE_LABEL) | |
6948 | { | |
6949 | register rtx tmp; | |
6950 | ||
fc3ffe83 RK |
6951 | if (next_real_insn (q) == next) |
6952 | { | |
6953 | p = NEXT_INSN (p); | |
6954 | continue; | |
6955 | } | |
8b3686ed RK |
6956 | |
6957 | for (i = 0; i < path_entry; i++) | |
6958 | if (data->path[i].branch == p) | |
6959 | break; | |
6960 | ||
6961 | if (i != path_entry) | |
6962 | break; | |
6963 | ||
6964 | /* This is no_labels_between_p (p, q) with an added check for | |
6965 | reaching the end of a function (in case Q precedes P). */ | |
6966 | for (tmp = NEXT_INSN (p); tmp && tmp != q; tmp = NEXT_INSN (tmp)) | |
6967 | if (GET_CODE (tmp) == CODE_LABEL) | |
6968 | break; | |
278a83b2 | 6969 | |
8b3686ed RK |
6970 | if (tmp == q) |
6971 | { | |
6972 | data->path[path_entry].branch = p; | |
6973 | data->path[path_entry++].status = AROUND; | |
6974 | ||
6975 | path_size = path_entry; | |
6976 | ||
6977 | p = JUMP_LABEL (p); | |
6978 | /* Mark block so we won't scan it again later. */ | |
6979 | PUT_MODE (NEXT_INSN (p), QImode); | |
6980 | } | |
6981 | } | |
7afe21cc | 6982 | } |
7afe21cc RK |
6983 | p = NEXT_INSN (p); |
6984 | } | |
6985 | ||
6986 | data->low_cuid = low_cuid; | |
6987 | data->high_cuid = high_cuid; | |
6988 | data->nsets = nsets; | |
6989 | data->last = p; | |
6990 | ||
6991 | /* If all jumps in the path are not taken, set our path length to zero | |
6992 | so a rescan won't be done. */ | |
6993 | for (i = path_size - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
8b3686ed | 6994 | if (data->path[i].status != NOT_TAKEN) |
7afe21cc RK |
6995 | break; |
6996 | ||
6997 | if (i == -1) | |
6998 | data->path_size = 0; | |
6999 | else | |
7000 | data->path_size = path_size; | |
7001 | ||
7002 | /* End the current branch path. */ | |
7003 | data->path[path_size].branch = 0; | |
7004 | } | |
7005 | \f | |
7afe21cc RK |
7006 | /* Perform cse on the instructions of a function. |
7007 | F is the first instruction. | |
7008 | NREGS is one plus the highest pseudo-reg number used in the instruction. | |
7009 | ||
7010 | AFTER_LOOP is 1 if this is the cse call done after loop optimization | |
7011 | (only if -frerun-cse-after-loop). | |
7012 | ||
7013 | Returns 1 if jump_optimize should be redone due to simplifications | |
7014 | in conditional jump instructions. */ | |
7015 | ||
7016 | int | |
7017 | cse_main (f, nregs, after_loop, file) | |
7018 | rtx f; | |
7019 | int nregs; | |
7020 | int after_loop; | |
7021 | FILE *file; | |
7022 | { | |
7023 | struct cse_basic_block_data val; | |
7024 | register rtx insn = f; | |
7025 | register int i; | |
7026 | ||
7027 | cse_jumps_altered = 0; | |
a5dfb4ee | 7028 | recorded_label_ref = 0; |
7afe21cc RK |
7029 | constant_pool_entries_cost = 0; |
7030 | val.path_size = 0; | |
7031 | ||
7032 | init_recog (); | |
9ae8ffe7 | 7033 | init_alias_analysis (); |
7afe21cc RK |
7034 | |
7035 | max_reg = nregs; | |
7036 | ||
556c714b JW |
7037 | max_insn_uid = get_max_uid (); |
7038 | ||
1bb98cec | 7039 | reg_eqv_table = (struct reg_eqv_elem *) |
eb33f744 | 7040 | xmalloc (nregs * sizeof (struct reg_eqv_elem)); |
7afe21cc | 7041 | |
7bac1be0 RK |
7042 | #ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP |
7043 | ||
7044 | /* Allocate scratch rtl here. cse_insn will fill in the memory reference | |
7045 | and change the code and mode as appropriate. */ | |
38a448ca | 7046 | memory_extend_rtx = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (VOIDmode, NULL_RTX); |
7bac1be0 RK |
7047 | #endif |
7048 | ||
1f8f4a0b MM |
7049 | /* Reset the counter indicating how many elements have been made |
7050 | thus far. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
7051 | n_elements_made = 0; |
7052 | ||
7053 | /* Find the largest uid. */ | |
7054 | ||
164c8956 | 7055 | max_uid = get_max_uid (); |
75c6bd46 | 7056 | uid_cuid = (int *) xcalloc (max_uid + 1, sizeof (int)); |
7afe21cc RK |
7057 | |
7058 | /* Compute the mapping from uids to cuids. | |
7059 | CUIDs are numbers assigned to insns, like uids, | |
7060 | except that cuids increase monotonically through the code. | |
7061 | Don't assign cuids to line-number NOTEs, so that the distance in cuids | |
7062 | between two insns is not affected by -g. */ | |
7063 | ||
7064 | for (insn = f, i = 0; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) | |
7065 | { | |
7066 | if (GET_CODE (insn) != NOTE | |
7067 | || NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) < 0) | |
7068 | INSN_CUID (insn) = ++i; | |
7069 | else | |
7070 | /* Give a line number note the same cuid as preceding insn. */ | |
7071 | INSN_CUID (insn) = i; | |
7072 | } | |
7073 | ||
1f8f4a0b | 7074 | ggc_push_context (); |
1497faf6 | 7075 | |
7afe21cc RK |
7076 | /* Loop over basic blocks. |
7077 | Compute the maximum number of qty's needed for each basic block | |
7078 | (which is 2 for each SET). */ | |
7079 | insn = f; | |
7080 | while (insn) | |
7081 | { | |
4eadede7 | 7082 | cse_altered = 0; |
8b3686ed RK |
7083 | cse_end_of_basic_block (insn, &val, flag_cse_follow_jumps, after_loop, |
7084 | flag_cse_skip_blocks); | |
7afe21cc RK |
7085 | |
7086 | /* If this basic block was already processed or has no sets, skip it. */ | |
7087 | if (val.nsets == 0 || GET_MODE (insn) == QImode) | |
7088 | { | |
7089 | PUT_MODE (insn, VOIDmode); | |
7090 | insn = (val.last ? NEXT_INSN (val.last) : 0); | |
7091 | val.path_size = 0; | |
7092 | continue; | |
7093 | } | |
7094 | ||
7095 | cse_basic_block_start = val.low_cuid; | |
7096 | cse_basic_block_end = val.high_cuid; | |
7097 | max_qty = val.nsets * 2; | |
278a83b2 | 7098 | |
7afe21cc | 7099 | if (file) |
ab87f8c8 | 7100 | fnotice (file, ";; Processing block from %d to %d, %d sets.\n", |
7afe21cc RK |
7101 | INSN_UID (insn), val.last ? INSN_UID (val.last) : 0, |
7102 | val.nsets); | |
7103 | ||
7104 | /* Make MAX_QTY bigger to give us room to optimize | |
7105 | past the end of this basic block, if that should prove useful. */ | |
7106 | if (max_qty < 500) | |
7107 | max_qty = 500; | |
7108 | ||
7109 | max_qty += max_reg; | |
7110 | ||
7111 | /* If this basic block is being extended by following certain jumps, | |
7112 | (see `cse_end_of_basic_block'), we reprocess the code from the start. | |
7113 | Otherwise, we start after this basic block. */ | |
7114 | if (val.path_size > 0) | |
278a83b2 | 7115 | cse_basic_block (insn, val.last, val.path, 0); |
7afe21cc RK |
7116 | else |
7117 | { | |
7118 | int old_cse_jumps_altered = cse_jumps_altered; | |
7119 | rtx temp; | |
7120 | ||
7121 | /* When cse changes a conditional jump to an unconditional | |
7122 | jump, we want to reprocess the block, since it will give | |
7123 | us a new branch path to investigate. */ | |
7124 | cse_jumps_altered = 0; | |
7125 | temp = cse_basic_block (insn, val.last, val.path, ! after_loop); | |
8b3686ed RK |
7126 | if (cse_jumps_altered == 0 |
7127 | || (flag_cse_follow_jumps == 0 && flag_cse_skip_blocks == 0)) | |
7afe21cc RK |
7128 | insn = temp; |
7129 | ||
7130 | cse_jumps_altered |= old_cse_jumps_altered; | |
7131 | } | |
7132 | ||
1f8f4a0b | 7133 | if (cse_altered) |
1497faf6 RH |
7134 | ggc_collect (); |
7135 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
7136 | #ifdef USE_C_ALLOCA |
7137 | alloca (0); | |
7138 | #endif | |
7139 | } | |
7140 | ||
1f8f4a0b | 7141 | ggc_pop_context (); |
1497faf6 | 7142 | |
7afe21cc RK |
7143 | if (max_elements_made < n_elements_made) |
7144 | max_elements_made = n_elements_made; | |
7145 | ||
e05e2395 MM |
7146 | /* Clean up. */ |
7147 | end_alias_analysis (); | |
75c6bd46 | 7148 | free (uid_cuid); |
1bb98cec | 7149 | free (reg_eqv_table); |
e05e2395 | 7150 | |
a5dfb4ee | 7151 | return cse_jumps_altered || recorded_label_ref; |
7afe21cc RK |
7152 | } |
7153 | ||
7154 | /* Process a single basic block. FROM and TO and the limits of the basic | |
7155 | block. NEXT_BRANCH points to the branch path when following jumps or | |
7156 | a null path when not following jumps. | |
7157 | ||
7158 | AROUND_LOOP is non-zero if we are to try to cse around to the start of a | |
7159 | loop. This is true when we are being called for the last time on a | |
7160 | block and this CSE pass is before loop.c. */ | |
7161 | ||
7162 | static rtx | |
7163 | cse_basic_block (from, to, next_branch, around_loop) | |
7164 | register rtx from, to; | |
7165 | struct branch_path *next_branch; | |
7166 | int around_loop; | |
7167 | { | |
7168 | register rtx insn; | |
7169 | int to_usage = 0; | |
7bd8b2a8 | 7170 | rtx libcall_insn = NULL_RTX; |
e9a25f70 | 7171 | int num_insns = 0; |
7afe21cc | 7172 | |
1bb98cec DM |
7173 | /* This array is undefined before max_reg, so only allocate |
7174 | the space actually needed and adjust the start. */ | |
7175 | ||
eb33f744 JL |
7176 | qty_table |
7177 | = (struct qty_table_elem *) xmalloc ((max_qty - max_reg) | |
278a83b2 | 7178 | * sizeof (struct qty_table_elem)); |
1bb98cec | 7179 | qty_table -= max_reg; |
7afe21cc RK |
7180 | |
7181 | new_basic_block (); | |
7182 | ||
7183 | /* TO might be a label. If so, protect it from being deleted. */ | |
7184 | if (to != 0 && GET_CODE (to) == CODE_LABEL) | |
7185 | ++LABEL_NUSES (to); | |
7186 | ||
7187 | for (insn = from; insn != to; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) | |
7188 | { | |
1d22a2c1 | 7189 | register enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (insn); |
e9a25f70 | 7190 | |
1d22a2c1 MM |
7191 | /* If we have processed 1,000 insns, flush the hash table to |
7192 | avoid extreme quadratic behavior. We must not include NOTEs | |
c13e8210 | 7193 | in the count since there may be more of them when generating |
1d22a2c1 MM |
7194 | debugging information. If we clear the table at different |
7195 | times, code generated with -g -O might be different than code | |
7196 | generated with -O but not -g. | |
e9a25f70 JL |
7197 | |
7198 | ??? This is a real kludge and needs to be done some other way. | |
7199 | Perhaps for 2.9. */ | |
1d22a2c1 | 7200 | if (code != NOTE && num_insns++ > 1000) |
e9a25f70 | 7201 | { |
01e752d3 | 7202 | flush_hash_table (); |
e9a25f70 JL |
7203 | num_insns = 0; |
7204 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
7205 | |
7206 | /* See if this is a branch that is part of the path. If so, and it is | |
7207 | to be taken, do so. */ | |
7208 | if (next_branch->branch == insn) | |
7209 | { | |
8b3686ed RK |
7210 | enum taken status = next_branch++->status; |
7211 | if (status != NOT_TAKEN) | |
7afe21cc | 7212 | { |
8b3686ed RK |
7213 | if (status == TAKEN) |
7214 | record_jump_equiv (insn, 1); | |
7215 | else | |
7216 | invalidate_skipped_block (NEXT_INSN (insn)); | |
7217 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
7218 | /* Set the last insn as the jump insn; it doesn't affect cc0. |
7219 | Then follow this branch. */ | |
7220 | #ifdef HAVE_cc0 | |
7221 | prev_insn_cc0 = 0; | |
7222 | #endif | |
7223 | prev_insn = insn; | |
7224 | insn = JUMP_LABEL (insn); | |
7225 | continue; | |
7226 | } | |
7227 | } | |
278a83b2 | 7228 | |
7afe21cc RK |
7229 | if (GET_MODE (insn) == QImode) |
7230 | PUT_MODE (insn, VOIDmode); | |
7231 | ||
7232 | if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'i') | |
7233 | { | |
7bd8b2a8 JL |
7234 | rtx p; |
7235 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
7236 | /* Process notes first so we have all notes in canonical forms when |
7237 | looking for duplicate operations. */ | |
7238 | ||
7239 | if (REG_NOTES (insn)) | |
906c4e36 | 7240 | REG_NOTES (insn) = cse_process_notes (REG_NOTES (insn), NULL_RTX); |
7afe21cc RK |
7241 | |
7242 | /* Track when we are inside in LIBCALL block. Inside such a block, | |
7243 | we do not want to record destinations. The last insn of a | |
7244 | LIBCALL block is not considered to be part of the block, since | |
830a38ee | 7245 | its destination is the result of the block and hence should be |
7afe21cc RK |
7246 | recorded. */ |
7247 | ||
efc9bd41 RK |
7248 | if (REG_NOTES (insn) != 0) |
7249 | { | |
7250 | if ((p = find_reg_note (insn, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX))) | |
7251 | libcall_insn = XEXP (p, 0); | |
7252 | else if (find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)) | |
7253 | libcall_insn = 0; | |
7254 | } | |
7afe21cc | 7255 | |
7bd8b2a8 | 7256 | cse_insn (insn, libcall_insn); |
f85cc4cb | 7257 | |
be8ac49a RK |
7258 | /* If we haven't already found an insn where we added a LABEL_REF, |
7259 | check this one. */ | |
7260 | if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN && ! recorded_label_ref | |
7261 | && for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (insn), check_for_label_ref, | |
7262 | (void *) insn)) | |
f85cc4cb | 7263 | recorded_label_ref = 1; |
7afe21cc RK |
7264 | } |
7265 | ||
7266 | /* If INSN is now an unconditional jump, skip to the end of our | |
7267 | basic block by pretending that we just did the last insn in the | |
7268 | basic block. If we are jumping to the end of our block, show | |
7269 | that we can have one usage of TO. */ | |
7270 | ||
7f1c097d | 7271 | if (any_uncondjump_p (insn)) |
7afe21cc RK |
7272 | { |
7273 | if (to == 0) | |
fa0933ba JL |
7274 | { |
7275 | free (qty_table + max_reg); | |
7276 | return 0; | |
7277 | } | |
7afe21cc RK |
7278 | |
7279 | if (JUMP_LABEL (insn) == to) | |
7280 | to_usage = 1; | |
7281 | ||
6a5293dc RS |
7282 | /* Maybe TO was deleted because the jump is unconditional. |
7283 | If so, there is nothing left in this basic block. */ | |
7284 | /* ??? Perhaps it would be smarter to set TO | |
278a83b2 | 7285 | to whatever follows this insn, |
6a5293dc RS |
7286 | and pretend the basic block had always ended here. */ |
7287 | if (INSN_DELETED_P (to)) | |
7288 | break; | |
7289 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
7290 | insn = PREV_INSN (to); |
7291 | } | |
7292 | ||
7293 | /* See if it is ok to keep on going past the label | |
7294 | which used to end our basic block. Remember that we incremented | |
d45cf215 | 7295 | the count of that label, so we decrement it here. If we made |
7afe21cc RK |
7296 | a jump unconditional, TO_USAGE will be one; in that case, we don't |
7297 | want to count the use in that jump. */ | |
7298 | ||
7299 | if (to != 0 && NEXT_INSN (insn) == to | |
7300 | && GET_CODE (to) == CODE_LABEL && --LABEL_NUSES (to) == to_usage) | |
7301 | { | |
7302 | struct cse_basic_block_data val; | |
146135d6 | 7303 | rtx prev; |
7afe21cc RK |
7304 | |
7305 | insn = NEXT_INSN (to); | |
7306 | ||
146135d6 RK |
7307 | /* If TO was the last insn in the function, we are done. */ |
7308 | if (insn == 0) | |
fa0933ba JL |
7309 | { |
7310 | free (qty_table + max_reg); | |
7311 | return 0; | |
7312 | } | |
7afe21cc | 7313 | |
146135d6 RK |
7314 | /* If TO was preceded by a BARRIER we are done with this block |
7315 | because it has no continuation. */ | |
7316 | prev = prev_nonnote_insn (to); | |
7317 | if (prev && GET_CODE (prev) == BARRIER) | |
fa0933ba JL |
7318 | { |
7319 | free (qty_table + max_reg); | |
7320 | return insn; | |
7321 | } | |
146135d6 RK |
7322 | |
7323 | /* Find the end of the following block. Note that we won't be | |
7324 | following branches in this case. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
7325 | to_usage = 0; |
7326 | val.path_size = 0; | |
8b3686ed | 7327 | cse_end_of_basic_block (insn, &val, 0, 0, 0); |
7afe21cc RK |
7328 | |
7329 | /* If the tables we allocated have enough space left | |
7330 | to handle all the SETs in the next basic block, | |
7331 | continue through it. Otherwise, return, | |
7332 | and that block will be scanned individually. */ | |
7333 | if (val.nsets * 2 + next_qty > max_qty) | |
7334 | break; | |
7335 | ||
7336 | cse_basic_block_start = val.low_cuid; | |
7337 | cse_basic_block_end = val.high_cuid; | |
7338 | to = val.last; | |
7339 | ||
7340 | /* Prevent TO from being deleted if it is a label. */ | |
7341 | if (to != 0 && GET_CODE (to) == CODE_LABEL) | |
7342 | ++LABEL_NUSES (to); | |
7343 | ||
7344 | /* Back up so we process the first insn in the extension. */ | |
7345 | insn = PREV_INSN (insn); | |
7346 | } | |
7347 | } | |
7348 | ||
7349 | if (next_qty > max_qty) | |
7350 | abort (); | |
7351 | ||
7352 | /* If we are running before loop.c, we stopped on a NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END, and | |
7353 | the previous insn is the only insn that branches to the head of a loop, | |
7354 | we can cse into the loop. Don't do this if we changed the jump | |
7355 | structure of a loop unless we aren't going to be following jumps. */ | |
7356 | ||
8b3686ed RK |
7357 | if ((cse_jumps_altered == 0 |
7358 | || (flag_cse_follow_jumps == 0 && flag_cse_skip_blocks == 0)) | |
7afe21cc RK |
7359 | && around_loop && to != 0 |
7360 | && GET_CODE (to) == NOTE && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (to) == NOTE_INSN_LOOP_END | |
7361 | && GET_CODE (PREV_INSN (to)) == JUMP_INSN | |
7362 | && JUMP_LABEL (PREV_INSN (to)) != 0 | |
7363 | && LABEL_NUSES (JUMP_LABEL (PREV_INSN (to))) == 1) | |
7364 | cse_around_loop (JUMP_LABEL (PREV_INSN (to))); | |
7365 | ||
1bb98cec | 7366 | free (qty_table + max_reg); |
75c6bd46 | 7367 | |
7afe21cc RK |
7368 | return to ? NEXT_INSN (to) : 0; |
7369 | } | |
7370 | \f | |
be8ac49a RK |
7371 | /* Called via for_each_rtx to see if an insn is using a LABEL_REF for which |
7372 | there isn't a REG_DEAD note. Return one if so. DATA is the insn. */ | |
7373 | ||
7374 | static int | |
7375 | check_for_label_ref (rtl, data) | |
7376 | rtx *rtl; | |
7377 | void *data; | |
7378 | { | |
7379 | rtx insn = (rtx) data; | |
7380 | ||
7381 | /* If this insn uses a LABEL_REF and there isn't a REG_LABEL note for it, | |
7382 | we must rerun jump since it needs to place the note. If this is a | |
7383 | LABEL_REF for a CODE_LABEL that isn't in the insn chain, don't do this | |
ec5c56db | 7384 | since no REG_LABEL will be added. */ |
be8ac49a RK |
7385 | return (GET_CODE (*rtl) == LABEL_REF |
7386 | && INSN_UID (XEXP (*rtl, 0)) != 0 | |
7387 | && ! find_reg_note (insn, REG_LABEL, XEXP (*rtl, 0))); | |
7388 | } | |
7389 | \f | |
7afe21cc RK |
7390 | /* Count the number of times registers are used (not set) in X. |
7391 | COUNTS is an array in which we accumulate the count, INCR is how much | |
278a83b2 | 7392 | we count each register usage. |
79644f06 | 7393 | |
278a83b2 | 7394 | Don't count a usage of DEST, which is the SET_DEST of a SET which |
79644f06 RK |
7395 | contains X in its SET_SRC. This is because such a SET does not |
7396 | modify the liveness of DEST. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
7397 | |
7398 | static void | |
79644f06 | 7399 | count_reg_usage (x, counts, dest, incr) |
7afe21cc RK |
7400 | rtx x; |
7401 | int *counts; | |
79644f06 | 7402 | rtx dest; |
7afe21cc RK |
7403 | int incr; |
7404 | { | |
f1e7c95f | 7405 | enum rtx_code code; |
6f7d635c | 7406 | const char *fmt; |
7afe21cc RK |
7407 | int i, j; |
7408 | ||
f1e7c95f RK |
7409 | if (x == 0) |
7410 | return; | |
7411 | ||
7412 | switch (code = GET_CODE (x)) | |
7afe21cc RK |
7413 | { |
7414 | case REG: | |
79644f06 RK |
7415 | if (x != dest) |
7416 | counts[REGNO (x)] += incr; | |
7afe21cc RK |
7417 | return; |
7418 | ||
7419 | case PC: | |
7420 | case CC0: | |
7421 | case CONST: | |
7422 | case CONST_INT: | |
7423 | case CONST_DOUBLE: | |
7424 | case SYMBOL_REF: | |
7425 | case LABEL_REF: | |
02e39abc JL |
7426 | return; |
7427 | ||
278a83b2 | 7428 | case CLOBBER: |
02e39abc JL |
7429 | /* If we are clobbering a MEM, mark any registers inside the address |
7430 | as being used. */ | |
7431 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM) | |
7432 | count_reg_usage (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), counts, NULL_RTX, incr); | |
7afe21cc RK |
7433 | return; |
7434 | ||
7435 | case SET: | |
7436 | /* Unless we are setting a REG, count everything in SET_DEST. */ | |
7437 | if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) != REG) | |
79644f06 | 7438 | count_reg_usage (SET_DEST (x), counts, NULL_RTX, incr); |
9ff08f70 RK |
7439 | |
7440 | /* If SRC has side-effects, then we can't delete this insn, so the | |
7441 | usage of SET_DEST inside SRC counts. | |
7442 | ||
7443 | ??? Strictly-speaking, we might be preserving this insn | |
7444 | because some other SET has side-effects, but that's hard | |
7445 | to do and can't happen now. */ | |
7446 | count_reg_usage (SET_SRC (x), counts, | |
7447 | side_effects_p (SET_SRC (x)) ? NULL_RTX : SET_DEST (x), | |
7448 | incr); | |
7afe21cc RK |
7449 | return; |
7450 | ||
f1e7c95f RK |
7451 | case CALL_INSN: |
7452 | count_reg_usage (CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (x), counts, NULL_RTX, incr); | |
ddc356e8 | 7453 | /* Fall through. */ |
f1e7c95f | 7454 | |
7afe21cc RK |
7455 | case INSN: |
7456 | case JUMP_INSN: | |
79644f06 | 7457 | count_reg_usage (PATTERN (x), counts, NULL_RTX, incr); |
7afe21cc RK |
7458 | |
7459 | /* Things used in a REG_EQUAL note aren't dead since loop may try to | |
7460 | use them. */ | |
7461 | ||
f1e7c95f | 7462 | count_reg_usage (REG_NOTES (x), counts, NULL_RTX, incr); |
7afe21cc RK |
7463 | return; |
7464 | ||
7465 | case EXPR_LIST: | |
7466 | case INSN_LIST: | |
f1e7c95f | 7467 | if (REG_NOTE_KIND (x) == REG_EQUAL |
c6a26dc4 | 7468 | || (REG_NOTE_KIND (x) != REG_NONNEG && GET_CODE (XEXP (x,0)) == USE)) |
79644f06 | 7469 | count_reg_usage (XEXP (x, 0), counts, NULL_RTX, incr); |
f1e7c95f | 7470 | count_reg_usage (XEXP (x, 1), counts, NULL_RTX, incr); |
7afe21cc | 7471 | return; |
278a83b2 | 7472 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
7473 | default: |
7474 | break; | |
7afe21cc RK |
7475 | } |
7476 | ||
7477 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
7478 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
7479 | { | |
7480 | if (fmt[i] == 'e') | |
79644f06 | 7481 | count_reg_usage (XEXP (x, i), counts, dest, incr); |
7afe21cc RK |
7482 | else if (fmt[i] == 'E') |
7483 | for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--) | |
79644f06 | 7484 | count_reg_usage (XVECEXP (x, i, j), counts, dest, incr); |
7afe21cc RK |
7485 | } |
7486 | } | |
7487 | \f | |
4793dca1 JH |
7488 | /* Return true if set is live. */ |
7489 | static bool | |
0021de69 | 7490 | set_live_p (set, insn, counts) |
4793dca1 | 7491 | rtx set; |
57cb6d52 | 7492 | rtx insn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; /* Only used with HAVE_cc0. */ |
4793dca1 JH |
7493 | int *counts; |
7494 | { | |
7495 | #ifdef HAVE_cc0 | |
7496 | rtx tem; | |
7497 | #endif | |
7498 | ||
7499 | if (set_noop_p (set)) | |
7500 | ; | |
7501 | ||
7502 | #ifdef HAVE_cc0 | |
7503 | else if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == CC0 | |
7504 | && !side_effects_p (SET_SRC (set)) | |
7505 | && ((tem = next_nonnote_insn (insn)) == 0 | |
7506 | || !INSN_P (tem) | |
7507 | || !reg_referenced_p (cc0_rtx, PATTERN (tem)))) | |
7508 | return false; | |
7509 | #endif | |
7510 | else if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) != REG | |
7511 | || REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER | |
7512 | || counts[REGNO (SET_DEST (set))] != 0 | |
7513 | || side_effects_p (SET_SRC (set)) | |
7514 | /* An ADDRESSOF expression can turn into a use of the | |
7515 | internal arg pointer, so always consider the | |
7516 | internal arg pointer live. If it is truly dead, | |
7517 | flow will delete the initializing insn. */ | |
7518 | || (SET_DEST (set) == current_function_internal_arg_pointer)) | |
7519 | return true; | |
7520 | return false; | |
7521 | } | |
7522 | ||
7523 | /* Return true if insn is live. */ | |
7524 | ||
7525 | static bool | |
7526 | insn_live_p (insn, counts) | |
7527 | rtx insn; | |
7528 | int *counts; | |
7529 | { | |
7530 | int i; | |
7531 | if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET) | |
0021de69 | 7532 | return set_live_p (PATTERN (insn), insn, counts); |
4793dca1 | 7533 | else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL) |
0021de69 DB |
7534 | { |
7535 | for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
7536 | { | |
7537 | rtx elt = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i); | |
4793dca1 | 7538 | |
0021de69 DB |
7539 | if (GET_CODE (elt) == SET) |
7540 | { | |
7541 | if (set_live_p (elt, insn, counts)) | |
7542 | return true; | |
7543 | } | |
7544 | else if (GET_CODE (elt) != CLOBBER && GET_CODE (elt) != USE) | |
7545 | return true; | |
7546 | } | |
7547 | return false; | |
7548 | } | |
4793dca1 JH |
7549 | else |
7550 | return true; | |
7551 | } | |
7552 | ||
7553 | /* Return true if libcall is dead as a whole. */ | |
7554 | ||
7555 | static bool | |
0021de69 | 7556 | dead_libcall_p (insn) |
4793dca1 | 7557 | rtx insn; |
4793dca1 JH |
7558 | { |
7559 | rtx note; | |
7560 | /* See if there's a REG_EQUAL note on this insn and try to | |
7561 | replace the source with the REG_EQUAL expression. | |
7562 | ||
7563 | We assume that insns with REG_RETVALs can only be reg->reg | |
7564 | copies at this point. */ | |
7565 | note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUAL, NULL_RTX); | |
7566 | if (note) | |
7567 | { | |
7568 | rtx set = single_set (insn); | |
7569 | rtx new = simplify_rtx (XEXP (note, 0)); | |
7570 | ||
7571 | if (!new) | |
7572 | new = XEXP (note, 0); | |
7573 | ||
7574 | if (set && validate_change (insn, &SET_SRC (set), new, 0)) | |
7575 | { | |
7576 | remove_note (insn, find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)); | |
7577 | return true; | |
7578 | } | |
7579 | } | |
7580 | return false; | |
7581 | } | |
7582 | ||
7afe21cc RK |
7583 | /* Scan all the insns and delete any that are dead; i.e., they store a register |
7584 | that is never used or they copy a register to itself. | |
7585 | ||
c6a26dc4 JL |
7586 | This is used to remove insns made obviously dead by cse, loop or other |
7587 | optimizations. It improves the heuristics in loop since it won't try to | |
7588 | move dead invariants out of loops or make givs for dead quantities. The | |
7589 | remaining passes of the compilation are also sped up. */ | |
7afe21cc RK |
7590 | |
7591 | void | |
4793dca1 | 7592 | delete_trivially_dead_insns (insns, nreg, preserve_basic_blocks) |
7afe21cc RK |
7593 | rtx insns; |
7594 | int nreg; | |
4793dca1 | 7595 | int preserve_basic_blocks; |
7afe21cc | 7596 | { |
4da896b2 | 7597 | int *counts; |
77fa0940 | 7598 | rtx insn, prev; |
7afe21cc | 7599 | int i; |
614bb5d4 | 7600 | int in_libcall = 0, dead_libcall = 0; |
4793dca1 | 7601 | basic_block bb; |
7afe21cc RK |
7602 | |
7603 | /* First count the number of times each register is used. */ | |
4da896b2 | 7604 | counts = (int *) xcalloc (nreg, sizeof (int)); |
7afe21cc | 7605 | for (insn = next_real_insn (insns); insn; insn = next_real_insn (insn)) |
79644f06 | 7606 | count_reg_usage (insn, counts, NULL_RTX, 1); |
7afe21cc RK |
7607 | |
7608 | /* Go from the last insn to the first and delete insns that only set unused | |
7609 | registers or copy a register to itself. As we delete an insn, remove | |
278a83b2 | 7610 | usage counts for registers it uses. |
8d71a510 JL |
7611 | |
7612 | The first jump optimization pass may leave a real insn as the last | |
7613 | insn in the function. We must not skip that insn or we may end | |
7614 | up deleting code that is not really dead. */ | |
7615 | insn = get_last_insn (); | |
2c3c49de | 7616 | if (! INSN_P (insn)) |
8d71a510 JL |
7617 | insn = prev_real_insn (insn); |
7618 | ||
4793dca1 JH |
7619 | if (!preserve_basic_blocks) |
7620 | for (; insn; insn = prev) | |
7621 | { | |
7622 | int live_insn = 0; | |
77fa0940 | 7623 | |
4793dca1 | 7624 | prev = prev_real_insn (insn); |
614bb5d4 | 7625 | |
4793dca1 JH |
7626 | /* Don't delete any insns that are part of a libcall block unless |
7627 | we can delete the whole libcall block. | |
e4890d45 | 7628 | |
4793dca1 JH |
7629 | Flow or loop might get confused if we did that. Remember |
7630 | that we are scanning backwards. */ | |
7631 | if (find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)) | |
7632 | { | |
7633 | in_libcall = 1; | |
dc42616f JH |
7634 | live_insn = 1; |
7635 | dead_libcall = dead_libcall_p (insn); | |
4793dca1 JH |
7636 | } |
7637 | else if (in_libcall) | |
7638 | live_insn = ! dead_libcall; | |
7639 | else | |
7640 | live_insn = insn_live_p (insn, counts); | |
278a83b2 | 7641 | |
4793dca1 JH |
7642 | /* If this is a dead insn, delete it and show registers in it aren't |
7643 | being used. */ | |
0cedb36c | 7644 | |
4793dca1 JH |
7645 | if (! live_insn) |
7646 | { | |
7647 | count_reg_usage (insn, counts, NULL_RTX, -1); | |
7648 | delete_insn (insn); | |
7649 | } | |
0cedb36c | 7650 | |
4793dca1 JH |
7651 | if (find_reg_note (insn, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)) |
7652 | { | |
7653 | in_libcall = 0; | |
7654 | dead_libcall = 0; | |
7655 | } | |
7656 | } | |
7657 | else | |
7658 | for (i = 0; i < n_basic_blocks; i++) | |
7659 | for (bb = BASIC_BLOCK (i), insn = bb->end; insn != bb->head; insn = prev) | |
7afe21cc | 7660 | { |
4793dca1 | 7661 | int live_insn = 0; |
7afe21cc | 7662 | |
4793dca1 JH |
7663 | prev = PREV_INSN (insn); |
7664 | if (!INSN_P (insn)) | |
7665 | continue; | |
7afe21cc | 7666 | |
4793dca1 JH |
7667 | /* Don't delete any insns that are part of a libcall block unless |
7668 | we can delete the whole libcall block. | |
7afe21cc | 7669 | |
4793dca1 JH |
7670 | Flow or loop might get confused if we did that. Remember |
7671 | that we are scanning backwards. */ | |
7672 | if (find_reg_note (insn, REG_RETVAL, NULL_RTX)) | |
7673 | { | |
7674 | in_libcall = 1; | |
dc42616f JH |
7675 | live_insn = 1; |
7676 | dead_libcall = dead_libcall_p (insn); | |
4793dca1 JH |
7677 | } |
7678 | else if (in_libcall) | |
7679 | live_insn = ! dead_libcall; | |
7680 | else | |
7681 | live_insn = insn_live_p (insn, counts); | |
7afe21cc | 7682 | |
4793dca1 JH |
7683 | /* If this is a dead insn, delete it and show registers in it aren't |
7684 | being used. */ | |
7afe21cc | 7685 | |
4793dca1 JH |
7686 | if (! live_insn) |
7687 | { | |
7688 | count_reg_usage (insn, counts, NULL_RTX, -1); | |
7689 | if (insn == bb->end) | |
7690 | bb->end = PREV_INSN (insn); | |
7691 | flow_delete_insn (insn); | |
7692 | } | |
e4890d45 | 7693 | |
4793dca1 JH |
7694 | if (find_reg_note (insn, REG_LIBCALL, NULL_RTX)) |
7695 | { | |
7696 | in_libcall = 0; | |
7697 | dead_libcall = 0; | |
7698 | } | |
614bb5d4 | 7699 | } |
4da896b2 MM |
7700 | |
7701 | /* Clean up. */ | |
7702 | free (counts); | |
7afe21cc | 7703 | } |